(6120,'If you edit a translation in one language you may want to set the status of the other translations as <em>out-of-date</em>. You can set this status by selecting the <em>Flag other translations as outdated</em> checkbox in the Translation section of the content editing form. The status will be visible on the Translations page.','','none'),(6121,'Managing and displaying date fields','','none'),(6122,'Displaying dates','','none'),(6123,'Jan','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6124,'Feb','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6125,'Mar','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6126,'Apr','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6127,'May','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6128,'Jun','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6129,'Jul','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6130,'Aug','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6131,'Sep','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6132,'Oct','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6133,'Nov','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6134,'Dec','Abbreviated month name','none'),(6135,'Sun','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6136,'Mon','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6137,'Tue','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6138,'Wed','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6139,'Thu','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6140,'Fri','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6141,'Sat','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6142,'Su','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6143,'Mo','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6144,'Tu','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6145,'We','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6146,'Th','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6147,'Fr','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6148,'Sa','Abbreviated weekday','none'),(6149,'S','Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Sunday','none'),(6150,'M','Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Monday','none'),(6151,'T','Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Tuesday','none'),(6152,'W','Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Wednesday','none'),(6153,'T','Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Thursday','none'),(6154,'F','Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Friday','none'),(6155,'S','Abbreviated 1 letter weekday Saturday','none'),(6156,'Track images uploaded via a Text Editor','','8.9.18'),(6157,'Ensures that the latest versions of images uploaded via a Text Editor are displayed.','','8.9.18'),(6158,'The image exceeds the maximum allowed dimensions and an attempt to resize it failed.','','none'),(6159,'The status of the file, temporary (FALSE) and permanent (TRUE).','','none'),(6160,'Web page addresses and email addresses turn into links automatically.','','8.9.18'),(6161,'Active forum topics block','','none'),(6162,'New forum topics block','','none'),(6163,'Background color must be a hexadecimal color value.','','none'),(6164,'(upscaling allowed)','','none'),(6165,'Adding languages','','8.9.18'),(6166,'Adding custom languages','','none'),(6167,'You can add a language that is not provided in the drop-down list by choosing <em>Custom language</em> at the end of the list. You then have to configure its language code, name, and direction in the form provided.','','none'),(6168,'Configuring content languages','','none'),(6169,'Adding a language switcher block','','none'),(6170,'Making a block visible per language','','none'),(6171,'Choosing user languages','','none'),(6172,'Users can choose a <em>Site language</em> on their profile page. This language is used for email messages, and can be used by modules to determine a user\'s language. It can also be used for interface text, if the <em>User</em> method is enabled as a <em>Detection and selection</em> method (see below). Administrative users can choose a separate <em>Administration pages language</em> for the interface text on administration pages. This configuration is only available on the user\'s profile page if the <em>Account administration pages</em> method is enabled (see below).','','none'),(6173,'<em>URL</em> sets the interface language based on a path prefix or domain (for example specifying <em>de</em> for German would result in URLs like <em>example.com/de/contact</em>). The default language does not require a path prefix, but can have one assigned as well. If the language detection is done by domain name, a domain needs to be specified for each language.','','none'),(6174,'<em>Session</em> determines the interface language from a request or session parameter (for example <em>example.com?language=de</em> would set the interface language to German based on the use of <em>de</em> as the <em>language</em> parameter).','','none'),(6175,'<em>User</em> follows the language configuration set on the user\'s profile page.','','none'),(6176,'<em>Account administration pages</em> follows the configuration set as <em>Administration pages language</em> on the profile page of an administrative user. This method is similar to the <em>User</em> method, but only sets the interface text language on administration pages, independent of the interface text language on other pages.','','none'),(6177,'<em>Selected language</em> allows you to specify the site\'s default language or a specific language as the fall-back language. This method should be listed last.','','none'),(6178,'The comment author\'s email address from the comment form, if user is anonymous, and the \'Anonymous users may/must leave their contact information\' setting is turned on.','','none'),(6179,'Comma-separated list of recipient email addresses.','','none'),(6180,'Promote, change ownership, edit revisions, and perform other tasks across all content types.','','8.9.18'),(6181,'Syndicate block','','none'),(6182,'Editing content in-place','','none'),(6183,'Once quick edit mode is activated, you will be able to edit the individual fields of your content. In the default theme, with a JavaScript-enabled browser and a mouse, the output of different fields in your content is outlined in blue, a pop-up gives the field name as you hover over the field output, and clicking on a field activates the editor. Closing the pop-up window ends quick edit mode.','','none'),(6184,'Use shortcuts','','8.9.18'),(6185,'Diff settings','','none'),(6186,'Number of leading lines in a diff','','none'),(6187,'Number of trailing lines in a diff','','none'),(6188,'Branding block','','none'),(6189,'Use site logo','','none'),(6190,'The current theme is not @theme','','none'),(6191,'The current theme is @theme','','none'),(6192,'Do not return true on the following pages: @pages','','none'),(6193,'Return true on the following pages: @pages','','none'),(6194,'Request Path','','none'),(6195,'Username or email address','','none'),(6196,'Email addresses to notify when updates are available','','8.9.18'),(6197,'Email notification threshold','','8.9.18'),(6198,'Whenever your site checks for available updates and finds new releases, it can notify a list of users via email. Put each address on a separate line. If blank, no emails will be sent.','','8.9.18'),(6199,'%email is not a valid email address.','','none'),(6200,'%emails are not valid email addresses.','','none'),(6201,'Configuring user roles','','none'),(6202,'Setting permissions','','none'),(6203,'Managing account settings','','none'),(6204,'This web page allows administrators to register new users. Users\' email addresses and usernames must be unique.','','none'),(6205,'A valid email address. All emails from the system will be sent to this address. The email address is not made public and will only be used if you wish to receive a new password or wish to receive certain news or notifications by email.','','8.9.18'),(6206,'This account\'s preferred language for emails and site presentation.','','none'),(6207,'This account\'s preferred language for emails.','','8.9.18'),(6208,'New users will be required to validate their email address prior to logging into the site, and will be assigned a system-generated password. With this setting disabled, users will be logged in immediately upon registering, and may select their own passwords during registration.','','8.9.18'),(6209,'Notification email address','','8.9.18'),(6210,'The email address to be used as the \'from\' address for all account notifications listed below. If <em>\'Visitors, but administrator approval is required\'</em> is selected above, a notification email will also be sent to this address for any new registrations. Leave empty to use the default system email address <em>(%site-email).</em>','','8.9.18'),(6211,'Edit the welcome email messages sent to new member accounts created by an administrator.','','8.9.18'),(6212,'Edit the welcome email messages sent to new members upon registering, when administrative approval is required.','','8.9.18'),(6213,'Edit the email notifying the site administrator that there are new members awaiting administrative approval.','','8.9.18'),(6214,'Edit the email messages sent to users who request a new password.','','8.9.18'),(6215,'Enable and edit email messages sent to users upon account activation (when an administrator activates an account of a user who has already registered, on a site where administrative approval is required).','','8.9.18'),(6216,'Enable and edit email messages sent to users when their accounts are blocked.','','8.9.18'),(6217,'Edit the email messages sent to users when they attempt to cancel their accounts.','','8.9.18'),(6218,'Enable and edit email messages sent to users when their accounts are canceled.','','8.9.18'),(6219,'A welcome message with further instructions has been sent to your email address.','','none'),(6220,'When enabled, the user must confirm the account cancellation via email.','','none'),(6221,'When enabled, the user will receive an email notification after the account has been canceled.','','none'),(6222,'A confirmation request to cancel your account has been sent to your email address.','','none'),(6223,'Password reset instructions will be mailed to %email. You must log out to use the password reset link in the email.','','none'),(6224,'Further instructions have been sent to your email address.','','none'),(6225,'When the user has the following roles','','8.9.18'),(6226,'If you select no roles, the condition will evaluate to TRUE for all users.','','none'),(6227,'The user is not a member of @roles','','none'),(6228,'The user is a member of @roles','','none'),(6229,'User email unique','Validation','none'),(6230,'Use Replica Server','','none'),(6231,'Query parameter','','none'),(6232,'The query parameter to use.','','none'),(6233,'Fallback value','','none'),(6234,'The fallback value to use when the above query parameter is not present.','','none'),(6235,'Conjunction to use when handling multiple values. E.g. \"?value[0]=a&value[1]=b\".','','none'),(6236,'Use Secondary Server','','none'),(6237,'This will make the query attempt to connect to a replica server if available.  If no replica server is defined or available, it will fall back to the default server.','','none'),(6238,'Type attribute','','none'),(6239,'The type of this row.','','none'),(6240,'Text attribute','','none'),(6241,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML text attribute for each row.','','none'),(6242,'Created attribute','','none'),(6243,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML created attribute for each row.','','none'),(6244,'Description attribute','','none'),(6245,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML description attribute for each row.','','none'),(6246,'HTML URL attribute','','none'),(6247,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML htmlUrl attribute for each row.','','none'),(6248,'Language attribute','','none'),(6249,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML language attribute for each row.','','none'),(6250,'XML URL attribute','','none'),(6251,'URL attribute','','none'),(6252,'Row style plugin requires specifying which views field to use for OPML text attribute.','','none'),(6253,'Row style plugin requires specifying which views field to use for XML URL attribute.','','none'),(6254,'Row style plugin requires specifying which views field to use for URL attribute.','','none'),(6255,'OPML fields','','none'),(6256,'Display fields as OPML items.','','none'),(6257,'OPML Feed','','none'),(6258,'Generates an OPML feed from a view.','','none'),(6259,'Duplicate view','','8.9.18'),(6260,'Duplicate of @label','','none'),(6261,'The default administration theme for Drupal 8 was designed with clean lines, simple blocks, and sans-serif font to emphasize the tools and tasks at hand.','','8.9.18'),(6262,'Authentication methods','','none'),(6263,'\"On\" label','','none'),(6264,'\"Off\" label','','none'),(6265,'The selected image handling toolkit \'@toolkit\' can not process operation \'@operation\'.','','none'),(6266,'Edit menu link %title','','none'),(6267,'This link is provided by the @name module. The title and path cannot be edited.','','none'),(6268,'The maximum depth for a link and all its children is fixed. Some menu links may not be available as parents if selecting them would exceed this limit.','','none'),(6269,'Link weight among links in the same menu at the same depth. In the menu, the links with high weight will sink and links with a low weight will be positioned nearer the top.','','none'),(6270,'Add comment type','','none'),(6271,'Manage form and displays settings of comments.','','8.9.18'),(6272,'Can not uninstall the Configuration module as part of a configuration synchronization through the user interface.','','none'),(6273,'The message UUID.','','none'),(6274,'Confirm delete recent log messages','','none'),(6275,'Are you sure you want to delete the recent logs?','','none'),(6276,'Format type machine name','','none'),(6277,'Label setting machine name','','none'),(6278,'@label referenced from @field_name','','none'),(6279,'@field_name: @label','','none'),(6280,'Boolean settings','','none'),(6281,'On label','','none'),(6282,'Off label','','none'),(6283,'Visually Hidden','','8.9.18'),(6284,'Updating translations for JavaScript and default configuration.','','none'),(6285,'Updating default configuration (@percent%).','','none'),(6286,'Updated default configuration.','','none'),(6287,'The Custom Menu Links module allows users to create menu links. These links can be translated if multiple languages are used for the site.','','none'),(6288,'Custom Menu Links','','none'),(6289,'The entity ID for this menu link content entity.','','none'),(6290,'The content menu link UUID.','','none'),(6291,'The content menu link bundle.','','none'),(6292,'The menu name. All links with the same menu name (such as \"tools\") are part of the same menu.','','none'),(6293,'Parent plugin ID','','8.9.18'),(6294,'The ID of the parent menu link plugin, or empty string when at the top level of the hierarchy.','','none'),(6295,'The comment type','','none'),(6296,'Default comments','','8.9.18'),(6297,'Allows commenting on content','','8.9.18'),(6298,'Comments without subject field','','none'),(6299,'Allows commenting on content, comments without subject field','','none'),(6300,'The comment type label','','none'),(6301,'The comment type description','','none'),(6302,'The value for this field.','','none'),(6303,'The language of the content or translation.','','none'),(6304,'The language the original content is in.','','none'),(6305,'Allowed value with label','','none'),(6306,'Data type callback','','none'),(6307,'Callable','','none'),(6308,'Interaction type','','none'),(6309,'Enabling REST support for an entity type','','none'),(6310,'You will also need to grant anonymous users permission to perform each of the REST operations you want to be available, and set up authentication properly to authorize web requests.','','none'),(6311,'Configuring search pages','','none'),(6312,'Managing the search index','','none'),(6313,'Displaying the Search block','','none'),(6314,'Searching your site','','none'),(6315,'Extending the Search module','','none'),(6316,'Search index progress','','8.9.18'),(6317,'@percent% (@remaining remaining)','','8.9.18'),(6318,'Indexing progress','','none'),(6319,'%num_indexed of %num_total indexed','','none'),(6320,'Does not use index','','none'),(6321,'If checked, all searches will be logged. Uncheck to skip logging. Logging may affect performance.','','none'),(6322,'Overall results:','','none'),(6323,'Crops an image to a rectangle specified by the given dimensions.','','none'),(6324,'The image \'@file\' could not be desaturated because the imagefilter() function is not available in this PHP installation.','','none'),(6325,'Converts an image to grayscale.','','none'),(6326,'Resizes an image to the given dimensions (ignoring aspect ratio).','','none'),(6327,'Rotates an image by the given number of degrees.','','none'),(6328,'Scales an image while maintaining aspect ratio. The resulting image can be smaller for one or both target dimensions.','','none'),(6329,'Scales an image to the exact width and height given. This plugin achieves the target aspect ratio by cropping the original image equally on both sides, or equally on the top and bottom. This function is useful to create uniform sized avatars from larger images.','','none'),(6330,'Site administration toolbar','','8.9.18'),(6331,'To follow a specific user\'s new and updated content, select the <em>Activity</em> tab from the user\'s profile page.','','8.9.18'),(6332,'Activity Tracker','','none'),(6333,'View user information','','8.9.18'),(6334,'Add \"…\" at the end of trimmed text','','none'),(6335,'This link is provided by the Views module from view %label.','','none'),(6336,'Change to','','none'),(6337,'- Not specified -','','8.9.18'),(6338,'Region for @title','','8.9.18'),(6339,'@path is not a valid path.','','none'),(6340,'First page','','8.9.18'),(6341,'Base field bundle override','','none'),(6342,'Datetime timestamp display format settings','','none'),(6343,'Boolean checkbox display format settings','','none'),(6344,'Installed themes','','none'),(6345,'The %file does not exist.','','none'),(6346,'The %file exists.','','none'),(6347,'The %file is not readable.','','none'),(6348,'The %file is not writable.','','none'),(6349,'The @file is writable.','','none'),(6350,'The @file is owned by the web server.','','none'),(6351,'Negate the condition','','8.9.18'),(6352,'Finalizing configuration synchronization.','','none'),(6353,'Datetime Timestamp','','8.9.18'),(6354,'%theme theme installed.','','none'),(6355,'Base field override','','8.9.18'),(6356,'Display prefix and suffix','','none'),(6357,'Text (plain)','','8.9.18'),(6358,'A field containing a plain string value.','','none'),(6359,'Text (plain, long)','','8.9.18'),(6360,'A field containing a long string value.','','none'),(6361,'You cannot use an external URL, please enter a relative path.','','none'),(6362,'This path does not exist or you do not have permission to link to %path.','','none'),(6363,'Install newly added themes','','8.9.18'),(6364,'Blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme. The Block layout page opens with the default theme, but you can toggle to other installed themes.','','none'),(6365,'Comment operation links','','none'),(6366,'The target entity type can not be changed after the comment type has been created.','','none'),(6367,'There are no configuration changes to import.','','none'),(6368,'Enable the personal contact form by default for new users','','8.9.18'),(6369,'Add contact form','','8.9.18'),(6370,'Create and manage contact forms.','','8.9.18'),(6371,'Edit contact form','','none'),(6372,'Default form identifier','','none'),(6373,'When listing forms, those with lighter (smaller) weights get listed before forms with heavier (larger) weights. Forms with equal weights are sorted alphabetically.','','8.9.18'),(6374,'Make this the default form','','8.9.18'),(6375,'Contact form %label has been updated.','','none'),(6376,'Contact form %label has been added.','','none'),(6377,'Send yourself a copy','','none'),(6378,'%sender-name (@sender-from) sent an email regarding %contact_form.','','none'),(6379,'The ID of the associated form.','','none'),(6380,'Users may translate this field','','none'),(6381,'Content translation field settings','','none'),(6382,'Field properties for which to synchronize translations','','none'),(6383,'Field column for which to synchronize translations','','none'),(6384,'Contextual links for an area on a page are displayed using a contextual links button. There are two ways to make the contextual links button visible:','','none'),(6385,'Once the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible, click the button to display the links.','','none'),(6386,'The relative date value entered is invalid.','','none'),(6387,'Add new field: you need to provide a machine name for the field.','','none'),(6388,'Allowed types: @extensions.','','8.9.18'),(6389,'Back to content editing','','none'),(6390,'\n        <p>You can align images, videos, blockquotes and so on to the left, right or center. Examples:</p>\n        <ul>\n          <li>Align an image to the left: <code>&lt;img src=\"\" data-align=\"left\" /&gt;</code></li>\n          <li>Align an image to the center: <code>&lt;img src=\"\" data-align=\"center\" /&gt;</code></li>\n          <li>Align an image to the right: <code>&lt;img src=\"\" data-align=\"right\" /&gt;</code></li>\n          <li>… and you can apply this to other elements as well: <code>&lt;video src=\"\" data-align=\"center\" /&gt;</code></li>\n        </ul>','','8.9.18'),(6391,'Align images','','8.9.18'),(6392,'Uses a <code>data-align</code> attribute on <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> tags to align images.','','8.9.18'),(6393,'\n        <p>You can caption images, videos, blockquotes, and so on. Examples:</p>\n        <ul>\n            <li><code>&lt;img src=\"\" data-caption=\"This is a caption\" /&gt;</code></li>\n            <li><code>&lt;video src=\"\" data-caption=\"The Drupal Dance\" /&gt;</code></li>\n            <li><code>&lt;blockquote data-caption=\"Dries Buytaert\"&gt;Drupal is awesome!&lt;/blockquote&gt;</code></li>\n            <li><code>&lt;code data-caption=\"Hello world in JavaScript.\"&gt;alert(\"Hello world!\");&lt;/code&gt;</code></li>\n        </ul>','','8.9.18'),(6394,'Caption images','','8.9.18'),(6395,'Uses a <code>data-caption</code> attribute on <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> tags to caption images.','','8.9.18'),(6396,'One translation file could not be imported. See the log for details.@count translation files could not be imported. See the log for details.','','none'),(6397,'A flag for whether the link should be enabled in menus or hidden.','','none'),(6398,'The time that the menu link was last edited.','','none'),(6399,'The selected menu item is not under one of the selected menus.','','none'),(6400,'Migration @id did not meet the requirements. @message @requirements','','none'),(6401,'The timestamp the latest revision of this node was created.','','none'),(6402,'Recently created','','none'),(6403,'Whether a new revision should be created by default','','none'),(6404,'Display author and date information','','8.9.18'),(6405,'Breakpoint ID','','none'),(6406,'Unable to delete the shortcut for %title.','','none'),(6407,'A date in a custom format. See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.date.php\">the PHP documentation</a> for details.','','8.9.18'),(6408,'Drupal database update','','none'),(6409,'Maximum number of levels','','none'),(6410,'Use this utility to update your database whenever a new release of Drupal or a module is installed.','','none'),(6411,'<strong>Back up your code</strong>. Hint: when backing up module code, do not leave that backup in the \'modules\' or \'sites/*/modules\' directories as this may confuse Drupal\'s auto-discovery mechanism.','','none'),(6412,'<strong>Back up your database</strong>. This process will change your database values and in case of emergency you may need to revert to a backup.','','none'),(6413,'When you have performed the steps above, you may proceed.','','none'),(6414,'This update will been skipped due to the following missing dependencies:','','none'),(6415,'This update will be skipped due to an error in the module\'s code.','','none'),(6416,'The version of Drupal you are updating from has been automatically detected.','','none'),(6417,'All errors have been logged.','','none'),(6418,'The update process was aborted prematurely while running <strong>update #@version in @module.module</strong>.','','none'),(6419,'You may need to check the <code>watchdog</code> database table manually.','','none'),(6420,'<strong>Reminder: don\'t forget to set the <code>$settings[\'update_free_access\']</code> value in your <code>settings.php</code> file back to <code>FALSE</code>.</strong>','','none'),(6421,'Failed:','','none'),(6422,'Update #@count','','none'),(6423,'The following updates returned messages:','','none'),(6424,'Review updates','','none'),(6425,'Starting updates','','none'),(6426,'Install and set as default','','8.9.18'),(6427,'Installed themeInstalled themes','','8.9.18'),(6428,'Uninstalled themeUninstalled themes','','8.9.18'),(6429,'%theme is the default theme and cannot be uninstalled.','','none'),(6430,'The %theme theme has been uninstalled.','','none'),(6431,'The %theme theme has been installed.','','none'),(6432,'Empty time zone','','none'),(6433,'Users may set their own time zone at registration','','none'),(6434,'Menu levels','','none'),(6435,'Whether or not the content related to a term is sticky.','','none'),(6436,'Whether or not the content related to a term is sticky. To list sticky content first, set this to descending.','','none'),(6437,'The date the content related to a term was posted.','','none'),(6438,'Telephone numbers can be displayed as links with the scheme name <em>tel:</em> by choosing the <em>Telephone</em> display format on the <em>Manage display</em> page. Any spaces will be stripped out of the link text. This semantic markup improves the user experience on mobile and assistive technology devices.','','none'),(6439,'Title to replace basic numeric telephone number display','','none'),(6440,'Text (formatted) settings','','none'),(6441,'Text (formatted, long) settings','','none'),(6442,'Text (formatted, long, with summary) settings','','none'),(6443,'Formatted text default display format settings','','none'),(6444,'Summary or trimmed formatted text display format settings','','none'),(6445,'Text (formatted)','','8.9.18'),(6446,'This field stores a text with a text format.','','none'),(6447,'Text (formatted, long)','','8.9.18'),(6448,'This field stores a long text with a text format.','','none'),(6449,'Text (formatted, long, with summary)','','8.9.18'),(6450,'This field stores long text with a format and an optional summary.','','none'),(6451,'Require email verification when a visitor creates an account','','8.9.18'),(6452,'- No preference -','','none'),(6453,'Notify user when account is canceled','','8.9.18'),(6454,'The time that the user was last edited.','','none'),(6455,'Require email confirmation to cancel account','','none'),(6456,'Display the referenced author user entity.','','none'),(6457,'Add a read-more link if output is trimmed','','none'),(6458,'@entity_type revision','','none'),(6459,'@entity_type revisions','','none'),(6460,'Include reset button (resets all applied exposed filters)','','none'),(6461,'The <em>Exposed items per page</em> field\'s options must include the value from the <em>Items per page</em> field (@items_per_page).','','none'),(6462,'REST export settings','','none'),(6463,'Provide a REST export','','none'),(6464,'REST export path','','none'),(6465,'Primary tabs display toggle','','8.9.18'),(6466,'Default value callback','','none'),(6467,'URI as link display format settings','','none'),(6468,'Timestamp ago display format settings','','none'),(6469,'Link to URI','','none'),(6470,'Items associated with this feed','','none'),(6471,'The feed image','','none'),(6472,'The description of this feed','','none'),(6473,'A more link to the feed detail page','','none'),(6474,'The description of this feed item','','none'),(6475,'More<span class=\"visually-hidden\"> posts about @title</span>','','none'),(6476,'The length of time between feed updates. Requires a correctly configured cron maintenance task.','','none'),(6477,'Source feed','','none'),(6478,'The aggregator feed entity associated with this item.','','none'),(6479,'Field storage','','8.9.18'),(6480,'Edit storage settings.','','8.9.18'),(6481,'%field settings for %bundle','','8.9.18'),(6482,'The minimum allowed image size expressed as WIDTH×HEIGHT (e.g. 640×480). Leave blank for no restriction. If a smaller image is uploaded, it will be rejected.','','none'),(6483,'Disabling drag-and-drop functionality','','none'),(6484,'Improving table accessibility','','none'),(6485,'Views tables include semantic markup to improve accessibility. Data cells are automatically associated with header cells through id and header attributes. To improve the accessibility of your tables you can add descriptive elements within the Views table settings. The <em>caption</em> element can introduce context for a table, making it easier to understand. The <em>summary</em> element can provide an overview of how the data has been organized and how to navigate the table. Both the caption and summary are visible by default and also implemented according to HTML5 guidelines.','','none'),(6486,'OPML field options','','none'),(6487,'Testing multilingual','','none'),(6488,'Minimal profile for running tests with a multilingual installer.','','none'),(6489,'Muted','','none'),(6490,'This block is broken or missing. You may be missing content or you might need to enable the original module.','','none'),(6491,'Broken/Missing','','none'),(6492,'Entity Reference reference access','Validation','none'),(6493,'You do not have access to the referenced entity (%type: %id).','','none'),(6494,'@label ID','','8.9.18'),(6495,'Email','Validation','none'),(6496,'Many sites publish their headlines and posts in feeds, using a number of standardized XML-based formats. The aggregator supports <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rss\">RSS</a>, <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Resource_Description_Framework\">RDF</a>, and <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atom_%28standard%29\">Atom</a>.','','none'),(6497,'Rich Text Editor, !label field','','8.9.18'),(6498,'Comments are responses to content.','','none'),(6499,'Filename: %name','','none'),(6500,'Recipient username','','none'),(6501,'You can align images (<code>data-align=\"center\"</code>), but also videos, blockquotes, and so on.','','none'),(6502,'You can caption images (<code>data-caption=\"Text\"</code>), but also videos, blockquotes, and so on.','','none'),(6503,'For accessibility and search engine optimization, all images that convey meaning on web sites should have alternate text. Drupal also allows entry of title text for images, but it can lead to confusion for screen reader users and its use is not recommended. Image fields can be configured so that alternate and title text fields are enabled or disabled; if enabled, the fields can be set to be required. The recommended setting is to enable and require alternate text and disable title text.','','none'),(6504,'Making this field required is recommended.','','none'),(6505,'The title attribute is used as a tooltip when the mouse hovers over the image. Enabling this field is not recommended as it can cause problems with screen readers.','','none'),(6506,'Image convert failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path (%mimetype)','','none'),(6507,'Converts an image between extensions (e.g. from PNG to JPEG).','','none'),(6508,'The domain may not be left blank for %language.','','none'),(6509,'Leave preview?','','none'),(6510,'Leave preview','','none'),(6511,'Leaving the preview will cause unsaved changes to be lost. Are you sure you want to leave the preview?','','none'),(6512,'CTRL+Left click will prevent this dialog from showing and proceed to the clicked link.','','none'),(6513,'The human-readable name of this content type. This text will be displayed as part of the list on the <em>Add content</em> page. This name must be unique.','','8.9.18'),(6514,'Search for @keywords','','none'),(6515,'Instructs the toolkit to save the image with a specified extension.','','none'),(6516,'Set a new image','','none'),(6517,'Creates a new transparent resource and sets it for the image.','','none'),(6518,'The text with the text format applied.','','none'),(6519,'Processed summary','','none'),(6520,'The summary text with the text format applied.','','none'),(6521,'Tabs are buttons, displayed in a bar across the top of the screen. Some tabs execute an action (such as starting Edit mode), while other tabs toggle which tray is open.','','none'),(6522,'Trays','','none'),(6523,'Trays are usually lists of links, which can be hierarchical like a menu. If a tray has been toggled open, it is displayed either vertically or horizontally below the tab bar, depending on the browser width. Only one tray may be open at a time. If you click another tab, that tray will replace the tray being displayed. In wide browser widths, the user has the ability to toggle from vertical to horizontal, using a link at the bottom or right of the tray. Hierarchical menus only have open/close behavior in vertical mode; if you display a tray containing a hierarchical menu horizontally, only the top-level links will be available.','','none'),(6524,'Your account will be blocked and you will no longer be able to log in. All of your content will remain attributed to your username.','','none'),(6525,'Original language of the user information','','none'),(6526,'Language of the translation of user information','','none'),(6527,'Preferred language of the user','','none'),(6528,'Preferred admin language','','none'),(6529,'Preferred administrative language of the user','','none'),(6530,'Cache metadata','','none'),(6531,'Cache contexts','','none'),(6532,'Path is empty.','','none'),(6533,'No query allowed.','','none'),(6534,'Invalid path. Valid characters are alphanumerics as well as \"-\", \".\", \"_\" and \"~\".','','none'),(6535,'Classy','','none'),(6536,'tour','','none'),(6537,'tours','','none'),(6538,'Layout Builder','','none'),(6539,'Select a @context value:','','none'),(6540,'Number of plural indexes in this language.','','none'),(6541,'Domain to use for this language.','','none'),(6542,'Search result highlighting input','','8.9.18'),(6543,'Configuration entity dependencies','','none'),(6544,'Content entity dependencies','','none'),(6545,'Enforced configuration dependencies','','none'),(6546,'String (long) settings','','none'),(6547,'URI settings','','none'),(6548,'Created timestamp settings','','none'),(6549,'Changed timestamp settings','','none'),(6550,'If more than one application will be sharing this database, a unique table name prefix – such as %prefix – will prevent collisions.','','none'),(6551,'The author name of the comment.','','8.9.18'),(6552,'contextual links button','','none'),(6553,'No browser language mappings available.','','none'),(6554,'The mapping for the %browser browser language code has been deleted.','','none'),(6555,'The browser language detection mapping for the %browser browser language code has been deleted.','','none'),(6556,'The user or author name. This filter does not check if the user exists and allows partial matching. Does not use autocomplete.','','none'),(6557,'Page @items.current','','none'),(6558,'The selected style or row format does not use fields.','','none'),(6559,'The selected display type does not use @type plugins','','none'),(6560,'The entity type','','none'),(6561,'Entity Type ID','','none'),(6562,'Regex','Validation','none'),(6563,'Configure Image Styles','','none'),(6564,'Database storage size','','none'),(6565,'Text with text format','','none'),(6566,'Field widgets','','none'),(6567,'Field widget','','none'),(6568,'Widget type machine name','','none'),(6569,'Textarea display format settings','','none'),(6570,'Email field display format settings','','none'),(6571,'Link to the entity','','none'),(6572,'Synchronizing extensions: @op @name.','','none'),(6573,'Link to the @entity_label','','8.9.18'),(6574,'Linked to the @entity_label','','none'),(6575,'Simple page','','none'),(6576,'Page with blocks','','none'),(6577,'Jump to the first comment.','','none'),(6578,'Jump to the first new comment.','','none'),(6579,'Share your thoughts and opinions.','','none'),(6580,'Content translation content settings','','none'),(6581,'Content translation enabled','','none'),(6582,'Default date type','','none'),(6583,'Default date value','','none'),(6584,'Persist field storage with no fields','','none'),(6585,'Group by column','','none'),(6586,'Group by columns','','none'),(6587,'Re-use an existing field','','8.9.18'),(6588,'You need to select a field type or an existing field.','','none'),(6589,'Adding a new field and re-using an existing field at the same time is not allowed.','','none'),(6590,'Provides a filter plugin that is in use in the following filter formats: %formats','','8.9.18'),(6591,'Log in to post new content in the forum.','','none'),(6592,'Providing page-specific help','','none'),(6593,'Effect settings','','none'),(6594,'Content Language Settings','','8.9.18'),(6595,'Allow to alter the language','','none'),(6596,'Influence of \'@title\'','','none'),(6597,'Installing supporting modules','','none'),(6598,'Default indexing settings','','none'),(6599,'<p>Search pages that use an index may use the default index provided by the Search module, or they may use a different indexing mechanism. These settings are for the default index. <em>Changing these settings will cause the default search index to be rebuilt to reflect the new settings. Searching will continue to work, based on the existing index, but new content won\'t be indexed until all existing content has been re-indexed.</em></p><p><em>The default settings should be appropriate for the majority of sites.</em></p>','','none'),(6600,'The default search index will be rebuilt.','','none'),(6601,'This will re-index content in the search indexes of all active search pages. Searching will continue to work, but new content won\'t be indexed until all existing content has been re-indexed. This action cannot be undone.','','none'),(6602,'All search indexes will be rebuilt.','','none'),(6603,'Add shortcut link','','none'),(6604,'Popular content block settings','','none'),(6605,'Number of day\\s top views to display','','none'),(6606,'An existing local file system path for storing private files. It should be writable by Drupal and not accessible over the web. This must be changed in settings.php','','none'),(6607,'Publish status','','none'),(6608,'Whether or not the content related to a term is published.','','none'),(6609,'Tray \"@tray\" @action.','','8.9.18'),(6610,'Tray @action.','','8.9.18'),(6611,'Major upgrade warning','','8.9.18'),(6612,'This update is a major version update which means that it may not be backwards compatible with your currently running version. It is recommended that you read the release notes and proceed at your own risk.','','8.9.18'),(6613,'Only users with the selected permission flag will be able to access this display.','','none'),(6614,'Only the checked roles will be able to access this display.','','none'),(6615,'The formatted text of the area','','none'),(6616,'The corresponding entity field','','none'),(6617,'The plugin ID','','none'),(6618,'Row options','','none'),(6619,'Display extender settings','','none'),(6620,'View block','','none'),(6621,'Number integer display format settings','','none'),(6622,'Static menu link overrides','','none'),(6623,'Entities exist of type %entity_type and %bundle_label %bundle. These entities need to be deleted before importing.','','none'),(6624,'Feed title','Validation','none'),(6625,'A feed named %value already exists. Enter a unique title.','','none'),(6626,'Feed URL','Validation','none'),(6627,'A feed with this URL %value already exists. Enter a unique URL.','','none'),(6628,'Disabled','Plural','8.9.18'),(6629,'The language code of the language the comment is written in.','','8.9.18'),(6630,'The message language code.','','none'),(6631,'The source language from which this translation was created.','','none'),(6632,'Translation outdated','','none'),(6633,'Translation author','','none'),(6634,'The author of this translation.','','none'),(6635,'A boolean indicating whether the translation is visible to non-translators.','','none'),(6636,'Translation created time','','none'),(6637,'The Unix timestamp when the translation was created.','','none'),(6638,'Translation changed time','','none'),(6639,'The Unix timestamp when the translation was most recently saved.','','none'),(6640,'Alternative text is required.<br />(Only in rare cases should this be left empty. To create empty alternative text, enter <code>\"\"</code> — two double quotes without any content).','','none'),(6641,'Entities and entity types','','none'),(6642,'The website\'s content and configuration is managed using <em>entities</em>, which are grouped into <em>entity types</em>. <em>Content entity types</em> are the entity types for site content (such as the main site content, comments, custom blocks, taxonomy terms, and user accounts). <em>Configuration entity types</em> are used to store configuration information for your site, such as individual views in the Views module, and settings for your main site content types.','','none'),(6643,'Entity sub-types','','none'),(6644,'Some content entity types are further grouped into sub-types (for example, you could have article and page content types within the main site content entity type, and tag and category vocabularies within the taxonomy term entity type); other entity types, such as user accounts, do not have sub-types. Programmers use the term <em>bundle</em> for entity sub-types.','','none'),(6645,'Fields and field types','','none'),(6646,'Content entity types and sub-types store most of their text, file, and other information in <em>fields</em>. Fields are grouped by <em>field type</em>; field types define what type of data can be stored in that field, such as text, images, or taxonomy term references.','','none'),(6647,'Formatters and view modes','','none'),(6648,'Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more <em>view modes</em>, used for displaying the entity items. For instance, a content item could be viewed in full content mode on its own page, teaser mode in a list, or RSS mode in a feed. In each view mode, each field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can choose and configure the <em>formatter</em> that is used to display the field. For instance, a long text field can be displayed trimmed or full-length, and taxonomy term reference fields can be displayed in plain text or linked to the taxonomy term page.','','none'),(6649,'Widgets and form modes','','none'),(6650,'Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more <em>form modes</em>, used for editing. For instance, a content item could be edited in a compact format with only some fields editable, or a full format that allows all fields to be edited. In each form mode, each field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can choose and configure the <em>widget</em> that is used to edit the field. For instance, a taxonomy term reference field can be edited using a select list, radio buttons, or an autocomplete widget.','','none'),(6651,'Enabling field types, widgets, and formatters','','none'),(6652,'Views entity field handler','','none'),(6653,'Creating a field','','none'),(6654,'On the <em>Manage fields</em> page for your entity type or sub-type, you can add, configure, and delete fields for that entity type or sub-type. Each field has a <em>machine name</em>, which is used internally to identify the field and must be unique across an entity type; once a field is created, you cannot change the machine name. Most fields have two types of settings. The field-level settings depend on the field type, and affect how the data in the field is stored. Once they are set, they can no longer be changed; examples include how many data values are allowed for the field and where files are stored. The sub-type-level settings are specific to each entity sub-type the field is used on, and they can be changed later; examples include the field label, help text, default value, and whether the field is required or not. You can return to these settings by choosing the <em>Edit</em> link for the field from the <em>Manage fields</em> page.','','none'),(6655,'Re-using fields','','none'),(6656,'Once you have created a field, you can use it again in other sub-types of the same entity type. For instance, if you create a field for the article content type, you can also use it for the page content type, but you cannot use it for custom blocks or taxonomy terms. If there are fields available for re-use, after clicking <em>Add field</em> from the <em>Manage fields</em> page, you will see a list of available fields for re-use. After selecting a field for re-use, you can configure the sub-type-level settings.','','none'),(6657,'Configuring field editing','','none'),(6658,'On the <em>Manage form display</em> page of your entity type or sub-type, you can configure how the field data is edited by default and in each form mode. If your entity type has multiple form modes (on most sites, most entities do not), you can toggle between the form modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle whether each form mode uses the default settings or custom settings in the <em>Custom display settings</em> section. For each field in each form mode, you can select the widget to use for editing; some widgets have additional configuration options, such as the size for a text field, and these can be edited using the Edit button (which looks like a wheel). You can also change the order of the fields on the form. You can exclude a field from a form by choosing <em>Hidden</em> from the widget drop-down list, or by dragging it into the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),(6659,'Configuring field display','','none'),(6660,'On the <em>Manage display</em> page of your entity type or sub-type, you can configure how each field is displayed by default and in each view mode. If your entity type has multiple view modes, you can toggle between the view modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle whether each view mode uses the default settings or custom settings in the <em>Custom display settings</em> section. For each field in each view mode, you can choose whether and how to display the label of the field from the <em>Label</em> drop-down list. You can also select the formatter to use for display; some formatters have configuration options, which you can edit using the Edit button (which looks like a wheel). You can also change the display order of fields. You can exclude a field from a specific view mode by choosing <em>Hidden</em> from the formatter drop-down list, or by dragging it into the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),(6661,'Configuring view and form modes','','none'),(6662,'Listing fields','','none'),(6663,'Images must be exactly <strong>@size</strong> pixels.','','none'),(6664,'Images must be larger than <strong>@min</strong> pixels. Images larger than <strong>@max</strong> pixels will be resized.','','none'),(6665,'Images must be larger than <strong>@min</strong> pixels.','','none'),(6666,'Images larger than <strong>@max</strong> pixels will be resized.','','none'),(6667,'Define how text is handled by combining filters into text formats.','','8.9.18'),(6668,'Forum leaf','Validation','none'),(6669,'The menu link language code.','','none'),(6670,'Node authored by (uid)','','none'),(6671,'Revision authored by (uid)','','none'),(6672,'Content access view grants','','none'),(6673,'The location this shortcut points to.','','none'),(6674,'Trusted Host Settings','','8.9.18'),(6675,'The trusted_host_patterns setting is set to allow %trusted_host_patterns','','8.9.18'),(6676,'Change site name, email address, slogan, default front page, and error pages.','','8.9.18'),(6677,'This is only used when the site is configured to use a separate administration theme on the Appearance page.','','8.9.18'),(6678,'Link to any page','','8.9.18'),(6679,'This allows to bypass access checking when linking to internal paths.','','8.9.18'),(6680,'Unable to install @extension, %config_names already exists in active configuration.Unable to install @extension, %config_names already exist in active configuration.','','none'),(6681,'No access to execute %action on the @entity_type_label %entity_label.','','none'),(6682,'narrow','','none'),(6683,'Note: content may be kept, unpublished, deleted or transferred to the anonymous user depending on the configured user settings.','','8.9.18'),(6684,'The reference view %view_name cannot be found.','','none'),(6685,'Enabled','Plural','8.9.18'),(6686,'Pre-content','','8.9.18'),(6687,'Active menu trail','','none'),(6688,'Configuration updates','','8.9.18'),(6689,'The listed configuration will be updated.','','8.9.18'),(6690,'An entity field containing a password value.','','none'),(6691,'An autocomplete text field with tagging support.','','none'),(6692,'The feed %label has been deleted.','','none'),(6693,'Block Content revision is a history of changes to block content.','','none'),(6694,'Get the actual block content from a block content revision.','','none'),(6695,'The Color module saves a modified copy of the theme\'s specified stylesheets in the files directory. If you make any manual changes to your theme\'s stylesheet, <em>you must save your color settings again, even if you haven\'t changed the colors</em>. This step is required because the module stylesheets in the files directory need to be recreated to reflect your changes.','','none'),(6696,'Responsive image style %label saved.','','none'),(6697,'Field, widget, and formatter information','','none'),(6698,'Provided by modules','','none'),(6699,'Here is a list of the currently enabled field, formatter, and widget modules:','','none'),(6700,'Provided by Drupal core','','none'),(6701,'As mentioned previously, some field types, widgets, and formatters are provided by Drupal core. Here are some notes on how to use some of these:','','none'),(6702,'<strong>Number fields</strong>: When you add a number field you can choose from three types: <em>decimal</em>, <em>float</em>, and <em>integer</em>. The <em>decimal</em> number field type allows users to enter exact decimal values, with fixed numbers of decimal places. The <em>float</em> number field type allows users to enter approximate decimal values. The <em>integer</em> number field type allows users to enter whole numbers, such as years (for example, 2012) or values (for example, 1, 2, 5, 305). It does not allow decimals.','','none'),(6703,'Defining image styles','','none'),(6704,'Naming image styles','','none'),(6705,'When you define an image style, you will need to choose a displayed name and a machine name. The displayed name is shown in administrative pages, and the machine name is used to generate the URL for accessing an image processed in that style. There are two common approaches to naming image styles: either based on the effects being applied (for example, <em>Square 85x85</em>), or based on where you plan to use it (for example, <em>Profile picture</em>).','','none'),(6706,'Configuring image fields','','none'),(6707,'A few of the settings for image fields are defined once when you create the field and cannot be changed later; these include the choice of public or private file storage and the number of images that can be stored in the field. The rest of the settings can be edited later; these settings include the field label, help text, allowed file extensions, image resolution restrictions, and the subdirectory in the public or private file storage where the images will be stored. The editable settings can also have different values for different entity sub-types; for instance, if your image field is used on both Page and Article content types, you can store the files in a different subdirectory for the two content types.','','none'),(6708,'The maximum file size that can be uploaded is limited by PHP settings of the server, but you can restrict it further by configuring a <em>Maximum upload size</em> in the field settings (this setting can be changed later). The maximum file size, either from PHP server settings or field configuration, is automatically displayed to users in the help text of the image field.','','none'),(6709,'You can also configure a default image that will be used if no image is uploaded in an image field. This default can be defined for all instances of the field in the field storage settings when you create a field, and the setting can be overridden for each entity sub-type that uses the field.','','none'),(6710,'Configuring displays and form displays','','none'),(6711,'On the <em>Manage display</em> page, you can choose the image formatter, which determines the image style used to display the image in each display mode and whether or not to display the image as a link. On the <em>Manage form display</em> page, you can configure the image upload widget, including setting the preview image style shown on the entity edit form.','','none'),(6712,'Selected language configuration','','none'),(6713,'Selected default language no longer exists.','','none'),(6714,'Language detection configuration saved.','','none'),(6715,'Language codes or other custom text to use as a path prefix for URL language detection. For the selected fallback language, this value may be left blank. <strong>Modifying this value may break existing URLs. Use with caution in a production environment.</strong> Example: Specifying \"deutsch\" as the path prefix code for German results in URLs like \"example.com/deutsch/contact\".','','none'),(6716,'Link URI can be accessed by the user.','Validation','none'),(6717,'The path \'@uri\' is inaccessible.','','none'),(6718,'The path \'@uri\' is invalid.','','none'),(6719,'The location this menu link points to.','','none'),(6720,'Indicates whether the menu link should be rediscovered','','8.9.18'),(6721,'@title [%language translation]','','none'),(6722,'The username of the content author.','','none'),(6723,'Defining responsive image styles','','none'),(6724,'Using responsive image styles in Image fields','','none'),(6725,'A responsive image style associates an image style with each breakpoint defined by your theme.','','none'),(6726,'Responsive image styles','','8.9.18'),(6727,'Edit responsive image style','','none'),(6728,'Duplicate responsive image style','','none'),(6729,'Add responsive image style','','none'),(6730,'Responsive image style','','8.9.18'),(6731,'Image style mappings','','none'),(6732,'Image style mapping','','none'),(6733,'Responsive image mapping type','','none'),(6734,'Sizes attribute','','none'),(6735,'Image styles to be used when using the \'sizes\' attribute','','none'),(6736,'<em>Duplicate responsive image style</em> @label','','none'),(6737,'<em>Edit responsive image style</em> @label','','none'),(6738,'Responsive image style @label saved.','','none'),(6739,'Responsive image style: @responsive_image_style','','none'),(6740,'Select a responsive image style.','','none'),(6741,'The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, including users of screen readers and other assistive technology. The drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled \"Show row weights\" above the table. The replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights instead of dragging table rows.','','none'),(6742,'Using maintenance mode','','none'),(6743,'Configuring the file system','','none'),(6744,'Configuring the image toolkit','','none'),(6745,'Are you sure you want to delete the format %name : %format?','','none'),(6746,'Managing vocabularies','','none'),(6747,'Managing terms','','none'),(6748,'Classifying entity content','','none'),(6749,'Adding new terms during content creation','','none'),(6750,'User email required','Validation','none'),(6751,'The target entity','','none'),(6752,'Append a destination query string to operation links.','','none'),(6753,'Provides links to perform entity operations.','','none'),(6754,'Content language of view row','','none'),(6755,'Original language of content in view row','','none'),(6756,'@entity_type_label ID','','none'),(6757,'Rendering Language','','none'),(6758,'All content that supports translations will be displayed in the selected language.','','none'),(6759,'The contextual filter values are provided by the URL.','','none'),(6760,'The following replacement tokens are available for this field. Note that due to rendering order, you cannot use fields that come after this field; if you need a field not listed here, rearrange your fields.','','none'),(6761,'Featured top','','8.9.18'),(6762,'Featured bottom first','','8.9.18'),(6763,'Featured bottom second','','8.9.18'),(6764,'Featured bottom third','','8.9.18'),(6765,'Footer fifth','','8.9.18'),(6766,'@label (@id)','','none'),(6767,'Entity reference field storage settings','','none'),(6768,'Entity reference field settings','','none'),(6769,'Entity reference selection plugin settings','','none'),(6770,'Display in native language','','none'),(6771,'@local-task-title@active','','8.9.18'),(6772,'HTTP cookies','','none'),(6773,'HTTP headers','','none'),(6774,'Is super user','','none'),(6775,'Query arguments','','none'),(6776,'Request format','','none'),(6777,'A flag indicating whether this is the default translation.','','none'),(6778,'Field settings (@on_label / @off_label)','','none'),(6779,'@on_label / @off_label','','none'),(6780,'Displayed in native language','','none'),(6781,'Hide lower priority columns','','8.9.18'),(6782,'Submitted by @username on @datetime','','none'),(6783,'By @author @time ago','','none'),(6784,'With multiple languages configured, registered users can select their preferred language and authors can assign a specific language to content.','','none'),(6785,'This page also provides an overview of how much of the site\'s interface has been translated for each configured language.','','none'),(6786,'If the Interface Translation module is enabled, this page will provide an overview of how much of the site\'s interface has been translated for each configured language.','','none'),(6787,'Depending on your site features, additional modules that you might want to enable are:','','none'),(6788,'This must be an external URL such as %url.','','none'),(6789,'No dangerous external protocols','Validation','none'),(6790,'No broken internal links','Validation','none'),(6791,'Submitted by @author_name on @date','','none'),(6792,'Search looks for exact, case-insensitive keywords; keywords shorter than a minimum length are ignored.','','none'),(6793,'Use upper-case OR to get more results. Example: cat OR dog (content contains either \"cat\" or \"dog\").','','none'),(6794,'You can use upper-case AND to require all words, but this is the same as the default behavior. Example: cat AND dog (same as cat dog, content must contain both \"cat\" and \"dog\").','','none'),(6795,'Use quotes to search for a phrase. Example: \"the cat eats mice\".','','none'),(6796,'You can precede keywords by - to exclude them; you must still have at least one \"positive\" keyword. Example: cat -dog (content must contain cat and cannot contain dog).','','none'),(6797,'The testing framework requires the %sites-simpletest directory to exist and be writable in order to run tests.','','none'),(6798,'The file %file does not exist and could not be created automatically, which poses a security risk. Ensure that the directory is writable.','','none'),(6799,'User is admin','','none'),(6800,'Include the anonymous user in the matched entities.','','none'),(6801,'Include the anonymous user.','','none'),(6802,'User search looks for user names and partial user names. Example: mar would match usernames mar, delmar, and maryjane.','','none'),(6803,'You can use * as a wildcard within your keyword. Example: m*r would match user names mar, delmar, and elementary.','','none'),(6804,'No eligible views were found.','','none'),(6805,'The view is not based on a translatable entity type or the site is not multilingual.','','none'),(6806,'Display \"@display\" uses a \"more\" link but there are no displays it can link to. You need to specify a custom URL.','','none'),(6807,'Disabling SQL rewriting will omit all query tags, i. e. disable node access checks as well as override hook_query_alter() implementations in other modules.','','none'),(6808,'Testing config overrides','','none'),(6809,'Minimal profile for running tests with config overrides in a profile.','','none'),(6810,'Account\'s permissions','','none'),(6811,'The hashed password','','none'),(6812,'Existing password','','none'),(6813,'Display the author name.','','none'),(6814,'Are you sure you want to create a new %name @type?','','none'),(6815,'Using the personal contact form','','none'),(6816,'Site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the personal contact form, without knowing or learning the email address of the recipient. When a site visitor is viewing a user profile, the viewer will see a <em>Contact</em> tab or link, which leads to the personal contact form. The personal contact link is not shown when you are viewing your own profile, and users must have both <em>View user information</em> (to see user profiles) and <em>Use users\' personal contact forms</em> permission to see the link. The user whose profile is being viewed must also have their personal contact form enabled (this is a user account setting); viewers with <em>Administer users</em> permission can bypass this setting.','','none'),(6817,'Configuring contact forms','','none'),(6818,'Linking to contact forms','','none'),(6819,'Adding content to contact forms','','none'),(6820,'@label (Translation is not supported).','','none'),(6821,'@entity using @field_name','','none'),(6822,'Relate each @entity with a @field_name set to the @label.','','none'),(6823,'Configuring form displays','','none'),(6824,'Reference fields have several widgets available on the <em>Manage form display</em> page:','','none'),(6825,'The <em>Check boxes/radio buttons</em> widget displays the existing entities for the entity type as check boxes or radio buttons based on the <em>Allowed number of values</em> set for the field.','','none'),(6826,'The <em>Select list</em> widget displays the existing entities in a drop-down list or scrolling list box based on the <em>Allowed number of values</em> setting for the field.','','none'),(6827,'The <em>Autocomplete</em> widget displays text fields in which users can type entity labels based on the <em>Allowed number of values</em>. The widget can be configured to display all entities that contain the typed characters or restricted to those starting with those characters.','','none'),(6828,'The <em>Autocomplete (Tags style)</em> widget displays a multi-text field in which users can type in a comma-separated list of entity labels.','','none'),(6829,'Your server is not capable of displaying file upload progress. File upload progress requires an Apache server running PHP with mod_php or Nginx with PHP-FPM.','','none'),(6830,'Your server is not capable of displaying file upload progress. File upload progress requires PHP be run with mod_php or PHP-FPM and not as FastCGI.','','none'),(6831,'Display download path','','none'),(6832,'Display the filemime as icon','','none'),(6833,'Detect tar','','none'),(6834,'Link this field to the file download URL','','none'),(6835,'File link','','none'),(6836,'Include tar in extension','','none'),(6837,'If the part of the filename just before the extension is \'.tar\', include this in the extension output.','','none'),(6838,'Display the file download URI','','none'),(6839,'Display an icon','','none'),(6840,'The icon is representing the file type, instead of the MIME text (such as \"image/jpeg\")','','none'),(6841,'Using text fields with text formats','','none'),(6842,'Text fields that allow text formats are those with \"formatted\" in the description. These are <em>Text (formatted, long, with summary)</em>, <em>Text (formatted)</em>, and <em>Text (formatted, long)</em>. You cannot change the type of field once a field has been created.','','none'),(6843,'Setting the allowed link type','','none'),(6844,'In the field settings you can define the allowed link type to be <em>internal links only</em>, <em>external links only</em>, or <em>both internal and external links</em>. <em>Internal links only</em> and <em>both internal and external links</em> options enable an autocomplete widget for internal links, so a user does not have to copy or remember a URL.','','none'),(6845,'Revisions allow you to track differences between multiple versions of your content, and revert to older versions.','','none'),(6846,'@type %title has been reverted to the revision from %revision-date.','','none'),(6847,'Speeding up your site','','none'),(6848,'The Shortcut module creates an add/remove link for each page on your site; the link lets you add or remove the current page from the currently-enabled set of shortcuts (if your theme displays it and you have permission to edit your shortcut set). The core Seven administration theme displays this link next to the page title, as a grey or yellow star. If you click on the grey star, you will add that page to your preferred set of shortcuts. If the page is already part of your shortcut set, the link will be a yellow star, and will allow you to remove the current page from your shortcut set.','','none'),(6849,'Site default language code','','none'),(6850,'Page caching','','none'),(6851,'Please log in to access this page.','','none'),(6852,'Allowing users to add new terms gradually builds a vocabulary as content is added and edited. Users can add new terms if either of the two <em>Autocomplete</em> widgets is chosen for the Taxonomy term reference field in the <em>Manage form display</em> page for the field. You will also need to enable the <em>Create referenced entities if they don\'t already exist</em> option, and restrict the field to one vocabulary.','','none'),(6853,'If you choose <em>Text (plain)</em> or <em>Text (formatted)</em> as the field type on the <em>Manage fields</em> page, then a field with a single row is displayed. You can change the maximum text length in the <em>Field settings</em> when you set up the field.','','none'),(6854,'If you choose <em>Text (plain, long)</em>, <em>Text (formatted, long)</em>, or <em>Text (formatted, long, with summary)</em> on the <em>Manage fields</em> page, then users can insert text of unlimited length. On the <em>Manage form display</em> page, you can set the number of rows that are displayed to users.','','none'),(6855,'As an alternative to using a trimmed version of the text, you can enter a separate summary by choosing the <em>Text (formatted, long, with summary)</em> field type on the <em>Manage fields</em> page. Even when <em>Summary input</em> is enabled, and summaries are provided, you can display <em>trimmed</em> text nonetheless by choosing the appropriate format on the <em>Manage display</em> page.','','none'),(6856,'The Update Manager also allows administrators to update and install modules and themes through the administration interface.','','none'),(6857,'Performing updates through the Update page','','none'),(6858,'Installing new modules and themes through the Install page','','none'),(6859,'Link to the user','','none'),(6860,'Display the user or author name.','','none'),(6861,'Password required for protected field change','Validation','none'),(6862,'Text to use for this variant, @count will be replaced with the value.','','none'),(6863,'Text to use for the singular form, @count will be replaced with the value.','','none'),(6864,'Testing multilingual with English','','none'),(6865,'Contains US ASCII characters only','','none'),(6866,'Checkout complete! Thank you for your purchase.','','none'),(6867,'Resolving missing content','','none'),(6868,'The following @entity-type translations will be deleted:','','none'),(6869,'Delete @language translation','','none'),(6870,'The @entity-type %label @language translation has been deleted.','','none'),(6871,'Are you sure you want to delete the @language translation of the @entity-type %label?','','none'),(6872,'The core.extension configuration does not exist.','','none'),(6873,'Unable to install the %module module since it does not exist.','','none'),(6874,'Unable to uninstall the %module module since the %dependent_module module is installed.','','none'),(6875,'Unable to install the %theme theme since it does not exist.','','none'),(6876,'Unable to install the %theme theme since it requires the %required_theme theme.','','none'),(6877,'Unable to uninstall the %theme theme since the %dependent_theme theme is installed.','','none'),(6878,'Configuration %name depends on the %owner module that will not be installed after import.','','none'),(6879,'Configuration %name depends on the %owner theme that will not be installed after import.','','none'),(6880,'Configuration %name depends on the %owner extension that will not be installed after import.','','none'),(6881,'Unable to install the %module module since it requires the %required_module module.Unable to install the %module module since it requires the %required_module modules.','','none'),(6882,'Configuration %name depends on the %module module that will not be installed after import.Configuration %name depends on modules (%module) that will not be installed after import.','','none'),(6883,'Configuration %name depends on the %theme theme that will not be installed after import.Configuration %name depends on themes (%theme) that will not be installed after import.','','none'),(6884,'Configuration %name depends on the %config configuration that will not exist after import.Configuration %name depends on configuration (%config) that will not exist after import.','','none'),(6885,'Interface text','','8.9.18'),(6886,'Order of language detection methods for interface text. If a translation of interface text is available in the detected language, it will be displayed.','','none'),(6887,'Inaccessible','','8.9.18'),(6888,'NotNull','Validation','none'),(6889,'Null','Validation','none'),(6890,'Aggregator title','','none'),(6891,'Formats an aggregator item or feed title with an optional link.','','none'),(6892,'Empty block library behavior','','8.9.18'),(6893,'Provides a link to add a new block.','','none'),(6894,'Books have a hierarchical structure, called a <em>book outline</em>. Each book outline can have nested pages up to nine levels deep. Multiple content types can be configured to behave as a book outline. From the content edit form, it is possible to add a page to a book outline or create a new book.','','none'),(6895,'Configuring content types for books','','none'),(6896,'Content type for the <em>Add child page</em> link','','none'),(6897,'The configuration cannot be imported because it failed validation for the following reasons:','','none'),(6898,'Link to translate @entity_type_label','','none'),(6899,'Provide a translation link to the @entity_type_label.','','none'),(6900,'The Forum module lets you create threaded discussion forums with functionality similar to other message board systems. In a forum, users post topics and threads in nested hierarchies, allowing discussions to be categorized and grouped.','','none'),(6901,'A forum is represented by a hierarchical structure, consisting of:','','none'),(6902,'<em>Forums</em> (for example, <em>Recipes for cooking vegetables</em>)','','none'),(6903,'<em>Forum topics</em> submitted by users (for example, <em>How to cook potatoes</em>), which start discussions.','','none'),(6904,'Threaded <em>comments</em> submitted by users (for example, <em>You wash the potatoes first and then...</em>).','','none'),(6905,'Optional <em>containers</em>, used to group similar forums. Forums can be placed inside containers, and vice versa.','','none'),(6906,'Setting up the forum structure','','none'),(6907,'Navigating in the forum','','none'),(6908,'Interface text language selected for page','','8.9.18'),(6909,'Customize %language_name language detection to differ from Interface text language detection settings','','none'),(6910,'The domain for %language may only contain the domain name, not a trailing slash, protocol and/or port.','','none'),(6911,'@language translation of the @type %label has been deleted.','','none'),(6912,'Domain of the relation','','none'),(6913,'Xdebug settings','','none'),(6914,'xdebug.max_nesting_level is set to %value.','','none'),(6915,'Set <code>xdebug.max_nesting_level=@level</code> in your PHP configuration as some pages in your Drupal site will not work when this setting is too low.','','none'),(6916,'For more detailed information, see the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/upgrade\">upgrading handbook</a>. If you are unsure what these terms mean you should probably contact your hosting provider.','','none'),(6917,'Trimmed limit','','none'),(6918,'If the summary is not set, the trimmed %label field will end at the last full sentence before this character limit.','','none'),(6919,'Trimmed limit: @trim_length characters','','8.9.18'),(6920,'%name is blocked or has not been activated yet.','','none'),(6921,'Working with multilingual views','','none'),(6922,'If your site has multiple languages and translated entities, each result row in a view will contain one translation of each involved entity (a view can involve multiple entities if it uses relationships). You can use a filter to restrict your view to one language: without filtering, if an entity has three translations it will add three rows to the results; if you filter by language, at most one result will appear (it could be zero if that particular entity does not have a translation matching your language filter choice). If a view uses relationships, each entity in the relationship needs to be filtered separately. You can filter a view to a fixed language choice, such as English or Spanish, or to the language selected by the page the view is displayed on (the language that is selected for the page by the language detection settings either for Content or User interface).','','none'),(6923,'Because each result row contains a specific translation of each entity, field-level filters are also relative to these entity translations. For example, if your view has a filter that specifies that the entity title should contain a particular English word, you will presumably filter out all rows containing Chinese translations, since they will not contain the English word. If your view also has a second filter specifying that the title should contain a particular Chinese word, and if you are using \"And\" logic for filtering, you will presumably end up with no results in the view, because there are probably not any entity translations containing both the English and Chinese words in the title.','','none'),(6924,'Independent of filtering, you can choose the display language (the language used to display the entities and their fields) via a setting on the display. Your language choices are the same as the filter language choices, with an additional choice of \"Content language of view row\" and \"Original language of content in view row\", which means to display each entity in the result row using the language that entity has or in which it was originally created. In theory, this would give you the flexibility to filter to French translations, for instance, and then display the results in Spanish. The more usual choices would be to use the same language choices for the display language and each entity filter in the view, or to use the Row language setting for the display.','','none'),(6925,'Entity link','','none'),(6926,'Entity delete link','','none'),(6927,'Entity edit link','','none'),(6928,'Link to @entity_type_label','','none'),(6929,'Provide a view link to the @entity_type_label.','','none'),(6930,'Link to edit @entity_type_label','','none'),(6931,'Provide an edit link to the @entity_type_label.','','none'),(6932,'Link to delete @entity_type_label','','none'),(6933,'Provide a delete link to the @entity_type_label.','','none'),(6934,'View','View entity type','8.9.18'),(6935,'Options such as paging, table sorting, and exposed filters will not initiate a page refresh.','','none'),(6936,'Select pager','','none'),(6937,'This can be an internal Drupal path such as node/add or an external URL such as \"https://www.drupal.org\". You may use the \"Replacement patterns\" above.','','none'),(6938,'Per default the table is hidden for an empty view. With this option it is possible to show an empty table with the text in it.','','none'),(6939,'Cache tags','','none'),(6940,'Timestamp display format settings','','none'),(6941,'Future format','','none'),(6942,'Past format','','none'),(6943,'@requirements_message (Currently using @item version @version)','','none'),(6944,'The MyISAM storage engine is not supported.','','none'),(6945,'0 seconds','','8.9.18'),(6946,'The validation failed because the value conflicts with the value in %field_name, which you cannot access.','','none'),(6947,'Unable to uninstall the %profile profile since it is the install profile.','','none'),(6948,'The @module module is required','','none'),(6949,'Use <em>@interval</em> where you want the formatted interval text to appear.','','none'),(6950,'How many time interval units should be shown in the formatted output.','','none'),(6951,'Future date: %display','','none'),(6952,'Past date: %display','','none'),(6953,'- Default site/user time zone -','','none'),(6954,'Date format: @date_format','','none'),(6955,'Custom date format: @custom_date_format','','none'),(6956,'Time zone: @timezone','','none'),(6957,'Revision translation affected','','8.9.18'),(6958,'Indicates if the last edit of a translation belongs to current revision.','','none'),(6959,'To uninstall Book, delete all content that is part of a book','','none'),(6960,'To uninstall Book, delete all content that has the Book content type','','none'),(6961,'Configuration archive','','none'),(6962,'Your configuration files were successfully uploaded and are ready for import.','','none'),(6963,'Translate any configuration including those shipped with modules and themes.','','none'),(6964,'Time zone override','','none'),(6965,'Datetime custom display format settings','','none'),(6966,'Datetime time ago display format settings','','none'),(6967,'The time zone selected here will always be used','','none'),(6968,'File URI','Validation','none'),(6969,'To uninstall Forum, first delete all <em>Forum</em> content','','none'),(6970,'To uninstall Forum, first delete all %vocabulary terms','','none'),(6971,'Translate interface text','','8.9.18'),(6972,'Translate any interface text including configuration shipped with modules and themes.','','8.9.18'),(6973,'Pages requested by anonymous users are stored the first time they are requested and then are reused. Depending on your site configuration and the amount of your web traffic tied to anonymous visitors, the caching system may significantly increase the speed of your site.','','none'),(6974,'Configuring the internal page cache','','none'),(6975,'Internal Page Cache','','none'),(6976,'Specify the existing path you wish to alias. For example: /node/28, /forum/1, /taxonomy/term/1.','','8.9.18'),(6977,'Configuring for performance','','none'),(6978,'Last run: %time ago.','','8.9.18'),(6979,'The selected modules could not be uninstalled, either due to a website problem or due to the uninstall confirmation form timing out. Please try again.','','none'),(6980,'The path \'%path\' has to start with a slash.','','none'),(6981,'Allow user to control selected display options for this view.','','none'),(6982,'Allow user to control the number of items displayed in this view','','none'),(6983,'Allow user to specify number of items skipped from beginning of this view.','','none'),(6984,'Testing config import','','none'),(6985,'Tests install profiles in the config importer.','','none'),(6986,'Media library','','none'),(6987,'Plural variants','','none'),(6988,'Block context IDs updated.','','none'),(6989,'Encountered an unknown context mapping key coming probably from a contributed or custom module: One or more mappings could not be updated. Please manually review your visibility settings for the following blocks, which are disabled now:','','none'),(6990,'@label (Visibility: @plugin_ids)','','none'),(6991,'Place block <span class=\"visually-hidden\">in the %region region</span>','','8.9.18'),(6992,'No blocks available.','','none'),(6993,'Exporting the full configuration','','none'),(6994,'Importing a full configuration','','none'),(6995,'Exporting a single configuration item','','none'),(6996,'Importing a single configuration item','','none'),(6997,'Configuration synchronization','','8.9.18'),(6998,'Import and export your configuration.','','8.9.18'),(6999,'@date by @username','','none'),(7000,'You must include at least one keyword to match in the content, and punctuation is ignored.You must include at least one keyword to match in the content. Keywords must be at least @count characters, and punctuation is ignored.','','none'),(7001,'Manage responsive image styles.','','8.9.18'),(7002,'This theme is missing a \'content\' region.','','none'),(7003,'Apache version','','none'),(7004,'Due to the settings for ServerTokens in httpd.conf, it is impossible to accurately determine the version of Apache running on this server. The reported value is @reported, to run Drupal without mod_rewrite, a minimum version of 2.2.16 is needed.','','none'),(7005,'!modules modules are available in the modified list.','','8.9.18'),(7006,'Module %name has been enabled.@count modules have been enabled: %names.','','8.9.18'),(7007,'Filter by name or description','','8.9.18'),(7008,'Enter a part of the module name or description','','8.9.18'),(7009,'Menu links converted','','none'),(7010,'Menu link conversion skipped, because the {menu_tree} table did not exist yet.','','none'),(7011,'%type: @message in %function (line %line of %file).','','none'),(7012,'Container cannot be saved to cache.','','none'),(7013,'The MySQLnd driver version %version is less than the minimum required version. Upgrade to MySQLnd version %mysqlnd_minimum_version or up, or alternatively switch mysql drivers to libmysqlclient version %libmysqlclient_minimum_version or up.','','none'),(7014,'The libmysqlclient driver version %version is less than the minimum required version. Upgrade to libmysqlclient version %libmysqlclient_minimum_version or up, or alternatively switch mysql drivers to MySQLnd version %mysqlnd_minimum_version or up.','','none'),(7015,'Drupal could not be correctly setup with the existing database due to the following error: @error.','','none'),(7016,'The database server version %version is less than the minimum required version %minimum_version.','','none'),(7017,'A value must be selected for %part.','','none'),(7018,'@title (value @number)','','none'),(7019,'1 error has been found: @count errors have been found: ','','none'),(7020,'Primary admin actions','','8.9.18'),(7021,'Shown tabs','','none'),(7022,'Select tabs being shown in the block','','none'),(7023,'Show primary tabs','','none'),(7024,'Show secondary tabs','','none'),(7025,'imminently','','none'),(7026,'The blocked IP address.','','none'),(7027,'Generating accessible content','','none'),(7028,'HTML tables can be created with both table headers as well as caption/summary elements. Alt text is required by default on images added through CKEditor (note that this can be overridden). Semantic HTML5 figure/figcaption are available to add captions to images.','','none'),(7029,'The time that the comment was created, as a Unix timestamp.','','none'),(7030,'The time that the comment was edited by its author, as a Unix timestamp.','','none'),(7031,'The label of the comment type.','','none'),(7032,'Bundle ID of the comment type.','','none'),(7033,'The node type to which this comment type is attached.','','none'),(7034,'Default comment mode.','','none'),(7035,'Number of comments visible per page.','','none'),(7036,'Whether anonymous comments are allowed.','','none'),(7037,'Location of the comment form.','','none'),(7038,'Whether previews are enabled for the comment type.','','none'),(7039,'Whether a subject field is enabled for the comment type.','','none'),(7040,'The module that implements the field type.','','none'),(7041,'The entity bundle.','','none'),(7042,'The original machine name of the view mode.','','none'),(7043,'The view mode ID.','','none'),(7044,'The name of the format.','','none'),(7045,'Whether the format is cacheable.','','none'),(7046,'The role IDs which can use the format.','','none'),(7047,'The filters configured for the format.','','none'),(7048,'The status of the format','','none'),(7049,'The weight of the format','','none'),(7050,'Weight for @title language detection method','','none'),(7051,'Enable @title language detection method','','none'),(7052,'Core (Experimental)','','8.9.18'),(7053,'Migration @id is busy with another operation: @status','','none'),(7054,'@label (@type)','','none'),(7055,'Flag indicating the node type is enable','','none'),(7056,'base node.','','none'),(7057,'Breakpoint groups: viewport sizing vs art direction','','none'),(7058,'Breakpoint settings: sizes vs image styles','','none'),(7059,'Sizes field','','none'),(7060,'Image styles for sizes','','none'),(7061,'Failed to load responsive image style: “@style“ while displaying responsive image.','','none'),(7062,'Viewport Sizing','','none'),(7063,'Select a breakpoint group from the installed themes and modules. Below you can select which breakpoints to use from this group. You can also select which image style or styles to use for each breakpoint you use.','','none'),(7064,'Warning: if you change the breakpoint group you lose all your image style selections for each breakpoint.','','none'),(7065,'Select a breakpoint group from the installed themes and modules.','','none'),(7066,'Enable the Help module for more information on the sizes attribute.','','none'),(7067,'Select multiple image styles and use the sizes attribute.','','none'),(7068,'Select a single image style.','','none'),(7069,'Do not use this breakpoint.','','none'),(7070,'Select image styles with widths that range from the smallest amount of space this image will take up in the layout to the largest, bearing in mind that high resolution screens will need images 1.5x to 2x larger.','','none'),(7071,'Select the smallest image style you expect to appear in this space. The fallback image style should only appear on the site if an error occurs.','','none'),(7072,'Experimental modules enabled','','none'),(7073,'Entity/field definitions','','8.9.18'),(7074,'The system.filter configuration has been moved to a container parameter, see default.services.yml for more information.','','none'),(7075,'Block module is not enabled so local actions and tasks which have been converted to blocks, are not visible anymore.','','none'),(7076,'Because your site has custom theme(s) installed, we had to set local actions and tasks blocks into the content region. Please manually review the block configurations and remove the removed variables from your templates.','','none'),(7077,'Tabs block','','none'),(7078,'Whether primary tabs are shown','','none'),(7079,'Whether secondary tabs are shown','','none'),(7080,'The existing format/name combination has not been altered.','','none'),(7081,'Run database updates','','none'),(7082,'The weight of the role.','','none'),(7083,'A title semantically associated with your table for increased accessibility.','','none'),(7084,'Comment_forum','','none'),(7085,'Default comment field','','none'),(7086,'Large (480×480)','','8.9.18'),(7087,'Medium (220×220)','','8.9.18'),(7088,'Thumbnail (100×100)','','8.9.18'),(7089,'D, m/d/Y - H:i','PHP date format','8.9.18'),(7090,'HTML Date','','8.9.18'),(7091,'HTML Datetime','','8.9.18'),(7092,'HTML Month','','8.9.18'),(7093,'HTML Time','','8.9.18'),(7094,'HTML Week','','8.9.18'),(7095,'HTML Year','','8.9.18'),(7096,'HTML Yearless date','','8.9.18'),(7097,'Default long date','','8.9.18'),(7098,'l, F j, Y - H:i','PHP date format','8.9.18'),(7099,'Default medium date','','8.9.18'),(7100,'Default short date','','8.9.18'),(7101,'m/d/Y - H:i','PHP date format','8.9.18'),(7102,'User account menu','','8.9.18'),(7103,'Block the selected user(s)','','8.9.18'),(7104,'Cancel the selected user account(s)','','8.9.18'),(7105,'Unblock the selected user(s)','','8.9.18'),(7106,'Basic block','','8.9.18'),(7107,'A basic block contains a title and a body.','','8.9.18'),(7108,'Website feedback','','8.9.18'),(7109,'Enter a comma-separated list. For example: Amsterdam, Mexico City, \"Cleveland, Ohio\"','','8.9.18'),(7110,'Basic HTML','','8.9.18'),(7111,'Restricted HTML','','8.9.18'),(7112,'Overridden block the selected user(s)','','none'),(7113,'Security warning: Couldn\'t write .htaccess file. Please create a .htaccess file in your %directory directory which contains the following lines: <pre><code>@htaccess</code></pre>','','none'),(7114,'The installer requires that you create a translations directory as part of the installation process. Create the directory %translations_directory . More details about installing Drupal are available in <a href=\":install_txt\">INSTALL.txt</a>.','','none'),(7115,'The installer requires read permissions to %translations_directory at all times. The <a href=\":handbook_url\">webhosting issues</a> documentation section offers help on this and other topics.','','none'),(7116,'The installer requires write permissions to %translations_directory during the installation process. The <a href=\":handbook_url\">webhosting issues</a> documentation section offers help on this and other topics.','','none'),(7117,'The installer requires to contact the translation server to download a translation file. Check your internet connection and verify that your website can reach the translation server at <a href=\":server_url\">@server_url</a>.','','none'),(7118,'The %language translation file is not available at the translation server. <a href=\":url\">Choose a different language</a> or select English and translate your website later.','','none'),(7119,'The %language translation file could not be downloaded. <a href=\":url\">Choose a different language</a> or select English and translate your website later.','','none'),(7120,'The @drupal installer requires that you create a %file as part of the installation process. Copy the %default_file file to %file. More details about installing Drupal are available in <a href=\":install_txt\">INSTALL.txt</a>.','','none'),(7121,'@drupal requires read permissions to %file at all times. The <a href=\":handbook_url\">webhosting issues</a> documentation section offers help on this and other topics.','','none'),(7122,'The @drupal installer requires write permissions to %file during the installation process. The <a href=\":handbook_url\">webhosting issues</a> documentation section offers help on this and other topics.','','none'),(7123,'The @drupal installer failed to create a %file file with proper file ownership. Log on to your web server, remove the existing %file file, and create a new one by copying the %default_file file to %file. More details about installing Drupal are available in <a href=\":install_txt\">INSTALL.txt</a>. The <a href=\":handbook_url\">webhosting issues</a> documentation section offers help on this and other topics.','','none'),(7124,'Check the messages and <a href=\":retry\">retry</a>, or you may choose to <a href=\":cont\">continue anyway</a>.','','none'),(7125,'Check the messages and <a href=\":url\">try again</a>.','','none'),(7126,'The following modules are required but were not found. Move them into the appropriate modules subdirectory, such as <em>/modules</em>. Missing modules: @modules','','none'),(7127,'Updating @module','','none'),(7128,'Post updating @module','','none'),(7129,'Entity type mismatch on rename. @old_type not equal to @new_type for existing configuration @old_name and staged configuration @new_name.','','none'),(7130,'Rename operation for simple configuration. Existing configuration @old_name and staged configuration @new_name.','','none'),(7131,'Your MySQL server and PHP MySQL driver must support utf8mb4 character encoding. Make sure to use a database system that supports this (such as MySQL/MariaDB/Percona 5.5.3 and up), and that the utf8mb4 character set is compiled in. See the <a href=\":documentation\" target=\"_blank\">MySQL documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7132,'The %driver database must use %encoding encoding to work with Drupal. Recreate the database with %encoding encoding. See <a href=\"INSTALL.pgsql.txt\">INSTALL.pgsql.txt</a> for more details.','','none'),(7133,'The %setting setting is currently set to \'%current_value\', but needs to be \'%needed_value\'. Change this by running the following query: <code>@query</code>','','none'),(7134,'Date (e.g. @format)','','none'),(7135,'Time (e.g. @format)','','none'),(7136,'@uri','','none'),(7137,'Operating in maintenance mode. <a href=\":url\">Go online.</a>','','none'),(7138,'Textfield size: @size','','8.9.18'),(7139,'Number of rows: @rows','','8.9.18'),(7140,'URI field size: @size','','none'),(7141,'WARNING: You are not using an encrypted connection, so your password will be sent in plain text. <a href=\":https-link\">Learn more</a>.','','none'),(7142,'Failed to connect to the server. The server reports the following message: <p class=\"error\">@message</p> For more help installing or updating code on your server, see the <a href=\":handbook_url\">handbook</a>.','','none'),(7143,'@name cannot be longer than %max characters but is currently %length characters long.','','none'),(7144,'<ul>\n<li>To start over, you must empty your existing database and copy <em>default.settings.php</em> over <em>settings.php</em>.</li>\n<li>To upgrade an existing installation, proceed to the <a href=\":update-url\">update script</a>.</li>\n<li>View your <a href=\":base-url\">existing site</a>.</li>\n</ul>','','none'),(7145,'All necessary changes to %dir and %file have been made, so you should remove write permissions to them now in order to avoid security risks. If you are unsure how to do so, consult the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online handbook</a>.','','none'),(7146,'Unique field constraint','Validation','none'),(7147,'A @entity_type with @field_name %value already exists.','','none'),(7148,'The Actions module provides tasks that can be executed by the site such as unpublishing content, sending email messages, or blocking a user. Other modules can trigger these actions when specific system events happen; for example, when new content is posted or when a user logs in. Modules can also provide additional actions. For more information, see the <a href=\":documentation\">online documentation for the Actions module</a>.','','none'),(7149,'<em>Simple actions</em> do not require configuration and are listed automatically as available on the <a href=\":actions\">Actions page</a>.','','none'),(7150,'<em>Advanced actions</em> are user-created and have to be configured individually. Create an advanced action on the <a href=\":actions\">Actions page</a> by selecting an action type from the drop-down list. Then configure your action, for example by specifying the recipient of an automated email message.','','none'),(7151,'The message that should be sent. You may include placeholders like [node:title], [user:account-name], [user:display-name] and [comment:body] to represent data that will be different each time message is sent. Not all placeholders will be available in all contexts.','','none'),(7152,'The message to be displayed to the current user. You may include placeholders like [node:title], [user:account-name], [user:display-name] and [comment:body] to represent data that will be different each time message is sent. Not all placeholders will be available in all contexts.','','none'),(7153,'The Aggregator module is an on-site syndicator and news reader that gathers and displays fresh content from RSS-, RDF-, and Atom-based feeds made available across the web. Thousands of sites (particularly news sites and blogs) publish their latest headlines in feeds, using a number of standardized XML-based formats. For more information, see the <a href=\":aggregator-module\">online documentation for the Aggregator module</a>.','','none'),(7154,'Users view feed content in the <a href=\":aggregator\">main aggregator display</a>, or by <a href=\":aggregator-sources\">their source</a> (usually via an RSS feed reader). The most recent content in a feed can be displayed as a block through the <a href=\":admin-block\">Blocks administration page</a>.','','none'),(7155,'Configuring the display of feed items','','none'),(7156,'Discarding old feed items','','none'),(7157,'A <a href=\":aggregator-opml\">machine-readable OPML file</a> of all feeds is available. OPML is an XML-based file format used to share outline-structured information such as a list of RSS feeds. Feeds can also be <a href=\":import-opml\">imported via an OPML file</a>.','','none'),(7158,'A working <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a> is required to update feeds automatically.','','none'),(7159,'Current feeds are listed below, and <a href=\":addfeed\">new feeds may be added</a>. For each feed, the <em>latest items</em> block may be enabled at the <a href=\":block\">blocks administration page</a>.','','none'),(7160,'@title feed','','none'),(7161,'No feeds available. <a href=\":link\">Add feed</a>.','','none'),(7162,'The parent website\'s description that comes from the @description element in the feed.','','none'),(7163,'The length of time between feed updates. Requires a correctly configured <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a>.','','none'),(7164,'Requires a correctly configured <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a>.','','none'),(7165,'The Ban module allows administrators to ban visits to their site from individual IP addresses. For more information, see the <a href=\":url\">online documentation for the Ban module</a>.','','none'),(7166,'Administrators can enter IP addresses to ban on the <a href=\":bans\">IP address bans</a> page.','','none'),(7167,'The HTTP Basic Authentication module supplies an <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_access_authentication\">HTTP Basic authentication</a> provider for web service requests. This authentication provider authenticates requests using the HTTP Basic Authentication username and password, as an alternative to using Drupal\'s standard cookie-based authentication system. It is only useful if your site provides web services configured to use this type of authentication (for instance, the <a href=\":rest_help\">RESTful Web Services module</a>). For more information, see the <a href=\":hba_do\">online documentation for the HTTP Basic Authentication module</a>.','','none'),(7168,'The Block module allows you to place blocks in regions of your installed themes, and configure block settings. For more information, see the <a href=\":blocks-documentation\">online documentation for the Block module</a>.','','none'),(7169,'You can see where the regions are for the current theme by clicking the <em>Demonstrate block regions</em> link on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>. Regions are specific to each theme.','','none'),(7170,'To change the settings of an individual block click on the <em>Configure</em> link on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>. The available options vary depending on the module that provides the block. For all blocks you can change the block title and toggle whether to display it.','','none'),(7171,'You can add custom blocks, if the <em>Custom Block</em> module is installed. For more information, see the <a href=\":blockcontent-help\">Custom Block help page</a>.','','none'),(7172,'Block settings updated.','','none'),(7173,'Edit %label custom block type','','8.9.18'),(7174,'You have not created any block types yet. Go to the <a href=\":url\">block type creation page</a> to add a new block type.','','none'),(7175,'Block with uuid %uuid does not exist. <a href=\":url\">Add custom block</a>.','','none'),(7176,'Add a <a href=\":url\">custom block</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7177,'The Book module is used for creating structured, multi-page content, such as site resource guides, manuals, and wikis. It allows you to create content that has chapters, sections, subsections, or any similarly-tiered structure. Enabling the module creates a new content type <em>Book page</em>. For more information, see the <a href=\":book\">online documentation for the Book module</a>.','','none'),(7178,'You can assign separate permissions for <em>creating new books</em> as well as <em>creating</em>, <em>editing</em> and <em>deleting</em> book content. Users with the <em>Administer book outlines</em> permission can add <em>any</em> type of content to a book by selecting the appropriate book outline while editing the content. They can also view a list of all books, and edit and rearrange section titles on the <a href=\":admin-book\">Book list page</a>.','','none'),(7179,'The <em>Book page</em> content type is the initial content type enabled for book outlines. On the <a href=\":admin-settings\">Book settings page</a> you can configure content types that can used in book outlines.','','none'),(7180,'Users with the <em>Add content and child pages to books</em> permission will see a link to <em>Add child page</em> when viewing a content item that is part of a book outline. This link will allow users to create a new content item of the content type you select on the <a href=\":admin-settings\">Book settings page</a>. By default this is the <em>Book page</em> content type.','','none'),(7181,'Book pages have a default book-specific navigation block. This navigation block contains links that lead to the previous and next pages in the book, and to the level above the current page in the book\'s structure. This block can be enabled on the <a href=\':admin-block\'>Blocks layout page</a>. For book pages to show up in the book navigation, they must be added to a book outline.','','none'),(7182,'The outline feature allows you to include pages in the <a href=\":book\">Book hierarchy</a>, as well as move them within the hierarchy or to <a href=\":book-admin\">reorder an entire book</a>.','','none'),(7183,'The parent page in the book. The maximum depth for a book and all child pages is @maxdepth. Some pages in the selected book may not be available as parents if selecting them would exceed this limit.','','none'),(7184,'The Breakpoint module keeps track of the height, width, and resolution breakpoints where a responsive design needs to change in order to respond to different devices being used to view the site. This module does not have a user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":docs\">online documentation for the Breakpoint module</a>.','','none'),(7185,'<a href=\":w3\">Media  queries</a> are a formal way to encode breakpoints. For instance, a width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query \"(min-width: 40em)\". Breakpoints are really just media queries with some additional meta-data, such as a name and multiplier information.','','none'),(7186,'The CKEditor module provides a highly-accessible, highly-usable visual text editor and adds a toolbar to text fields. Users can use buttons to format content and to create semantically correct and valid HTML. The CKEditor module uses the framework provided by the <a href=\":text_editor\">Text Editor module</a>. It requires JavaScript to be enabled in the browser. For more information, see the <a href=\":doc_url\">online documentation for the CKEditor module</a> and the <a href=\":cke_url\">CKEditor website</a>.','','none'),(7187,'CKEditor has to be enabled and configured separately for individual text formats from the <a href=\":formats\">Text formats and editors page</a> because the filter settings for each text format can be different. For more information, see the <a href=\":text_editor\">Text Editor help page</a> and <a href=\":filter\">Filter help page</a>.','','none'),(7188,'CKEditor only allow users to format content in accordance with the filter configuration of the specific text format. If a text format excludes certain HTML tags, the corresponding toolbar buttons are not displayed to users when they edit a text field in this format. For more information see the <a href=\":filter\">Filter help page</a>.','','none'),(7189,'The built in WYSIWYG editor (CKEditor) comes with a number of <a href=\":features\">accessibility features</a>. CKEditor comes with built in <a href=\":shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</a>, which can be beneficial for both power users and keyboard only users.','','none'),(7190,'The Color module allows users with the <em>Administer site configuration</em> permission to change the color scheme (color of links, backgrounds, text, and other theme elements) of compatible themes. For more information, see the <a href=\":color_do\">online documentation for the Color module</a>.','','none'),(7191,'To change the color settings, select the <em>Settings</em> link for your theme on the <a href=\":appearance\">Appearance</a> page. If the color picker does not appear then the theme is not compatible with the Color module.','','none'),(7192,'The Comment module allows users to comment on site content, set commenting defaults and permissions, and moderate comments. For more information, see the <a href=\":comment\">online documentation for the Comment module</a>.','','none'),(7193,'Enabling commenting','','none'),(7194,'Comment functionality can be enabled for any entity sub-type (for example, a <a href=\":content-type\">content type</a>) by adding a <em>Comments</em> field on its <em>Manage fields page</em>. Adding or removing commenting for an entity through the user interface requires the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI</a> module to be enabled, even though the commenting functionality works without it. For more information on fields and entities, see the <a href=\":field\">Field module help page</a>.','','none'),(7195,'Configuring commenting settings','','none'),(7196,'Users with the appropriate permissions can override the default commenting settings of an entity type when they create an item of that type.','','none'),(7197,'Comments from users who have the <em>Skip comment approval</em> permission are published immediately. All other comments are placed in the <a href=\":comment-approval\">Unapproved comments</a> queue, until a user who has permission to <em>Administer comments and comment settings</em> publishes or deletes them. Published comments can be bulk managed on the <a href=\":admin-comment\">Published comments</a> administration page. When a comment has no replies, it remains editable by its author, as long as the author has <em>Edit own comments</em> permission.','','none'),(7198,'In reply to @parent_title by @parent_username','','none'),(7199,'Name for @anonymous','','none'),(7200,'<a href=\":login\">Log in</a> or <a href=\":register\">register</a> to post comments','','none'),(7201,'<a href=\":login\">Log in</a> to post comments','','none'),(7202,'Select the Comment type to use for this comment field. Manage the comment types from the <a href=\":url\">administration overview page</a>.','','none'),(7203,'The Configuration Manager module provides a user interface for importing and exporting configuration changes between installations of your website in different environments. Configuration is stored in YAML format. For more information, see the <a href=\":url\">online documentation for the Configuration Manager module</a>.','','none'),(7204,'You can create and download an archive consisting of all your site\'s configuration exported as <em>*.yml</em> files on the <a href=\":url\">Export</a> page.','','none'),(7205,'You can upload a full site configuration from an archive file on the <a href=\":url\">Import</a> page. When importing data from a different environment, the site and import files must have matching configuration values for UUID in the <em>system.site</em> configuration item. That means that your other environments should initially be set up as clones of the target site. Migrations are not supported.','','none'),(7206,'You can review differences between the active configuration and an imported configuration archive on the <a href=\":synchronize\">Synchronize</a> page to ensure that the changes are as expected, before finalizing the import. The Synchronize page also shows configuration items that would be added or removed.','','none'),(7207,'You can export a single configuration item by selecting a <em>Configuration type</em> and <em>Configuration name</em> on the <a href=\":single-export\">Single export</a> page. The configuration and its corresponding <em>*.yml file name</em> are then displayed on the page for you to copy.','','none'),(7208,'You can import a single configuration item by pasting it in YAML format into the form on the <a href=\":single-import\">Single import</a> page.','','none'),(7209,'Export and download the full configuration of this site as a gzipped tar file.','','none'),(7210,'Import a single configuration item by pasting its YAML structure into the text field.','','none'),(7211,'Full archive','','none'),(7212,'Single item','','none'),(7213,'Staged','','none'),(7214,'The following items in your active configuration have changes since the last import that may be lost on the next import.','','none'),(7215,'@collection configuration collection','','none'),(7216,'@source_name to @target_name','','none'),(7217,'The Configuration Translation module allows you to translate configuration text; for example, the site name, vocabularies, menus, or date formats. Together with the modules <a href=\":language\">Language</a>, <a href=\":content-translation\">Content Translation</a>, and <a href=\":locale\">Interface Translation</a>, it allows you to build multilingual websites. For more information, see the <a href=\":doc_url\">online documentation for the Configuration Translation module</a>.','','none'),(7218,'In order to translate configuration, the website must have at least two <a href=\":url\">languages</a>.','','none'),(7219,'Users with the <em>Translate user edited configuration</em> permission can access the configuration translation overview, and manage translations for specific languages. The <a href=\":translation-page\">Configuration translation</a> page shows a list of all configuration text that can be translated, either as individual items or as lists. After you click on <em>Translate</em>, you are provided with a list of all languages. You can <em>add</em> or <em>edit</em> a translation for a specific language. Users with specific configuration permissions can also <em>edit</em> the text for the site\'s default language. For some configuration text items (for example for the site information), the specific translation pages can also be accessed directly from their configuration pages.','','none'),(7220,'You can choose to translate date formats on the <a href=\":translation-page\">Configuration translation</a> page. This allows you not only to translate the label text, but also to set a language-specific <em>PHP date format</em>.','','none'),(7221,'@label <span class=\"visually-hidden\">(@source_language)</span>','','none'),(7222,'The Contact module allows visitors to contact registered users on your site, using the personal contact form, and also allows you to set up site-wide contact forms. For more information, see the <a href=\":contact\">online documentation for the Contact module</a>.','','none'),(7223,'On the <a href=\":contact_admin\">Contact forms page</a>, you can configure the fields and display of the personal contact form, and you can set up one or more site-wide contact forms. Each site-wide contact form has a machine name, a label, and one or more defined recipients; when a site visitor submits the form, the field values are sent to those recipients.','','none'),(7224,'One site-wide contact form can be designated as the default contact form. If you choose to designate a default form, the <em>Contact</em> menu link in the <em>Footer</em> menu will link to it. You can modify this link from the <a href=\":menu-settings\">Menus page</a> if you have the Menu UI module installed. You can also create links to other contact forms; the URL for each form you have set up has format <em>contact/machine_name_of_form</em>.','','none'),(7225,'From the <a href=\":contact_admin\">Contact forms page</a>, you can configure the fields to be shown on contact forms, including their labels and help text. If you would like other content (such as text or images) to appear on a contact form, use a block. You can create and edit blocks on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>, if the Block module is installed.','','none'),(7226,'[@form] @subject','','none'),(7227,'@sender-name (@sender-url) sent a message using the contact form at @form-url.','','none'),(7228,'[@site-name] @subject','','none'),(7229,'Hello @recipient-name,','','none'),(7230,'@sender-name (@sender-url) has sent you a message via your contact form at @site-name.','','none'),(7231,'If you don\'t want to receive such emails, you can change your settings at @recipient-edit-url.','','none'),(7232,'@name (not verified)','','none'),(7233,'The contact form has not been configured. <a href=\":add\">Add one or more forms</a> .','','none'),(7234,'The Content Translation module allows you to translate content, comments, custom blocks, taxonomy terms, users and other <a href=\":field_help\" title=\"Field module help, with background on content entities\">content entities</a>. Together with the modules <a href=\":language\">Language</a>, <a href=\":config-trans\">Configuration Translation</a>, and <a href=\":locale\">Interface Translation</a>, it allows you to build multilingual websites. For more information, see the <a href=\":translation-entity\">online documentation for the Content Translation module</a>.','','none'),(7235,'In order to translate content, the website must have at least two <a href=\":url\">languages</a>. When that is the case, you can enable translation for the desired content entities on the <a href=\":translation-entity\">Content language</a> page. When enabling translation you can choose the default language for content and decide whether to show the language selection field on the content editing forms.','','none'),(7236,'Before you can translate content, there must be at least two languages added on the <a href=\":url\">languages administration</a> page.','','none'),(7237,'To configure translation for this field, <a href=\":language-settings-url\">enable language support</a> for this type.','','none'),(7238,'<a href=\":settings_url\">Enable translation</a> for <em>content types</em>, <em>taxonomy vocabularies</em>, <em>accounts</em>, or any other element you wish to translate.','','none'),(7239,'The Contextual links module gives users with the <em>Use contextual links</em> permission quick access to tasks associated with certain areas of pages on your site. For example, a menu displayed as a block has links to edit the menu and configure the block. For more information, see the <a href=\":contextual\">online documentation for the Contextual Links module</a>.','','none'),(7240,'Hovering over the area of interest will temporarily make the contextual links button visible (which looks like a pencil in most themes, and is normally displayed in the upper right corner of the area). The icon typically looks like this: @picture','','none'),(7241,'If you have the <a href=\":toolbar\">Toolbar module</a> enabled, clicking the contextual links button in the toolbar (which looks like a pencil) will make all contextual links buttons on the page visible. Clicking this button again will toggle them to invisible.','','none'),(7242,'The Datetime module provides a Date field that stores dates and times. It also provides the Form API elements <em>datetime</em> and <em>datelist</em> for use in programming modules. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":datetime_do\">online documentation for the Datetime module</a>.','','none'),(7243,'The <em>settings</em> and the <em>display</em> of the Date field can be configured separately. See the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> for more information on how to manage fields and their display.','','none'),(7244,'Dates can be displayed using the <em>Plain</em> or the <em>Default</em> formatter. The <em>Plain</em> formatter displays the date in the <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601\">ISO 8601</a> format. If you choose the <em>Default</em> formatter, you can choose a format from a predefined list that can be managed on the <a href=\":date_format_list\">Date and time formats</a> page.','','none'),(7245,'Date part order: @order','','none'),(7246,'Time type: @time_type','','none'),(7247,'Time increments: @increment','','none'),(7248,'The Database Logging module logs system events in the Drupal database. For more information, see the <a href=\":dblog\">online documentation for the Database Logging module</a>.','','none'),(7249,'The Database Logging module allows you to view an event log on the <a href=\":dblog\">Recent log messages</a> page. The log is a chronological list of recorded events containing usage data, performance data, errors, warnings and operational information. Administrators should check the log on a regular basis to ensure their site is working properly.','','none'),(7250,'In case of errors or problems with the site, the <a href=\":dblog\">Recent log messages</a> page can be useful for debugging, since it shows the sequence of events. The log messages include usage information, warnings, and errors.','','none'),(7251,'The maximum number of messages to keep in the database log. Requires a <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a>.','','none'),(7252,'Pages which are suitable for caching are cached the first time they are requested, then the cached version is served for all later requests. Dynamic content is handled automatically so that both cache correctness and hit ratio is maintained.','','none'),(7253,'Internal Dynamic Page Cache','','none'),(7254,'The Text Editor module provides a framework that other modules (such as <a href=\":ckeditor\">CKEditor module</a>) can use to provide toolbars and other functionality that allow users to format text more easily than typing HTML tags directly. For more information, see the <a href=\":documentation\">online documentation for the Text Editor module</a>.','','none'),(7255,'The Text Editor module provides a framework for managing editors. To use it, you also need to enable a text editor. This can either be the core <a href=\":ckeditor\">CKEditor module</a>, which can be enabled on the <a href=\":extend\">Extend page</a>, or a contributed module for any other text editor. When installing a contributed text editor module, be sure to check the installation instructions, because you will most likely need to download and install an external library as well as the Drupal module.','','none'),(7256,'On the <a href=\":formats\">Text formats and editors page</a> you can see which text editor is associated with each text format. You can change this by clicking on the <em>Configure</em> link, and then choosing a text editor or <em>none</em> from the <em>Text editor</em> drop-down list. The text editor will then be displayed with any text field for which this text format is chosen.','','none'),(7257,'The <em>settings</em> and the <em>display</em> of the entity reference field can be configured separately. See the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> for more information on how to manage fields and their display.','','none'),(7258,'No eligible views were found. <a href=\":create\">Create a view</a> with an <em>Entity Reference</em> display, or add such a display to an <a href=\":existing\">existing view</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7259,'The Field module allows custom data fields to be defined for <em>entity</em> types (see below). The Field module takes care of storing, loading, editing, and rendering field data. Most users will not interact with the Field module directly, but will instead use the <a href=\":field-ui-help\">Field UI module</a> user interface. Module developers can use the Field API to make new entity types \"fieldable\" and thus allow fields to be attached to them. For more information, see the <a href=\":field\">online documentation for the Field module</a>.','','none'),(7260,'The Field module provides the infrastructure for fields; the field types, formatters, and widgets are provided by Drupal core or additional modules. Some of the modules are required; the optional modules can be enabled from the <a href=\":modules\">Extend administration page</a>. Additional fields, formatters, and widgets may be provided by contributed modules, which you can find in the <a href=\":contrib\">contributed module section of Drupal.org</a>.','','none'),(7261,'The Field UI module provides an administrative user interface (UI) for managing and displaying fields. Fields can be attached to most content entity sub-types. Different field types, widgets, and formatters are provided by the modules enabled on your site, and managed by the Field module. For background information and terminology related to fields and entities, see the <a href=\":field\">Field module help page</a>. For more information about the Field UI, see the <a href=\":field_ui_docs\">online documentation for the Field UI module</a>.','','none'),(7262,'You can add, edit, and delete view modes for entities on the <a href=\":view_modes\">View modes page</a>, and you can add, edit, and delete form modes for entities on the <a href=\":form_modes\">Form modes page</a>. Once you have defined a view mode or form mode for an entity type, it will be available on the Manage display or Manage form display page for each sub-type of that entity.','','none'),(7263,'There are two reports available that list the fields defined on your site. The <a href=\":entity-list\" title=\"Entities field list report\">Entities</a> report lists all your fields, showing the field machine names, types, and the entity types or sub-types they are used on (each sub-type links to the Manage fields page). If the <a href=\":views\">Views</a> and <a href=\":views-ui\">Views UI</a> modules are enabled, the <a href=\":views-list\" title=\"Used in views field list report\">Used in views</a> report lists each field that is used in a view, with a link to edit that view.','','none'),(7264,'There are no fields yet added. You can add new fields on the <a href=\":link\">Manage fields</a> page.','','none'),(7265,'The %display_mode mode now uses custom display settings. You might want to <a href=\":url\">configure them</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7266,'@size limit.','','8.9.18'),(7267,'file from @field_name','','none'),(7268,'The File module allows you to create fields that contain files. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":file_documentation\">online documentation for the File module</a>.','','none'),(7269,'The <em>settings</em> and the <em>display</em> of the file field can be configured separately. See the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> for more information on how to manage fields and their display.','','none'),(7270,'Uploaded files can either be stored as <em>public</em> or <em>private</em>, depending on the <a href=\":file-system\">File system settings</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":system-help\">System module help page</a>.','','none'),(7271,'The file used in the @name field may not be referenced.','','none'),(7272,'The file referenced by the @name field does not exist.','','none'),(7273,'You can create and edit text formats on the <a href=\":formats\">Text formats page</a> (if the Text Editor module is enabled, this page is named Text formats and editors). One text format is included by default: Plain text (which removes all HTML tags). Additional text formats may be created during installation. You can create a text format by clicking \"<a href=\":add_format\">Add text format</a>\".','','none'),(7274,'Use the <a href=\":url\">@label</a> text format','','8.9.18'),(7275,'For more information see W3C\'s <a href=\":html-specifications\">HTML Specifications</a> or use your favorite search engine to find other sites that explain HTML.','','8.9.18'),(7276,'If you do encounter problems, try using HTML character entities. A common example looks like &amp;amp; for an ampersand &amp; character. For a full list of entities see HTML\'s <a href=\":html-entities\">entities</a> page. Some of the available characters include:','','8.9.18'),(7277,'Limit allowed HTML tags and correct faulty HTML','','8.9.18'),(7278,'The Forum module adds and uses a content type called <em>Forum topic</em>. For background information on content types, see the <a href=\":node_help\">Node module help page</a>.','','none'),(7279,'For more information, see the <a href=\":forum\">online documentation for the Forum module</a>.','','none'),(7280,'Visit the <a href=\":forums\">Forums page</a> to set up containers and forums to hold your discussion topics.','','none'),(7281,'The <a href=\":create-topic\">Forum topic</a> link on the <a href=\":content-add\">Add content</a> page creates the first post of a new threaded discussion, or thread.','','none'),(7282,'Enabling the Forum module provides a default <em>Forums</em> menu item in the Tools menu that links to the <a href=\":forums\">Forums page</a>.','','none'),(7283,'Adjust the display of your forum topics. Organize the forums on the <a href=\":forum-structure\">forum structure page</a>.','','none'),(7284,'To uninstall Forum, first delete all <a href=\":url\">%vocabulary</a> terms','','none'),(7285,'No containers or forums available. <a href=\":container\">Add container</a> or <a href=\":forum\">Add forum</a>.','','none'),(7286,'<a href=\":hal_spec\">Hypertext Application Language (HAL)</a> is a format that supports the linking required for hypermedia APIs.','','none'),(7287,'This module adds support for serializing entities (such as content items, taxonomy terms, etc.) to the JSON version of HAL. For more information, see the <a href=\":hal_do\">online documentation for the HAL module</a>.','','none'),(7288,'<strong>Configure your website</strong> Once logged in, visit the <a href=\":admin\">Administration page</a>, where you may <a href=\":config\">customize and configure</a> all aspects of your website.','','none'),(7289,'<strong>Enable additional functionality</strong> Next, visit the <a href=\":modules\">Extend page</a> and enable modules that suit your specific needs. You can find additional modules at the <a href=\":download_modules\">Drupal.org modules page</a>.','','none'),(7290,'<strong>Customize your website design</strong> To change the \"look and feel\" of your website, visit the <a href=\":themes\">Appearance page</a>. You may choose from one of the included themes or download additional themes from the <a href=\":download_themes\">Drupal.org themes page</a>.','','none'),(7291,'<strong>Start posting content</strong> Finally, you may <a href=\":content\">add new content</a> to your website.','','none'),(7292,'The Help module generates <a href=\":help-page\">Help reference pages</a> to guide you through the use and configuration of modules, and provides a Help block with page-level help. The reference pages are a starting point for <a href=\":handbook\">Drupal.org online documentation</a> pages that contain more extensive and up-to-date information, are annotated with user-contributed comments, and serve as the definitive reference point for all Drupal documentation. For more information, see the <a href=\":help\">online documentation for the Help module</a>.','','none'),(7293,'The Help module displays explanations for using each module listed on the main <a href=\":help\">Help reference page</a>.','','none'),(7294,'Page-specific help text provided by modules is displayed in the Help block. This block can be placed and configured on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>.','','none'),(7295,'The History module keeps track of which content a user has read. It marks content as <em>new</em> or <em>updated</em> depending on the last time the user viewed it. History records that are older than one month are removed during cron, which means that content older than one month is always considered <em>read</em>. The History module does not have a user interface but it provides a filter to <a href=\":views-help\">Views</a> to show new or updated content. For more information, see the <a href=\":url\">online documentation for the History module</a>.','','none'),(7296,'image from @field_name','','none'),(7297,'The Image module allows you to create fields that contain image files and to configure <a href=\":image_styles\">Image styles</a> that can be used to manipulate the display of images. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for terminology and general information on entities, fields, and how to create and manage fields. For more information, see the <a href=\":image_documentation\">online documentation for the Image module</a>.','','none'),(7298,'The concept of image styles is that you can upload a single image but display it in several ways; each display variation, or <em>image style</em>, is the result of applying one or more <em>effects</em> to the original image. As an example, you might upload a high-resolution image with a 4:3 aspect ratio, and display it scaled down, square cropped, or black-and-white (or any combination of these effects). The Image module provides a way to do this efficiently: you configure an image style with the desired effects on the <a href=\":image\">Image styles page</a>, and the first time a particular image is requested in that style, the effects are applied. The resulting image is saved, and the next time that same style is requested, the saved image is retrieved without the need to recalculate the effects. Drupal core provides several effects that you can use to define styles; others may be provided by contributed modules.','','none'),(7299,'When you create an image field, you will need to choose whether the uploaded images will be stored in the public or private file directory defined in your settings.php file and shown on the <a href=\":file-system\">File system page</a>. This choice cannot be changed later. You can also configure your field to store files in a subdirectory of the public or private directory; this setting can be changed later and can be different for each entity sub-type using the field. For more information on file storage, see the <a href=\":system-help\">System module help page</a>.','','none'),(7300,'There are currently no styles. <a href=\":url\">Add a new one</a>.','','none'),(7301,'Both a height and width value must be specified in the @name field.','','none'),(7302,'The primary identifier for an image style.','','none'),(7303,'The style machine name.','','none'),(7304,'The style administrative name.','','none'),(7305,'You can add languages on the <a href=\":language_list\">Languages</a> page by selecting <em>Add language</em> and choosing a language from the drop-down menu. This language is then displayed in the languages list, where it can be configured further. If the <a href=\":interface\">Interface translation module</a> is enabled, and the <em>translation server</em> is set as a translation source, then the interface translation for this language is automatically downloaded as well.','','none'),(7306,'By default, content is created in the site\'s default language and no language selector is displayed on content creation pages. On the <a href=\":content_language\">Content language</a> page you can customize the language configuration for any supported content entity on your site (for example for content types or menu links). After choosing an entity, you are provided with a drop-down menu to set the default language and a check-box to display language selectors.','','none'),(7307,'If the Block module is enabled, then you can add a language switcher block on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout</a> page to allow users to switch between languages.','','none'),(7308,'If the Block module is enabled, then the Language module allows you to set the visibility of a block based on selected languages on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout</a> page.','','none'),(7309,'The <a href=\":detection\">Detection and selection</a> page provides several methods for deciding which language is used for displaying interface text. When a method detects and selects an interface language, then the following methods in the list are not applied. You can order them by importance, with your preferred method at the top of the list, followed by one or several fall-back methods.','','none'),(7310,'<em>Browser</em> sets the interface language based on the browser\'s language settings. Since browsers use different language codes to refer to the same languages, you can add and edit languages codes to map the browser language codes to the <a href=\":language_list\">language codes</a> used on your site.','','none'),(7311,'Reorder the configured languages to set their order in the language switcher block and, when editing content, in the list of selectable languages. This ordering does not impact <a href=\":detection\">detection and selection</a>.','','none'),(7312,'The site default language can also be set. It is not recommended to change the default language on a working site. <a href=\":language-detection\">Configure the Selected language</a> setting on the detection and selection page to change the fallback language for language selection.','','none'),(7313,'Define how to decide which language is used to display page elements (primarily text provided by modules, such as field labels and help text). This decision is made by evaluating a series of detection methods for languages; the first detection method that gets a result will determine which language is used for that type of text. Be aware that some language detection methods are unreliable under certain conditions, such as browser detection when page-caching is enabled and a user is not currently logged in. Define the order of evaluation of language detection methods on this page. The default language can be changed in the <a href=\":admin-change-language\">list of languages</a>.','','none'),(7314,'Browsers use different language codes to refer to the same languages. Internally, a best effort is made to determine the correct language based on the code that the browser sends. You can add and edit additional mappings from browser language codes to <a href=\":configure-languages\">site languages</a>.','','none'),(7315,'Changing the selected language here (and leaving this option as the last among the detection and selection options) is the easiest way to change the fallback language for the website, if you need to change how your site works by default (e.g., when using an empty path prefix or using the default domain). <a href=\":admin-change-language\">Changing the site\'s default language</a> itself might have other undesired side effects.','','none'),(7316,'Explanation of the language options is found on the <a href=\":languages_list_page\">languages list page</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7317,'Site\'s default language (@language)','','8.9.18'),(7318,'Use one of the language switcher blocks to allow site visitors to switch between languages. You can enable these blocks on the <a href=\":block-admin\">block administration page</a>.','','none'),(7319,'Use language codes as <a href=\":w3ctags\">defined by the W3C</a> for interoperability. <em>Examples: \"en\", \"en-gb\" and \"zh-hant\".</em>','','none'),(7320,'%field must be a valid language tag as <a href=\":url\">defined by the W3C</a>.','','none'),(7321,'The prefix may only be left blank for the <a href=\":url\">selected detection fallback language.</a>','','none'),(7322,'The Link module allows you to create fields that contain internal or external URLs and optional link text. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":link_documentation\">online documentation for the Link module</a>.','','none'),(7323,'The <em>settings</em> and the <em>display</em> of the link field can be configured separately. See the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> for more information on how to manage fields and their display.','','none'),(7324,'One translation file could not be checked. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.@count translation files could not be checked. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.','','none'),(7325,'One translation file could not be imported. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.@count translation files could not be imported. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.','','none'),(7326,'One translation string was skipped because of disallowed or malformed HTML. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.@count translation strings were skipped because of disallowed or malformed HTML. <a href=\":url\">See the log</a> for details.','','none'),(7327,'The Interface Translation module allows you to translate interface text (<em>strings</em>) into different languages, and to switch between them for the display of interface text. It uses the functionality provided by the <a href=\":language\">Language module</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":doc-url\">online documentation for the Interface Translation module</a>.','','none'),(7328,'Translation files with translated interface text are imported automatically when languages are added on the <a href=\":languages\">Languages</a> page, or when modules or themes are enabled. On the <a href=\":locale-settings\">Interface translation settings</a> page, the <em>Translation source</em> can be restricted to local files only, or to include the <a href=\":server\">Drupal translation server</a>. Although modules and themes may not be fully translated in all languages, new translations become available frequently. You can specify whether and how often to check for translation file updates and whether to overwrite existing translations on the <a href=\":locale-settings\">Interface translation settings</a> page. You can also manually import a translation file on the <a href=\":import\">Interface translation import</a> page.','','none'),(7329,'You can check how much of the interface on your site is translated into which language on the <a href=\":languages\">Languages</a> page. On the <a href=\":translation-updates\">Available translation updates</a> page, you can check whether interface translation updates are available on the <a href=\":server\">Drupal translation server</a>.','','none'),(7330,'You can translate individual strings directly on the <a href=\":translate\">User interface translation</a> page, or download the currently-used translation file for a specific language on the <a href=\":export\">Interface translation export</a> page. Once you have edited the translation file, you can then import it again on the <a href=\":import\">Interface translation import</a> page.','','none'),(7331,'Interface translations are automatically imported when a language is added, or when new modules or themes are enabled. The report <a href=\":update\">Available translation updates</a> shows the status. Interface text can be customized in the <a href=\":translate\">user interface translation</a> page.','','none'),(7332,'This page allows a translator to search for specific translated and untranslated strings, and is used when creating or editing translations. (Note: Because translation tasks involve many strings, it may be more convenient to <a title=\"User interface translation export\" href=\":export\">export</a> strings for offline editing in a desktop Gettext translation editor.) Searches may be limited to strings in a specific language.','','none'),(7333,'Translation files are automatically downloaded and imported when <a title=\"Languages\" href=\":language\">languages</a> are added, or when modules or themes are enabled.','','none'),(7334,'This page allows translators to manually import translated strings contained in a Gettext Portable Object (.po) file. Manual import may be used for customized translations or for the translation of custom modules and themes. To customize translations you can download a translation file from the <a href=\":url\">Drupal translation server</a> or <a title=\"User interface translation export\" href=\":export\">export</a> translations from the site, customize the translations using a Gettext translation editor, and import the result using this page.','','none'),(7335,'Updates available for: @languages. See the <a href=\":updates\">Available translation updates</a> page for more information.','','none'),(7336,'Missing translations for: @languages. See the <a href=\":updates\">Available translation updates</a> page for more information.','','8.9.18'),(7337,'No translation status is available. See the <a href=\":updates\">Available translation updates</a> page for more information.','','none'),(7338,'Interface translation settings','','none'),(7339,'Interface translation import','','none'),(7340,'Interface translation export','','none'),(7341,'Select how frequently you want to check for new interface translations for your currently installed modules and themes. <a href=\":url\">Check updates now</a>.','','none'),(7342,'Translation files are stored locally in the  %path directory. You can change this directory on the <a href=\":url\">File system</a> configuration page.','','none'),(7343,'Translation files will not be stored locally. Change the Interface translation directory on the <a href=\":url\">File system configuration</a> page.','','none'),(7344,'You have selected local translation source, but no <a href=\":url\">Interface translation directory</a> was configured.','','none'),(7345,'No translatable languages available. <a href=\":add_language\">Add a language</a> first.','','none'),(7346,'No translation status available. <a href=\":check\">Check manually</a>.','','none'),(7347,'It is required by the Menu UI module, which provides an interface for managing menus and menu links. For more information, see the <a href=\":menu-help\">Menu UI module help page</a> and the <a href=\":drupal-org-help\">online documentation for the Custom Menu Links module</a>.','','none'),(7348,'For more information, see the <a href=\":drupal-org-help\">online documentation for the Custom Menu Links module</a>. If you enable the Menu UI module, it provides an interface for managing menus and menu links.','','none'),(7349,'The Menu UI module provides an interface for managing menus. A menu is a hierarchical collection of links, which can be within or external to the site, generally used for navigation. For more information, see the <a href=\":menu\">online documentation for the Menu UI module</a>.','','none'),(7350,'Users with the <em>Administer menus and menu items</em> permission can add, edit, and delete custom menus on the <a href=\":menu\">Menus page</a>. Custom menus can be special site menus, menus of external links, or any combination of internal and external links. You may create an unlimited number of additional menus, each of which will automatically have an associated block (if you have the <a href=\":block_help\">Block module</a> installed). By selecting <em>Edit menu</em>, you can add, edit, or delete links for a given menu. The links listing page provides a drag-and-drop interface for controlling the order of links, and creating a hierarchy within the menu.','','none'),(7351,'If you have the Block module enabled, then each menu that you create is rendered in a block that you enable and position on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>. In some <a href=\":themes\">themes</a>, the main menu and possibly the secondary menu will be output automatically; you may be able to disable this behavior on the <a href=\":themes\">theme\'s settings page</a>.','','none'),(7352,'You can enable the newly-created block for this menu on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>.','','none'),(7353,'Each menu has a corresponding block that is managed on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>.','','none'),(7354,'There are no menu links yet. <a href=\":url\">Add link</a>.','','none'),(7355,'The Migrate module provides a framework for migrating data, usually from an external source into your site. It does not provide a user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":migrate\">online documentation for the Migrate module</a>.','','none'),(7356,'Memory usage is @usage (@pct% of limit @limit), reclaiming memory.','','none'),(7357,'Memory usage is now @usage (@pct% of limit @limit), not enough reclaimed, starting new batch','','none'),(7358,'Memory usage is now @usage (@pct% of limit @limit), reclaimed enough, continuing','','none'),(7359,'The Migrate Drupal module provides a framework based on the <a href=\":migrate\">Migrate module</a> to facilitate migration from a Drupal (6, 7, or 8) site to your website. It does not provide a user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":migrate_drupal\">online documentation for the Migrate Drupal module</a>.','','none'),(7360,'The content access permissions need to be rebuilt. <a href=\":node_access_rebuild\">Rebuild permissions</a>.','','none'),(7361,'The Node module manages the creation, editing, deletion, settings, and display of the main site content. Content items managed by the Node module are typically displayed as pages on your site, and include a title, some meta-data (author, creation time, content type, etc.), and optional fields containing text or other data (fields are managed by the <a href=\":field\">Field module</a>). For more information, see the <a href=\":node\">online documentation for the Node module</a>.','','none'),(7362,'When new content is created, the Node module records basic information about the content, including the author, date of creation, and the <a href=\":content-type\">Content type</a>. It also manages the <em>publishing options</em>, which define whether or not the content is published, promoted to the front page of the site, and/or sticky at the top of content lists. Default settings can be configured for each <a href=\":content-type\">type of content</a> on your site.','','none'),(7363,'The Node module gives users with the <em>Administer content types</em> permission the ability to <a href=\":content-new\">create new content types</a> in addition to the default ones already configured. Creating custom content types gives you the flexibility to add <a href=\":field\">fields</a> and configure default settings that suit the differing needs of various site content.','','none'),(7364,'The <a href=\":content\">Content</a> page lists your content, allowing you add new content, filter, edit or delete existing content, or perform bulk operations on existing content.','','none'),(7365,'The Node module makes a number of permissions available for each content type, which can be set by role on the <a href=\":permissions\">permissions page</a>.','','none'),(7366,'If the site is experiencing problems with permissions to content, you may have to rebuild the permissions cache. Rebuilding will remove all privileges to content and replace them with permissions based on the current modules and settings. Rebuilding may take some time if there is a lot of content or complex permission settings. After rebuilding has completed, content will automatically use the new permissions. <a href=\":rebuild\">Rebuild permissions</a>','','8.9.18'),(7367,'Maintain the types of content available and the fields that are associated with those types.','','8.9.18'),(7368,'This text will be displayed on the <em>Add new content</em> page.','','8.9.18'),(7369,'No content types available. <a href=\":link\">Add content type</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7370,'Node from URL','','none'),(7371,'The Options module allows you to create fields where data values are selected from a fixed list of options. Usually these items are entered through a select list, checkboxes, or radio buttons. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":options_do\">online documentation for the Options module</a>.','','none'),(7372,'The <em>settings</em> and the <em>display</em> of the list fields can be configured separately. See the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> for more information on how to manage fields and their display.','','none'),(7373,'The Internal Page Cache module caches pages for anonymous users in the database. For more information, see the <a href=\":pagecache-documentation\">online documentation for the Internal Page Cache module</a>.','','none'),(7374,'Pages are usually identical for all anonymous users, while they can be personalized for each authenticated user. This is why entire pages can be cached for anonymous users, whereas they will have to be rebuilt for every authenticated user.','','none'),(7375,'To speed up your site for authenticated users, see the <a href=\":dynamic_page_cache-help\">Dynamic Page Cache module</a>.','','none'),(7376,'The Path module allows you to specify an alias, or custom URL, for any existing internal system path. Aliases should not be confused with URL redirects, which allow you to forward a changed or inactive URL to a new URL. In addition to making URLs more readable, aliases also help search engines index content more effectively. Multiple aliases may be used for a single internal system path. To automate the aliasing of paths, you can install the contributed module <a href=\":pathauto\">Pathauto</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":path\">online documentation for the Path module</a>.','','none'),(7377,'If you create or edit a taxonomy term you can add an alias (for example <em>music/jazz</em>) in the field \"URL alias\". When creating or editing content you can add an alias (for example <em>about-us/team</em>) under the section \"URL path settings\" in the field \"URL alias\". Aliases for any other path can be added through the page <a href=\":aliases\">URL aliases</a>. To add aliases a user needs the permission <a href=\":permissions\">Create and edit URL aliases</a>.','','none'),(7378,'The Path module provides a way to search and view a <a href=\":aliases\">list of all aliases</a> that are in use on your website. Aliases can be added, edited and deleted through this list.','','none'),(7379,'The internal system path.','','none'),(7380,'The path alias.','','none'),(7381,'The Quick Edit module allows users with the <a href=\":quickedit_permission\">Access in-place editing</a> and <a href=\":contextual_permission\">Use contextual links</a> permissions to edit field content without visiting a separate page. For more information, see the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online documentation for the Quick Edit module</a>.','','none'),(7382,'To edit content in place, you need to activate quick edit mode for a content item. Activate quick edit mode by choosing Quick edit from the contextual links for an area displaying the content (see the <a href=\":contextual\">Contextual Links module help</a> for more information about how to use contextual links).','','none'),(7383,'The RDF module enriches your content with metadata to let other applications (e.g., search engines, aggregators, and so on) better understand its relationships and attributes. This semantically enriched, machine-readable output for your website uses the <a href=\":rdfa\">RDFa specification</a>, which allows RDF data to be embedded in HTML markup. Other modules can define mappings of their data to RDF terms, and the RDF module makes this RDF data available to the theme. The core modules define RDF mappings for their data model, and the core themes output this RDF metadata information along with the human-readable visual information. For more information, see the <a href=\":rdf\">online documentation for the RDF module</a>.','','none'),(7384,'The Responsive Image module provides an image formatter that allows browsers to select which image file to display based on media queries or which image file types the browser supports, using the HTML 5 picture and source elements and/or the sizes, srcset and type attributes. For more information, see the <a href=\":responsive_image\">online documentation for the Responsive Image module</a>.','','none'),(7385,'By creating responsive image styles you define which options the browser has in selecting which image file to display. In most cases this means providing different image sizes based on the viewport size. On the <a href=\":responsive_image_style\">Responsive image styles</a> page, click <em>Add responsive image style</em> to create a new style. First choose a label, a fallback image style and a breakpoint group and click Save.','','none'),(7386,'The breakpoint group typically only needs a single breakpoint with an empty media query in order to do <em>viewport sizing.</em> Multiple breakpoints are used for changing the crop or aspect ratio of images at different viewport sizes, which is often referred to as <em>art direction.</em> Once you select a breakpoint group, you can choose which breakpoints to use for the responsive image style. By default, the option <em>do not use this breakpoint</em> is selected for each breakpoint. See the <a href=\":breakpoint_help\">help page of the Breakpoint module</a> for more information.','','none'),(7387,'Below the Sizes field you can choose multiple image styles so the browser can choose the best image file size to fill the space defined in the Sizes field. Typically you will want to use image styles that resize your image to have options that range from the smallest px width possible for the space the image will appear in to the largest px width possible, with a variety of widths in between. You may want to provide image styles with widths that are 1.5x to 2x the space available in the layout to account for high resolution screens. Image styles can be defined on the <a href=\":image_styles\">Image styles page</a> that is provided by the <a href=\":image_help\">Image module</a>.','','none'),(7388,'After defining responsive image styles, you can use them in the display settings for your Image fields, so that the site displays responsive images using the HTML5 picture tag. Open the Manage display page for the entity type (content type, taxonomy vocabulary, etc.) that the Image field is attached to. Choose the format <em>Responsive image</em>, click the Edit icon, and select one of the responsive image styles that you have created. For general information on how to manage fields and their display see the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module help page</a>. For background information about entities and fields see the <a href=\":field_help\">Field module help page</a>.','','none'),(7389,'See the <a href=\":responsive_image_help\">Responsive Image help page</a> for information on the sizes attribute.','','none'),(7390,'Configure Responsive Image Styles','','none'),(7391,'In order to use REST on a web site, you need to install modules that provide serialization and authentication services. You can use the Core module <a href=\":hal\">HAL</a> for serialization and <a href=\":basic_auth\">HTTP Basic Authentication</a> for authentication, or install a contributed or custom module.','','none'),(7392,'The Search module provides the ability to set up search pages based on plugins provided by other modules. In Drupal core, there are two page-type plugins: the Content page type provides keyword searching for content managed by the Node module, and the Users page type provides keyword searching for registered users. Contributed modules may provide other page-type plugins. For more information, see the <a href=\":search-module\">online documentation for the Search module</a>.','','none'),(7393,'To configure search pages, visit the <a href=\":search-settings\">Search pages page</a>. In the Search pages section, you can add a new search page, edit the configuration of existing search pages, enable and disable search pages, and choose the default search page. Each enabled search page has a URL path starting with <em>search</em>, and each will appear as a tab or local task link on the <a href=\":search-url\">search page</a>; you can configure the text that is shown in the tab. In addition, some search page plugins have additional settings that you can configure for each search page.','','none'),(7394,'Some search page plugins, such as the core Content search page, index searchable text using the Drupal core search index, and will not work unless content is indexed. Indexing is done during <em>cron</em> runs, so it requires a <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a> to be set up. There are also several settings affecting indexing that can be configured on the <a href=\":search-settings\">Search pages page</a>: the number of items to index per cron run, the minimum word length to index, and how to handle Chinese, Japanese, and Korean characters.','','none'),(7395,'Modules providing search page plugins generally ensure that content-related actions on your site (creating, editing, or deleting content and comments) automatically cause affected content items to be marked for indexing or reindexing at the next cron run. When content is marked for reindexing, the previous content remains in the index until cron runs, at which time it is replaced by the new content. However, there are some actions related to the structure of your site that do not cause affected content to be marked for reindexing. Examples of structure-related actions that affect content include deleting or editing taxonomy terms, enabling or disabling modules that add text to content (such as Taxonomy, Comment, and field-providing modules), and modifying the fields or display parameters of your content types. If you take one of these actions and you want to ensure that the search index is updated to reflect your changed site structure, you can mark all content for reindexing by clicking the \"Re-index site\" button on the <a href=\":search-settings\">Search pages page</a>. If you have a lot of content on your site, it may take several cron runs for the content to be reindexed.','','none'),(7396,'The Search module includes a block, which can be enabled and configured on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>, if you have the Block module enabled; the default block title is Search, and it is the Search form block in the Forms category, if you wish to add another instance. The block is available to users with the <a href=\":search_permission\">Use search</a> permission, and it performs a search using the configured default search page.','','none'),(7397,'Users with <a href=\":search_permission\">Use search</a> permission can use the Search block and <a href=\":search\">Search page</a>. Users with the <a href=\":node_permission\">View published content</a> permission can use configured search pages of type <em>Content</em> to search for content containing exact keywords; in addition, users with <a href=\":search_permission\">Use advanced search</a> permission can use more complex search filtering. Users with the <a href=\":user_permission\">View user information</a> permission can use configured search pages of type <em>Users</em> to search for active users containing the keyword anywhere in the username, and users with the <a href=\":user_permission\">Administer users</a> permission can search for active and blocked users, by email address or username keyword.','','none'),(7398,'By default, the Search module only supports exact keyword matching in content searches. You can modify this behavior by installing a language-specific stemming module for your language (such as <a href=\":porterstemmer_url\">Porter Stemmer</a> for American English), which allows words such as walk, walking, and walked to be matched in the Search module. Another approach is to use a third-party search technology with stemming or partial word matching features built in, such as <a href=\":solr_url\">Apache Solr</a> or <a href=\":sphinx_url\">Sphinx</a>. There are also contributed modules that provide additional search pages. These and other <a href=\":contrib-search\">search-related contributed modules</a> can be downloaded by visiting Drupal.org.','','none'),(7399,'… @excerpt … @excerpt …','','none'),(7400,'This module does not have a user interface. It is used by other modules which need to serialize data, such as <a href=\":rest\">REST</a>.','','none'),(7401,'For more information, see the <a href=\":doc_url\">online documentation for the Serialization module</a>.','','none'),(7402,'The Shortcut module allows users to create sets of <em>shortcut</em> links to commonly-visited pages of the site. Shortcuts are contained within <em>sets</em>. Each user with <em>Select any shortcut set</em> permission can select a shortcut set created by anyone at the site. For more information, see the <a href=\":shortcut\">online documentation for the Shortcut module</a>.','','none'),(7403,'Users with the <em>Administer shortcuts</em> permission can manage shortcut sets and edit the shortcuts within sets from the <a href=\":shortcuts\">Shortcuts administration page</a>.','','none'),(7404,'You can display your shortcuts by enabling the <em>Shortcuts</em> block on the <a href=\":blocks\">Blocks administration page</a>. Certain administrative modules also display your shortcuts; for example, the core <a href=\":toolbar-help\">Toolbar module</a> provides a corresponding menu item.','','none'),(7405,'Define which shortcut set you are using on the <a href=\":shortcut-link\">Shortcuts tab</a> of your account page.','','none'),(7406,'No shortcuts available. <a href=\":link\">Add a shortcut</a>','','none'),(7407,'You are now using the new %set_name shortcut set. You can edit it from this page or <a href=\":switch-url\">switch back to a different one.</a>','','none'),(7408,'The menu.mlid primary key for this menu item (= shortcut link).','','none'),(7409,'The title for this shortcut.','','none'),(7410,'The weight for this shortcut','','none'),(7411,'The name under which the set\'s links are stored.','','none'),(7412,'The title of the set.','','none'),(7413,'The users.uid for this set.','','none'),(7414,'The shortcut_set.set_name that will be displayed for this user.','','none'),(7415,'The Testing module provides a framework for running automated tests. It can be used to verify a working state of Drupal before and after any code changes, or as a means for developers to write and execute tests for their modules. For more information, see the <a href=\":simpletest\">online documentation for the Testing module</a>.','','none'),(7416,'Visit the <a href=\":admin-simpletest\">Testing page</a> to display a list of available tests. For comprehensive testing, select <em>all</em> tests, or individually select tests for more targeted testing. Note that it might take several minutes for all tests to complete.','','none'),(7417,'The testing framework requires the PHP memory limit to be at least %memory_minimum_limit. The current value is %memory_limit. <a href=\":url\">Follow these steps to continue</a>.','','none'),(7418,'The Statistics module shows you how often content is viewed. This is useful in determining which pages of your site are most popular. For more information, see the <a href=\":statistics_do\">online documentation for the Statistics module</a>.','','none'),(7419,'The module includes a <em>Popular content</em> block that displays the most viewed pages today and for all time, and the last content viewed. To use the block, enable <em>Count content views</em> on the <a href=\":statistics-settings\">Statistics page</a>, and then you can enable and configure the block on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>.','','none'),(7420,'The Statistics module includes a counter for each page that increases whenever the page is viewed. To use the counter, enable <em>Count content views</em> on the <a href=\":statistics-settings\">Statistics page</a>, and set the necessary <a href=\":permissions\">permissions</a> (<em>View content hits</em>) so that the counter is visible to the users.','','none'),(7421,'How long any statistics may be cached, i.e. the refresh interval','','none'),(7422,'Version: @module-version','','8.9.18'),(7423,'Requires: @module-list','','8.9.18'),(7424,'Required by: @module-list','','8.9.18'),(7425,'This theme requires PHP version @php_required and is incompatible with PHP version @php_version.','','none'),(7426,'The System module is integral to the site: it provides user interfaces for many core systems and settings, as well as the basic administrative menu structure. For more information, see the <a href=\":system\">online documentation for the System module</a>.','','none'),(7427,'Users with appropriate permission can install and uninstall modules from the <a href=\":modules\">Extend page</a>. Depending on which distribution or installation profile you choose when you install your site, several modules are installed and others are provided but not installed. Each module provides a discrete set of features; modules may be installed or uninstalled depending on the needs of the site. Many additional modules contributed by members of the Drupal community are available for download from the <a href=\":drupal-modules\">Drupal.org module page</a>. Note that uninstalling a module is a destructive action: when you uninstall a module, you will permanently lose all data connected to the module.','','none'),(7428,'Users with appropriate permission can install and uninstall themes on the <a href=\":themes\">Appearance page</a>. Themes determine the design and presentation of your site. Depending on which distribution or installation profile you choose when you install your site, a default theme is installed, and possibly a different theme for administration pages. Other themes are provided but not installed, and additional contributed themes are available at the <a href=\":drupal-themes\">Drupal.org theme page</a>.','','none'),(7429,'When you are performing site maintenance, you can prevent non-administrative users (including anonymous visitors) from viewing your site by putting it in <a href=\":maintenance-mode\">Maintenance mode</a>. This will prevent unauthorized users from making changes to the site while you are performing maintenance, or from seeing a broken site while updates are in progress.','','none'),(7430,'On the <a href=\":performance-page\">Performance page</a>, the site can be configured to aggregate CSS and JavaScript files, making the total request size smaller. Note that, for small- to medium-sized websites, the <a href=\":page-cache\">Internal Page Cache module</a> should be installed so that pages are efficiently cached and reused for anonymous users. Finally, for websites of all sizes, the <a href=\":dynamic-page-cache\">Dynamic Page Cache module</a> should also be installed so that the non-personalized parts of pages are efficiently cached (for all users).','','none'),(7431,'Your site has several file directories, which are used to store and process uploaded and generated files. The <em>public</em> file directory, which is configured in your settings.php file, is the default place for storing uploaded files. Links to files in this directory contain the direct file URL, so when the files are requested, the web server will send them directly without invoking your site code. This means that the files can be downloaded by anyone with the file URL, so requests are not access-controlled but they are efficient. The <em>private</em> file directory, also configured in your settings.php file and ideally located outside the site web root, is access controlled. Links to files in this directory are not direct, so requests to these files are mediated by your site code. This means that your site can check file access permission for each file before deciding to fulfill the request, so the requests are more secure, but less efficient. You should only use the private storage for files that need access control, not for files like your site logo and background images used on every page. The <em>temporary</em> file directory is used internally by your site code for various operations, and is configured on the <a href=\":file-system\">File system settings</a> page. You can also see the configured public and private file directories on this page, and choose whether public or private should be the default for uploaded files.','','none'),(7432,'On the <a href=\":toolkit\">Image toolkit page</a>, you can select and configure the PHP toolkit used to manipulate images. Depending on which distribution or installation profile you choose when you install your site, the GD2 toolkit and possibly others are included; other toolkits may be provided by contributed modules.','','none'),(7433,'Set and configure the default theme for your website.  Alternative <a href=\":themes\">themes</a> are available.','','8.9.18'),(7434,'You can place blocks for each theme on the <a href=\":blocks\">block layout</a> page.','','8.9.18'),(7435,'Download additional <a href=\":modules\">contributed modules</a> to extend your site\'s functionality.','','8.9.18'),(7436,'Regularly review available updates to maintain a secure and current site. Always run the <a href=\":update-php\">update script</a> each time a module is updated. Enable the <a href=\":update-manager\">Update Manager module</a> to update and install modules and themes.','','none'),(7437,'Here you can find a short overview of your site\'s parameters as well as any problems detected with your installation. It may be useful to copy and paste this information into support requests filed on Drupal.org\'s support forums and project issue queues. Before filing a support request, ensure that your web server meets the <a href=\":system-requirements\">system requirements.</a>','','8.9.18'),(7438,'Configure your <a href=\":user-edit\">account time zone setting</a>.','','none'),(7439,'The minimum version of Apache needed to run Drupal without mod_rewrite enabled is 2.2.16. See the <a href=\":link\">enabling clean URLs</a> page for more information on mod_rewrite.','','none'),(7440,'Your server is capable of using clean URLs, but it is not enabled. Using clean URLs gives an improved user experience and is recommended. <a href=\":link\">Enable clean URLs</a>','','none'),(7441,'@phpversion (<a href=\":url\">more information</a>)','','8.9.18'),(7442,'The phpinfo() function has been disabled for security reasons. To see your server\'s phpinfo() information, change your PHP settings or contact your server administrator. For more information, <a href=\":phpinfo\">Enabling and disabling phpinfo()</a> handbook page.','','none'),(7443,'Drupal requires you to enable the PHP extensions in the following list (see the <a href=\":system_requirements\">system requirements page</a> for more information):','','none'),(7444,'PHP OPcode caching','','8.9.18'),(7445,'Your web server does not appear to support PDO (PHP Data Objects). Ask your hosting provider if they support the native PDO extension. See the <a href=\":link\">system requirements</a> page for more information.','','none'),(7446,'Your web server does not appear to support any common PDO database extensions. Check with your hosting provider to see if they support PDO (PHP Data Objects) and offer any databases that <a href=\":drupal-databases\">Drupal supports</a>.','','none'),(7447,'Your web server seems to have the wrong version of PDO installed. Drupal requires the PDO extension from PHP core. This system has the older PECL version. See the <a href=\":link\">system requirements</a> page for more information.','','none'),(7448,'For more information, see the online handbook entry for <a href=\":memory-limit\">increasing the PHP memory limit</a>.','','none'),(7449,'See <a href=\":url\">@url</a> for information about the recommended .htaccess file which should be added to the %directory directory to help protect against arbitrary code execution.','','none'),(7450,'Last run @time ago','','8.9.18'),(7451,'For more information, see the online handbook entry for <a href=\":cron-handbook\">configuring cron jobs</a>.','','none'),(7452,'You may need to set the correct directory at the <a href=\":admin-file-system\">file system settings page</a> or change the current directory\'s permissions so that it is writable.','','none'),(7453,'An automated attempt to create this directory failed, possibly due to a permissions problem. To proceed with the installation, either create the directory and modify its permissions manually or ensure that the installer has the permissions to create it automatically. For more information, see INSTALL.txt or the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online handbook</a>.','','none'),(7454,'Some modules have database schema updates to install. You should run the <a href=\":update\">database update script</a> immediately.','','none'),(7455,'Update notifications are not enabled. It is <strong>highly recommended</strong> that you enable the Update Manager module from the <a href=\":module\">module administration page</a> in order to stay up-to-date on new releases. For more information, <a href=\":update\">Update status handbook page</a>.','','none'),(7456,'The trusted_host_patterns setting is not configured in settings.php. This can lead to security vulnerabilities. It is <strong>highly recommended</strong> that you configure this. See <a href=\":url\">Protecting against HTTP HOST Header attacks</a> for more information.','','8.9.18'),(7457,'Block module is not enabled so site branding elements, which have been converted to a block, are not visible anymore.','','none'),(7458,'Because your site has custom theme(s) installed, we had to set the branding block into the content region. Please manually review the block configuration and remove the site name, slogan, and logo variables from your templates.','','none'),(7459,'Block module is not enabled. The page title has been converted to a block, but default page title markup will still display at the top of the main content area.','','none'),(7460,'Because your site has custom theme(s) installed, we have placed the page title block in the content region. Please manually review the block configuration and remove the page title variables from your page templates.','','none'),(7461,'Put your site into <a href=\":url\">maintenance mode</a>.','','none'),(7462,'All errors have been <a href=\":url\">logged</a>.','','none'),(7463,'Updates were attempted. If you see no failures below, you may proceed happily back to your <a href=\":url\">site</a>. Otherwise, you may need to update your database manually.','','none'),(7464,'One or more problems were detected with your Drupal installation. Check the <a href=\":status\">status report</a> for more information.','','8.9.18'),(7465,'Screenshot for @theme theme','','8.9.18'),(7466,'Settings for @theme theme','','8.9.18'),(7467,'Uninstall @theme theme','','8.9.18'),(7468,'Set @theme as default theme','','8.9.18'),(7469,'Install @theme theme','','8.9.18'),(7470,'Install @theme as default theme','','8.9.18'),(7471,'The phpinfo() function has been disabled for security reasons. For more information, visit <a href=\":phpinfo\">Enabling and disabling phpinfo()</a> handbook page.','','none'),(7472,'More information about setting up scheduled tasks can be found by <a href=\":url\">reading the cron tutorial on drupal.org</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7473,'This version is not compatible with Drupal @core_version and should be replaced.','','8.9.18'),(7474,'This module requires PHP version @php_required and is incompatible with PHP version @php_version.','','none'),(7475,'<strong class=\"error\">Set up the <a href=\":file-system\">public files directory</a> to make these optimizations available.</strong>','','none'),(7476,'Defined on the <a href=\":appearance\">Appearance Settings</a> or <a href=\":theme\">Theme Settings</a> page.','','none'),(7477,'Defined on the <a href=\":information\">Site Information</a> page.','','none'),(7478,'Powered by <a href=\":poweredby\">Drupal</a>','','8.9.18'),(7479,'The Taxonomy module allows users who have permission to create and edit content to categorize (tag) content of that type. Users who have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> <a href=\":permissions\" title=\"Taxonomy module permissions\">permission</a> can add <em>vocabularies</em> that contain a set of related <em>terms</em>. The terms in a vocabulary can either be pre-set by an administrator or built gradually as content is added and edited. Terms may be organized hierarchically if desired.','','none'),(7480,'For more information, see the <a href=\":taxonomy\">online documentation for the Taxonomy module</a>.','','none'),(7481,'Users who have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> permission can add and edit vocabularies from the <a href=\":taxonomy_admin\">Taxonomy administration page</a>. Vocabularies can be deleted from their <em>Edit vocabulary</em> page. Users with the <em>Taxonomy term: Administer fields</em> permission may add additional fields for terms in that vocabulary using the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module</a>.','','none'),(7482,'Users who have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> permission or the <em>Edit terms</em> permission for a particular vocabulary can add, edit, and organize the terms in a vocabulary from a vocabulary\'s term listing page, which can be accessed by going to the <a href=\":taxonomy_admin\">Taxonomy administration page</a> and clicking <em>List terms</em> in the <em>Operations</em> column. Users must have the <em>Administer vocabularies and terms</em> permission or the <em>Delete terms</em> permission for a particular vocabulary to delete terms.','','none'),(7483,'A user with the <em>Administer fields</em> permission for a certain entity type may add <em>Taxonomy term</em> reference fields to the entity type, which will allow entities to be classified using taxonomy terms. See the <a href=\":entity_reference\">Entity Reference help</a> for more information about reference fields. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them.','','none'),(7484,'See the <a href=\":entity_reference\">Entity Reference help</a> page for the field widgets and formatters that can be configured for any reference field on the <em>Manage display</em> and <em>Manage form display</em> pages. Taxonomy additionally provides an <em>RSS category</em> formatter that displays nothing when the entity item is displayed as HTML, but displays an RSS category instead of a list when the entity item is displayed in an RSS feed.','','none'),(7485,'No vocabularies available. <a href=\":link\">Add vocabulary</a>.','','none'),(7486,'No terms available. <a href=\":link\">Add term</a>.','','none'),(7487,'Format of the term description.','','none'),(7488,'Module responsible for the vocabulary.','','none'),(7489,'The Telephone module allows you to create fields that contain telephone numbers. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":telephone_documentation\">online documentation for the Telephone module</a>.','','none'),(7490,'The <em>settings</em> and the <em>display</em> of the telephone field can be configured separately. See the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> for more information on how to manage fields and their display.','','none'),(7491,'The Text module allows you to create short and long text fields with optional summaries. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":text_documentation\">online documentation for the Text module</a>.','','none'),(7492,'The <em>settings</em> and <em>display</em> of the text field can be configured separately. See the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI help</a> for more information on how to manage fields and their display.','','none'),(7493,'If you choose <em>Text (plain)</em> or <em>Text (plain, long)</em> you restrict the input to <em>Plain text</em> only. If you choose <em>Text (formatted)</em>, <em>Text (formatted, long)</em>, or <em>Text (formatted, long with summary)</em> you allow users to write formatted text. Which options are available to individual users depends on the settings on the <a href=\":formats\">Text formats and editors page</a>.','','none'),(7494,'Number of summary rows: @rows','','8.9.18'),(7495,'The Toolbar module provides a toolbar for site administrators, which displays tabs and trays provided by the Toolbar module itself and other modules. For more information, see the <a href=\":toolbar_docs\">online documentation for the Toolbar module</a>.','','none'),(7496,'The Tour module provides users with guided tours of the site interface. Each tour consists of several tips that highlight elements of the user interface, guide the user through a workflow, or explain key concepts of the website. For more information, see the <a href=\':tour\'>online documentation for the Tour module</a>.','','none'),(7497,'Tours can be written as YAML-documents with a text editor, or using the contributed <a href=\':tour_ui\'>Tour UI</a> module. For more information, see <a href=\':doc_url\'>the online documentation for writing tours</a>.','','none'),(7498,'@tour_item of @total','','8.9.18'),(7499,'The Activity Tracker module displays the most recently added and updated content on your site, and allows you to follow new content created by each user. This module has no configuration options. For more information, see the <a href=\":tracker\">online documentation for the Activity Tracker module</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7500,'The <a href=\":recent\">Recent content</a> page shows new and updated content in reverse chronological order, listing the content type, title, author\'s name, number of comments, and time of last update. Content is considered updated when changes occur in the text, or when new comments are added. The <em>My recent content</em> tab limits the list to the currently logged-in user.','','8.9.18'),(7501,'The {node}.nid this record tracks.','','none'),(7502,'Boolean indicating whether the node is published.','','none'),(7503,'The Unix timestamp when the node was most recently saved or commented on.','','none'),(7504,'The {user}.nid this record tracks.','','none'),(7505,'The {users}.uid of the node author or commenter.','','none'),(7506,'The Unix timestamp when the user was most recently saved or commented on.','','none'),(7507,'Uninstalled modules','','none'),(7508,'Uninstalled themes','','none'),(7509,'The Update Manager module periodically checks for new versions of your site\'s software (including contributed modules and themes), and alerts administrators to available updates. The Update Manager system is also used by some other modules to manage updates and downloads; for example, the Interface Translation module uses the Update Manager to download translations from the localization server. Note that whenever the Update Manager system is used, anonymous usage statistics are sent to Drupal.org. If desired, you may disable the Update Manager module from the <a href=\":modules\">Extend page</a>; if you do so, functionality that depends on the Update Manager system will not work. For more information, see the <a href=\":update\">online documentation for the Update Manager module</a>.','','none'),(7510,'The <a href=\":update-report\">Available updates report</a> displays core, contributed modules, and themes for which there are new releases available for download. On the report page, you can also check manually for updates. You can configure the frequency of update checks, which are performed during cron runs, and whether notifications are sent on the <a href=\":update-settings\">Update Manager settings page</a>.','','none'),(7511,'The Update Manager module allows administrators to perform updates directly from the <a href=\":update-page\">Update page</a>. It lists all available updates, and you can confirm whether you want to download them. If you don\'t have sufficient access rights to your web server, you could be prompted for your FTP/SSH password. Afterwards the files are transferred into your site installation, overwriting your old files. Direct links to the Update page are also displayed on the <a href=\":modules_page\">Extend page</a> and the <a href=\":themes_page\">Appearance page</a>.','','none'),(7512,'You can also install new modules and themes in the same fashion, through the <a href=\":install\">Install page</a>, or by clicking the <em>Install new module/theme</em> links at the top of the <a href=\":modules_page\">Extend page</a> and the <a href=\":themes_page\">Appearance page</a>. In this case, you are prompted to provide either the URL to the download, or to upload a packaged release file from your local computer.','','none'),(7513,'Regularly review and install <a href=\":updates\">available updates</a> to maintain a secure and current site. Always run the <a href=\":update-php\">update script</a> each time a module is updated.','','8.9.18'),(7514,'Regularly review <a href=\":updates\">available updates</a> to maintain a secure and current site. Always run the <a href=\":update-php\">update script</a> each time a module is updated.','','none'),(7515,'No update information available. <a href=\":run_cron\">Run cron</a> or <a href=\":check_manually\">check manually</a>.','','none'),(7516,'New release(s) available for @site_name','','8.9.18'),(7517,'Your site is currently configured to send these emails when any updates are available. To get notified only for security updates, @url.','','8.9.18'),(7518,'Your site is currently configured to send these emails only when security updates are available. To get notified for any available updates, @url.','','none'),(7519,'There was a problem checking <a href=\":update-report\">available updates</a> for Drupal.','','8.9.18'),(7520,'There was a problem checking <a href=\":update-report\">available updates</a> for your modules or themes.','','8.9.18'),(7521,'Automatic updating of Drupal core is not supported. See the <a href=\":upgrade-guide\">upgrade guide</a> for information on how to update Drupal core manually.','','none'),(7522,'%archive_file contains a version of %names that is not compatible with Drupal @version.%archive_file contains versions of modules or themes that are not compatible with Drupal @version: %names','','none'),(7523,'See the <a href=\":available_updates\">available updates</a> page for more information and to install your missing updates.','','8.9.18'),(7524,'See the <a href=\":available_updates\">available updates</a> page for more information.','','none'),(7525,'Update Manager settings','','8.9.18'),(7526,'Check for updates of uninstalled modules and themes','','8.9.18'),(7527,'You can choose to send email only if a security update is available, or to be notified about all newer versions. If there are updates available of Drupal core or any of your installed modules and themes, your site will always print a message on the <a href=\":status_report\">status report</a> page, and will also display an error message on administration pages if there is a security update.','','8.9.18'),(7528,'You can find <a href=\":module_url\">modules</a> and <a href=\":theme_url\">themes</a> on <a href=\":drupal_org_url\">drupal.org</a>. The following file extensions are supported: %extensions.','','8.9.18'),(7529,'Back up your database and site before you continue. <a href=\":backup_url\">Learn how</a>.','','none'),(7530,'Deprecated: User Name','','8.9.18'),(7531,'Deprecated: Use account-name or display-name instead.','','8.9.18'),(7532,'The display name of the user account.','','8.9.18'),(7533,'The User module allows users to register, log in, and log out. It also allows users with proper permissions to manage user roles and permissions. For more information, see the <a href=\":user_docs\">online documentation for the User module</a>.','','none'),(7534,'Through the <a href=\":people\">People administration page</a> you can add and cancel user accounts and assign users to roles. By editing one particular user you can change their username, email address, password, and information in other fields.','','none'),(7535,'<em>Roles</em> are used to group and classify users; each user can be assigned one or more roles. Typically there are two pre-defined roles: <em>Anonymous user</em> (users that are not logged in), and <em>Authenticated user</em> (users that are registered and logged in). Depending on how your site was set up, an <em>Administrator</em> role may also be available: users with this role will automatically be assigned any new permissions whenever a module is enabled. You can create additional roles on the <a href=\":roles\">Roles administration page</a>.','','none'),(7536,'After creating roles, you can set permissions for each role on the <a href=\":permissions_user\">Permissions page</a>. Granting a permission allows users who have been assigned a particular role to perform an action on the site, such as viewing content, editing or creating  a particular type of content, administering settings for a particular module, or using a particular function of the site (such as search).','','none'),(7537,'The <a href=\":accounts\">Account settings page</a> allows you to manage settings for the displayed name of the Anonymous user role, personal contact forms, user registration settings, and account cancellation settings. On this page you can also manage settings for account personalization, and adapt the text for the email messages that users receive when they register or request a password recovery. You may also set which role is automatically assigned new permissions whenever a module is enabled (the Administrator role).','','none'),(7538,'Because User accounts are an entity type, you can extend them by adding fields through the Manage fields tab on the <a href=\":accounts\">Account settings page</a>. By adding fields for e.g., a picture, a biography, or address, you can a create a custom profile for the users of the website. For background information on entities and fields, see the <a href=\":field_help\">Field module help page</a>.','','none'),(7539,'Permissions let you control what users can do and see on your site. You can define a specific set of permissions for each role. (See the <a href=\":role\">Roles</a> page to create a role.) Any permissions granted to the Authenticated user role will be given to any user who is logged in to your site. From the <a href=\":settings\">Account settings</a> page, you can make any role into an Administrator role for the site, meaning that role will be granted all new permissions automatically. You should be careful to ensure that only trusted users are given this access and level of control of your site.','','8.9.18'),(7540,'A role defines a group of users that have certain privileges. These privileges are defined on the <a href=\":permissions\">Permissions page</a>. Here, you can define the names and the display sort order of the roles on your site. It is recommended to order roles from least permissive (for example, Anonymous user) to most permissive (for example, Administrator user). Users who are not logged in have the Anonymous user role. Users who are logged in have the Authenticated user role, plus any other roles granted to their user account.','','none'),(7541,'Make it at least 12 characters','','8.9.18'),(7542,'Configure site-wide settings and behavior for user accounts and registration. This includes account cancellation methods, the content of user emails and fields attached to users.','','8.9.18'),(7543,'Manage all user accounts. This includes editing all user information, changes of email addresses and passwords, issuing emails to users and blocking and deleting user accounts.','','8.9.18'),(7544,'Required if you want to change the %mail or %pass below. <a href=\":request_new_url\" title=\"Send password reset instructions via email.\">Reset your password</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7545,'Users with the %select-cancel-method or %administer-users <a href=\":permissions-url\">permissions</a> can override this default method.','','8.9.18'),(7546,'Available variables are: [site:name], [site:url], [user:display-name], [user:account-name], [user:mail], [site:login-url], [site:url-brief], [user:edit-url], [user:one-time-login-url], [user:cancel-url].','','8.9.18'),(7547,'Created a new user account for <a href=\":url\">%name</a>. No email has been sent.','','none'),(7548,'The new user <a href=\":url\">%name</a> was created without an email address, so no welcome message was sent.','','none'),(7549,'A welcome message with further instructions has been emailed to the new user <a href=\":url\">%name</a>.','','none'),(7550,'Password reset instructions will be sent to your registered email address.','','none'),(7551,'Send password reset instructions via email.','','none'),(7552,'Also known as:','','8.9.18'),(7553,'@label (@name:@column)','','8.9.18'),(7554,'@label:@column','','none'),(7555,'@label (@name:delta)','','none'),(7556,'For more information, see the <a href=\":views\">online documentation for the Views module</a>.','','none'),(7557,'In order to create and modify your own views using the administration and configuration user interface, you will need to enable either the Views UI module in core or a contributed module that provides a user interface for Views. See the <a href=\":views-ui\">Views UI module help page</a> for more information.','','none'),(7558,'Contributed projects that support the Views module can be found in the <a href=\":node\">online documentation for Views-related contributed modules</a>.','','none'),(7559,'Changing the title here means it cannot be dynamically altered anymore. (Try changing it directly in <a href=\":url\">@name</a>.)','','none'),(7560,'This link is provided by the Views module. The path can be changed by editing the view <a href=\":url\">@label</a>','','none'),(7561,'@type language selected for page','','8.9.18'),(7562,'Will not be accessible.','','none'),(7563,'@code (@title)','','none'),(7564,'The following tokens are available. You may use Twig syntax in this field.','','none'),(7565,'Override the view and other argument titles. You may use Twig syntax in this field as well as the \"arguments\" and \"raw_arguments\" arrays.','','none'),(7566,'Override the view and other argument titles. You may use Twig syntax in this field.','','none'),(7567,'The following replacement tokens are available for this argument.','','none'),(7568,'The category this block will appear under on the <a href=\":href\">blocks placement page</a>.','','none'),(7569,'Separate multiple classes by spaces.','','none'),(7570,'You may also adjust the @settings for the currently selected access restriction.','','none'),(7571,'You may also adjust the @settings for the currently selected cache mechanism.','','none'),(7572,'You may also adjust the @settings for the currently selected style.','','none'),(7573,'You may also adjust the @settings for the currently selected row style.','','none'),(7574,'The following tokens are available for this link. You may use Twig syntax in this field.','','none'),(7575,'You may also adjust the @settings for the currently selected pager.','','none'),(7576,'An offset from the current time such as \"@example1\" or \"@example2\"','','none'),(7577,'The Views UI module provides an interface for managing views for the <a href=\":views\">Views module</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":handbook\">online documentation for the Views UI module</a>.','','none'),(7578,'Views can be enabled or disabled from the <a href=\":list\">Views list page</a>. To enable a view, find the view within the \"Disabled\" list and select the \"Enable\" operation. To disable a view find the view within the \"Enabled\" list and select the \"Disable\" operation.','','none'),(7579,'Views can be exported and imported as configuration files by using the <a href=\":config\">Configuration Manager module</a>.','','none'),(7580,'Advanced Views settings','','none'),(7581,'View @display_title','','8.9.18'),(7582,'Duplicate as @type','','8.9.18'),(7583,'Add @display','','8.9.18'),(7584,'By breaking this lock, any unsaved changes made by @user will be lost.','','none'),(7585,'[user:display-name],\n\nA request to cancel your account has been made at [site:name].\n\nYou may now cancel your account on [site:url-brief] by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:cancel-url]\n\nNOTE: The cancellation of your account is not reversible.\n\nThis link expires in one day and nothing will happen if it is not used.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(7586,'Account cancellation request for [user:display-name] at [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(7587,'Replacement login information for [user:display-name] at [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(7588,'Account details for [user:display-name] at [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(7589,'Account details for [user:display-name] at [site:name] (pending admin approval)','','8.9.18'),(7590,'[user:display-name] has applied for an account.\n\n[user:edit-url]','','8.9.18'),(7591,'[user:display-name],\n\nYour account at [site:name] has been activated.\n\nYou may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password.\n\nAfter setting your password, you will be able to log in at [site:login-url] in the future using:\n\nusername: [user:account-name]\npassword: Your password\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(7592,'Account details for [user:display-name] at [site:name] (approved)','','8.9.18'),(7593,'Account details for [user:display-name] at [site:name] (blocked)','','8.9.18'),(7594,'[user:display-name],\n\nYour account on [site:name] has been canceled.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(7595,'Account details for [user:display-name] at [site:name] (canceled)','','8.9.18'),(7596,'@display \'@id\': Component \'@name\' was disabled because its settings depend on removed dependencies.','','none'),(7597,'No widget available for: %type.','','none'),(7598,'Several special characters are allowed, including space, period (.), hyphen (-), apostrophe (\'), underscore (_), and the @ sign.','','8.9.18'),(7599,'This value is not valid.','','none'),(7600,'Create tasks that the system can execute.','','none'),(7601,'The URL to which the user should be redirected. This can be an internal URL like /node/1234 or an external URL like @url.','','none'),(7602,'Add feeds or import OPMLs to gather external content and configure how often they are updated.','','none'),(7603,'The Automated Cron module runs cron operations for your site using normal browser/page requests instead of having to set up a separate cron job. The Automated Cron module checks at the end of each server response when cron operation was last ran and, if it has been too long since last run, it executes the cron tasks after sending a server response. For more information, see the <a href=\":automated_cron-documentation\">online documentation for the Automated Cron module</a>.','','none'),(7604,'Configuring Automated Cron','','none'),(7605,'On the <a href=\":cron-settings\">Cron page</a>, you can set the frequency (time interval) for running cron jobs.','','none'),(7606,'Disabling Automated Cron','','none'),(7607,'To disable automated cron, the recommended method is to uninstall the module, to reduce site overhead. If you only want to disable it temporarily, you can set the frequency to Never on the Cron page, and then change the frequency back when you want to start it up again.','','none'),(7608,'Provides an automated way to run cron jobs, by executing them at the end of a server response.','','8.9.18'),(7609,'Automated cron settings','','none'),(7610,'Ban visits from specific IP addresses.','','8.9.18'),(7611,'You can place a new block in a region by selecting <em>Place block</em> on the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout page</a>. Once a block is placed, it can be moved to a different region by drag-and-drop or by using the <em>Region</em> drop-down list, and then clicking <em>Save blocks</em>.','','none'),(7612,'Block placement is specific to each theme on your site. Changes will not be saved until you click <em>Save blocks</em> at the bottom of the page.','','8.9.18'),(7613,'Adding comment types','','none'),(7614,'Additional <em>comment types</em> can be created per entity sub-type and added on the <a href=\":field\">Comment types page</a>. If there are multiple comment types available you can select the appropriate one after adding a <em>Comments field</em>.','','none'),(7615,'Compare the configuration uploaded to your sync directory with the active configuration before completing the import.','','none'),(7616,'Upload a full site configuration archive to the sync directory. It can then be compared and imported on the Synchronize page.','','none'),(7617,'The Database Logging module logs system events in the Drupal database. Monitor your site or debug site problems on this page.','','none'),(7618,'The Internal Dynamic Page Cache module caches pages for all users in the database, handling dynamic content correctly. For more information, see the <a href=\":dynamic_page_cache-documentation\">online documentation for the Internal Dynamic Page Cache module</a>.','','none'),(7619,'The module requires no configuration. Every part of the page contains metadata that allows Internal Dynamic Page Cache to figure this out on its own.','','none'),(7620,'Deprecated. All the functionality has been moved to Core.','','none'),(7621,'All field storage configuration objects re-saved.','','none'),(7622,'Selection handler for entity reference fields have been adjusted.','','none'),(7623,'<strong>Entity Reference</strong> fields allow you to create fields that contain links to other entities (such as content items, taxonomy terms, etc.) within the site. This allows you, for example, to include a link to a user within a content item. For more information, see <a href=\":er_do\">the online documentation for the Entity Reference module</a>.','','none'),(7624,'Enable custom storage','','none'),(7625,'An instance-specific widget type','','none'),(7626,'Widget types @types are used in Drupal 6 field instances: widget type @selected_type applied to the Drupal 8 base field','','none'),(7627,'The Filter module allows administrators to configure text formats. Text formats change how HTML tags and other text will be <em>processed and displayed</em> in the site. They are used to transform text, and also help to defend your web site against potentially damaging input from malicious users. Visual text editors can be associated with text formats by using the <a href=\":editor_help\">Text Editor module</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":filter_do\">online documentation for the Filter module</a>.','','none'),(7628,'You can define which users will be able to use each text format by selecting roles. To ensure security, anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of HTML tags. This is because HTML tags can allow embedding malicious links or scripts in text. More trusted registered users may be granted permission to use less restrictive text formats in order to create rich text. <strong>Improper text format configuration is a security risk.</strong>','','none'),(7629,'Each text format uses filters that add, remove, or transform elements within user-entered text. For example, one filter removes unapproved HTML tags, while another transforms URLs into clickable links. Filters are applied in a specific order. They do not change the <em>stored</em> content: they define how it is processed and displayed.','','none'),(7630,'Text formats define how text is filtered for output and how HTML tags and other text is displayed, replaced, or removed. <strong>Improper text format configuration is a security risk.</strong> Learn more on the <a href=\":filter_help\">Filter module help page</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7631,'A text format contains filters that change the display of user input; for example, stripping out malicious HTML or making URLs clickable. Filters are executed from top to bottom and the order is important, since one filter may prevent another filter from doing its job. For example, when URLs are converted into links before disallowed HTML tags are removed, all links may be removed. When this happens, the order of filters may need to be rearranged.','','8.9.18'),(7632,'Configure how content is filtered when displayed, including which HTML tags are rendered, and enable module-provided filters.','','none'),(7633,'A list of HTML tags that can be used. By default only the <em>lang</em> and <em>dir</em> attributes are allowed for all HTML tags. Each HTML tag may have attributes which are treated as allowed attribute names for that HTML tag. Each attribute may allow all values, or only allow specific values. Attribute names or values may be written as a prefix and wildcard like <em>jump-*</em>. JavaScript event attributes, JavaScript URLs, and CSS are always stripped.','','8.9.18'),(7634,'Configure languages for content, interface, and configuration.','','8.9.18'),(7635,'Overriding default English strings','','none'),(7636,'If translation is enabled for English, you can <em>override</em> the default English interface text strings in your site with other English text strings on the <a href=\":translate\">User interface translation</a> page. Translation is off by default for English, but you can turn it on by visiting the <em>Edit language</em> page for <em>English</em> from the <a href=\":languages\">Languages</a> page.','','none'),(7637,'Configure the import of translation files, and add or customize interface translations.','','8.9.18'),(7638,'Manage menus and menu links.','','8.9.18'),(7639,'<q>Log in</q> for anonymous users','','none'),(7640,'Revert to earlier revision of a translation','','none'),(7641,'@langname revisions for %title','','none'),(7642,'Are you sure you want to revert @language translation to the revision from %revision-date?','','none'),(7643,'Revert content shared among translations','','none'),(7644,'Add custom URLs to existing paths.','','8.9.18'),(7645,'Network problem!','','8.9.18'),(7646,'- None (original image) -','','none'),(7647,'Only items in the index will appear in search results. To build and maintain the index, a correctly configured <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a> is required.','','none'),(7648,'The maximum number of items indexed in each run of the <a href=\":cron\">cron maintenance task</a>. If necessary, reduce the number of items to prevent timeouts and memory errors while indexing. Some search page types may have their own setting for this.','','none'),(7649,'The minimum character length for a word to be added to the index. Searches must include a keyword of at least this length.','','none'),(7650,'Run tests against the site\'s core code and enabled modules to review your code.','','none'),(7651,'Configure the logging of content statistics.','','none'),(7652,'Configuration dependencies recalculated','','none'),(7653,'Checking site status','','none'),(7654,'The <a href=\":status\">Status report</a> provides an overview of the configuration, status, and health of your site. Review this report to make sure there are not any problems to address, and to find information about the software your site and web server are using.','','none'),(7655,'In order for the site and its modules to continue to operate well, a set of routine administrative operations must run on a regular basis; these operations are known as <em>cron</em> tasks. On the <a href=\":cron\">Cron page</a>, you can configure cron to run periodically as part of server responses by installing the <em>Automated Cron</em> module, or you can turn this off and trigger cron from an outside process on your web server. You can verify the status of cron tasks by visiting the <a href=\":status\">Status report page</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":handbook\">online documentation for configuring cron jobs</a>.','','none'),(7656,'Enable the <em>Automated Cron</em> module to allow cron execution at the end of a server response.','','none'),(7657,'Public file base URL','','none'),(7658,'The base URL that will be used for public file URLs. This can be changed in settings.php','','none'),(7659,'Configure <span class=\"visually-hidden\">the @module module</span>','','8.9.18'),(7660,'Machine name: <span dir=\"ltr\" class=\"table-filter-text-source\">@machine-name</span>','','8.9.18'),(7661,'The following reason prevents @module.module_name from being uninstalled:The following reasons prevent @module.module_name from being uninstalled:','','8.9.18'),(7662,'Configure default user account settings, including fields, registration requirements, and email messages.','','8.9.18'),(7663,'Too many failed login attempts from your IP address. This IP address is temporarily blocked. Try again later or <a href=\":url\">request a new password</a>.','','none'),(7664,'There has been more than one failed login attempt for this account. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or <a href=\":url\">request a new password</a>.There have been more than @count failed login attempts for this account. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or <a href=\":url\">request a new password</a>.','','none'),(7665,'%name is not recognized as a username or an email address.','','none'),(7666,'Cache maximum age','','none'),(7667,'Creating and managing views','','none'),(7668,'Enabling and disabling views','','none'),(7669,'Exporting and importing views','','none'),(7670,'Stable','','none'),(7671,'Links related to the active user account','','8.9.18'),(7672,'Administrative task links','','8.9.18'),(7673,'Site information links','','8.9.18'),(7674,'Site section links','','8.9.18'),(7675,'User tool links, often added by modules','','8.9.18'),(7676,'[user:display-name],\n\nA request to reset the password for your account has been made at [site:name].\n\nYou may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password. It expires after one day and nothing will happen if it\'s not used.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(7677,'[user:display-name],\n\nA site administrator at [site:name] has created an account for you. You may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password.\n\nAfter setting your password, you will be able to log in at [site:login-url] in the future using:\n\nusername: [user:name]\npassword: Your password\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(7678,'[user:display-name],\n\nThank you for registering at [site:name]. You may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n\n[user:one-time-login-url]\n\nThis link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page where you can set your password.\n\nAfter setting your password, you will be able to log in at [site:login-url] in the future using:\n\nusername: [user:name]\npassword: Your password\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(7679,'The language code.','','none'),(7680,'Delete %label','','8.9.18'),(7681,'Allow user to display all items','','none'),(7682,'Select and configure text editors, and how content is filtered when displayed.','','8.9.18'),(7683,'Aggregator RSS feed','','none'),(7684,'Aggregator sources','','none'),(7685,'Find and manage custom blocks.','','8.9.18'),(7686,'Recent comments.','','8.9.18'),(7687,'Find and manage files.','','8.9.18'),(7688,'Editing languages','','8.9.18'),(7689,'All content, by month.','','8.9.18'),(7690,'Recent content.','','8.9.18'),(7691,'All content promoted to the front page.','','8.9.18'),(7692,'All content, by letter.','','8.9.18'),(7693,'Content belonging to a certain taxonomy term.','','8.9.18'),(7694,'Shows a list of the newest user accounts on the site.','','8.9.18'),(7695,'Who\'s online block','','8.9.18'),(7696,'Shows the user names of the most recently active users, and the total number of active users.','','8.9.18'),(7697,'View edit page','','8.9.18'),(7698,'Max 1300x1300','','8.9.18'),(7699,'Max 2600x2600','','8.9.18'),(7700,'Max 325x325','','8.9.18'),(7701,'Max 650x650','','8.9.18'),(7702,'Narrow','','8.9.18'),(7703,'Config override test','','none'),(7704,'Files overview','','8.9.18'),(7705,'File usage information for {{ arguments.fid }}','','8.9.18'),(7706,'<p>This page provides the ability to add common languages to your site.</p><p>If the desired language is not available, you can add a custom language.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7707,'<p>Choose a language from the list, or choose \"Custom language...\" at the end of the list.</p><p>Click the \"Add language\" button when you are done choosing your language.</p><p>When adding a custom language, you will get an additional form where you can provide the name, code, and direction of the language.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7708,'Continuing on','','8.9.18'),(7709,'<p>This page provides the ability to edit a language on your site, including custom languages.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7710,'<p>You cannot change the code of a language on the site, since it is used by the system to keep track of the language.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7711,'<p>The language name is used throughout the site for all users and is written in English. Names of built-in languages can be translated using the Interface Translation module, and names of both built-in and custom languages can be translated using the Configuration Translation module.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7712,'<p>Choose if the language is a \"Left to right\" or \"Right to left\" language.</p><p>Note that not all themes support \"Right to left\" layouts, so test your theme if you are using \"Right to left\".</p>','','8.9.18'),(7713,'<p>The \"Languages\" page allows you to add, edit, delete, and reorder languages for the site.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7714,'<p>To add more languages to your site, click the \"Add language\" button.</p><p>Added languages will be displayed in the language list and can then be edited or deleted.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7715,'Reordering languages','','8.9.18'),(7716,'<p>To reorder the languages on your site, use the drag icons next to each language.</p><p>The order shown here is the display order for language lists on the site such as in the language switcher blocks provided by the Interface Translation and Content Translation modules.</p><p>When you are done with reordering the languages, click the \"Save configuration\" button for the changes to take effect.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7717,'Set a language as default','','8.9.18'),(7718,'<p>You can change the default language of the site by choosing one of your configured languages as default. The site will use the default language in situations where no choice is made but a language should be set, for example as the language of the displayed interface.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7719,'Modifying languages','','8.9.18'),(7720,'<p>Operations are provided for editing and deleting your languages.</p><p>You can edit the name and the direction of the language.</p><p>Deleted languages can be added back at a later time. Deleting a language will remove all interface translations associated with it, and content in this language will be set to be language neutral. Note that you cannot delete the default language of the site.</p>','','8.9.18'),(7721,'Choose the language you want to translate.','','8.9.18'),(7722,'Enter the specific word or sentence you want to translate, you can also write just a part of a word.','','8.9.18'),(7723,'Filter the search','','8.9.18'),(7724,'You can search for untranslated strings if you want to translate something that isn\'t translated yet. If you want to modify an existing translation, you might want to search only for translated strings.','','8.9.18'),(7725,'Apply your search criteria','','8.9.18'),(7726,'To apply your search criteria, click on the <em>Filter</em> button.','','8.9.18'),(7727,'You can write your own translation in the text fields of the right column. Try to figure out in which context the text will be used in order to translate it in the appropriate way.','','8.9.18'),(7728,'Validate the translation','','8.9.18'),(7729,'When you have finished your translations, click on the <em>Save translations</em> button. You must save your translations, each time before changing the page or making a new search.','','8.9.18'),(7730,'{{ arguments.created_year_month }}','','8.9.18'),(7731,'Find and manage content','','8.9.18'),(7732,'Welcome to [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(7733,'{{ arguments.tid }}','','8.9.18'),(7734,'Name or email contains','','8.9.18'),(7735,'A list of new users','','8.9.18'),(7736,'There are currently @total users online.','','8.9.18'),(7737,'There are currently 0 users online.','','8.9.18'),(7738,'A list of users that are currently logged in.','','8.9.18'),(7739,'Manage view settings','','8.9.18'),(7740,'View or edit the configuration.','','8.9.18'),(7741,'Displays in this view','','8.9.18'),(7742,'A display is a way of outputting the results, e.g., as a page or a block. A view can contain multiple displays, which are listed here. The active display is highlighted.','','8.9.18'),(7743,'View administration','','8.9.18'),(7744,'Perform administrative tasks, including adding a description and creating a clone. Click the drop-down button to view the available options.','','8.9.18'),(7745,'Choose how to output results. E.g., choose <em>Content</em> to output each item completely, using your configured display settings. Or choose <em>Fields</em>, which allows you to output only specific fields for each result. Additional formats can be added by installing modules to <em>extend</em> Drupal\'s base functionality.','','8.9.18'),(7746,'If this view uses fields, they are listed here. You can click on a field to configure it.','','8.9.18'),(7747,'Filter your view','','8.9.18'),(7748,'Add filters to limit the results in the output. E.g., to only show content that is <em>published</em>, you would add a filter for <em>Published</em> and select <em>Yes</em>.','','8.9.18'),(7749,'Filter actions','','8.9.18'),(7750,'Add, rearrange or remove filters.','','8.9.18'),(7751,'Control the order in which the results are output. Click on an active sort rule to configure it.','','8.9.18'),(7752,'Sort actions','','8.9.18'),(7753,'Add, rearrange or remove sorting rules.','','8.9.18'),(7754,'Show a preview of the view output.','','8.9.18'),(7755,'A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Styles\" dropdown. Enter one or more classes on each line in the format: element.classA.classB|Label. Example: h1.title|Title. Advanced example: h1.fancy.title|Fancy title.<br />These styles should be available in your theme\'s CSS file.','','8.9.18'),(7756,'The English name of the language.','','none'),(7757,'The native name of the language.','','none'),(7758,'The language direction. (0 = LTR, 1 = RTL)','','none'),(7759,'Whether the language is enabled.','','none'),(7760,'PHP formula to get plural indexes.','','none'),(7761,'Path prefix used for this language.','','none'),(7762,'The language weight when listed.','','none'),(7763,'Location of the JavaScript translation file.','','none'),(7764,'Mismatched entity and/or field definitions','','none'),(7765,'Fallback sort expose settings','','none'),(7766,'Leave blank for all. Otherwise, the first selected term will be the default instead of \"Any\".','','none'),(7767,'width @data.width','','none'),(7768,'height @data.height','','none'),(7769,'Administer workflows','','8.9.18'),(7770,'This entity (%type: %label) cannot be referenced.','','none'),(7771,'This entity (%type: %id) cannot be referenced.','','none'),(7772,'Content type where this field is in use.','','none'),(7773,'File Validation','Validation','none'),(7774,'Determines the content language from a request parameter.','','none'),(7775,'The alias %alias could not be added because it is already in use in this language with different capitalization: %stored_alias.','','none'),(7776,'No error logged yet.','','none'),(7777,'A default base theme using Drupal 8.0.0\'s core markup and CSS.','','none'),(7778,'There are no changes to import.','','none'),(7779,'Another request may be importing configuration already.','','none'),(7780,'Importing configuration','','none'),(7781,'Starting configuration import.','','none'),(7782,'Configuration import has encountered an error.','','none'),(7783,'The configuration import failed for the following reasons:','','none'),(7784,'Updated tables for field handlers for views: @ids','','none'),(7785,'BigPipe','','none'),(7786,'Current workspace','','none'),(7787,'Workspace switcher','','none'),(7788,'HEAD method settings','','none'),(7789,'PUT method settings','','none'),(7790,'Delete transition','','none'),(7791,'Update any media','','8.9.18'),(7792,'Delete media','','8.9.18'),(7793,'Delete any media','','8.9.18'),(7794,'Media name','','8.9.18'),(7795,'Media revisions','','none'),(7796,'Field with source information','','none'),(7797,'Install configuration','','none'),(7798,'The following changes were detected in the entity type and field definitions. @updates','','none'),(7799,'Show &mdash; @configuration.label','','8.9.18'),(7800,'Hide &mdash; @configuration.label','','8.9.18'),(7801,'BigPipe no-JS check','','none'),(7802,'Session exists','','none'),(7803,'Add workspace','','none'),(7804,'Workspaces','','none'),(7805,'Create and manage workspaces.','','none'),(7806,'Administer workspaces','','none'),(7807,'Edit workspace %label','','none'),(7808,'Workspace %info has been created.','','none'),(7809,'Workspace %info has been updated.','','none'),(7810,'The workspace could not be saved.','','none'),(7811,'The workspace ID.','','none'),(7812,'text format','','none'),(7813,'Default configuration hash','','none'),(7814,'Label of the action','','none'),(7815,'The first mlid in the materialized path. If N = depth, then pN must equal the mlid. If depth > 1 then p(N-1) must equal the parent link mlid. All pX where X > depth must equal zero. The columns p1 .. p9 are also called the parents.','','none'),(7816,'Authored on @date','','none'),(7817,'Enter the value for the sizes attribute, for example: %example_sizes.','','none'),(7818,'Unique machine name of the vocabulary.','','none'),(7819,'Field %field set in %filter is not usable for this filter type. Combined field filter only works for simple fields.','','none'),(7820,'Renders an entity in a view mode.','','none'),(7821,'Add @entity-type','','8.9.18'),(7822,'Revision create time','','8.9.18'),(7823,'Is default revision','','none'),(7824,'The moderation state of this piece of content.','','none'),(7825,'Moderation control','','none'),(7826,'Revisions must be required when moderation is enabled.','','none'),(7827,'Revisions are required.','','none'),(7828,'The moderation state has been updated.','','none'),(7829,'When content reaches this state it should be published.','','none'),(7830,'Default revision','','8.9.18'),(7831,'When content reaches this state it should be made the default revision; this is implied for published states.','','none'),(7832,'Valid moderation state','Validation','none'),(7833,'Scale','decimal places','none'),(7834,'If this style is in use on the site, you may select another style to replace it. All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently deleted. If no replacement style is selected, the dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration.','','none'),(7835,'All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently deleted. The dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration.','','none'),(7836,'- No replacement -','','none'),(7837,'Antigua & Barbuda','','8.9.18'),(7838,'The BigPipe module sends pages with dynamic content in a way that allows browsers to show them much faster. For more information, see the <a href=\":big_pipe-documentation\">online documentation for the BigPipe module</a>.','','none'),(7839,'The module requires no configuration. Every part of the page contains metadata that allows BigPipe to figure this out on its own.','','none'),(7840,'Size of email field','','none'),(7841,'The new size setting for email widgets has been added.','','none'),(7842,'Did not save to map table due to NULL value for key field @field','','none'),(7843,'A boolean indicating whether the node is visible on the front page.','','none'),(7844,'A boolean indicating whether the node should sort to the top of content lists.','','none'),(7845,'Default argument validator','','none'),(7846,'The %handler_type %handler uses a relationship that has been removed.','','none'),(7847,'Operations on Unicode strings are emulated on a best-effort basis. Install the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring extension</a> for improved Unicode support.','','none'),(7848,'Multibyte string function overloading in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.func_overload</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7849,'Multibyte string input conversion in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.encoding_translation</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7850,'Multibyte string input conversion in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.http_input</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7851,'Multibyte string output conversion in PHP is active and must be disabled. Check the php.ini <em>mbstring.http_output</em> setting. Please refer to the <a href=\"http://php.net/mbstring\">PHP mbstring documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7852,'The %entity_type entity type needs to be installed.','','none'),(7853,'The %entity_type entity type needs to be updated.','','none'),(7854,'The %field_name field needs to be installed.','','none'),(7855,'The %field_name field needs to be updated.','','none'),(7856,'The %field_name field needs to be uninstalled.','','none'),(7857,'Custom text: @true_label / @false_label','','none'),(7858,'Display: @true_label / @false_label','','none'),(7859,'See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.date.php\" target=\"_blank\">the documentation for PHP date formats</a>.','','none'),(7860,'An icon that links to the feed URL','','none'),(7861,'Parent website of the feed.','','none'),(7862,'Parent website\'s description of the feed.','','none'),(7863,'Check my spelling as I type','','none'),(7864,'By default, CKEditor is configured to leverage your browser\'s spell check capability. Make sure your browser\'s spell checker is enabled in your browser\'s settings. To access suggested corrections for misspelled words, it may be necessary to hold the <em>Control</em> or <em>command</em> (Mac) key while right-clicking the misspelling.','','none'),(7865,'Language list ID','','none'),(7866,'United Nations\' official languages','','8.9.18'),(7867,'All @count languages','','8.9.18'),(7868,'The list of languages to show in the language dropdown. The basic list will only show the <a href=\":url\">six official languages of the UN</a>. The extended list will show all @count languages that are available in Drupal.','','8.9.18'),(7869,'There is not enough memory available to PHP to change this theme\'s color scheme. You need at least %size more. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/ini.core.php#ini.sect.resource-limits\">PHP documentation</a> for more information.','','none'),(7870,'The GD library for PHP is enabled, but was compiled without PNG support. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/ref.image.php\">PHP image documentation</a> for information on how to correct this.','','none'),(7871,'The GD library for PHP is missing or outdated. Check the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/book.image.php\">PHP image documentation</a> for information on how to correct this.','','none'),(7872,'Completed step @current of @total.','','none'),(7873,'A user-defined date format. See the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.date.php\">PHP manual</a> for available options.','','none'),(7874,'This site has only a single language enabled. <a href=\":language_url\">Add at least one more language</a> in order to translate content.','','none'),(7875,'Describe a time by reference to the current day, like \'+90 days\' (90 days from the day the field is created) or \'+1 Saturday\' (the next Saturday). See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.strtotime.php\">strtotime</a> for more details.','','none'),(7876,'The type of the log entry, for example \"user\" or \"page not found\".','','none'),(7877,'The %field_type_label field type is used in the following field: @fieldsThe %field_type_label field type is used in the following fields: @fields','','8.9.18'),(7878,'File MIME Type','','none'),(7879,'Hypermedia APIs are a style of Web API that uses URIs to identify resources and the <a href=\"http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Link_relation\">link relations</a> between them, enabling API consumers to follow links to discover API functionality.','','none'),(7880,'This module is experimental. <a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),(7881,'You can also configure a minimum and/or maximum resolution for uploaded images. Images that are too small will be rejected. Images that are to large will be resized. During the resizing the <a href=\"http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format\">EXIF data</a> in the image will be lost.','','none'),(7882,'The maximum allowed image size expressed as WIDTH×HEIGHT (e.g. 640×480). Leave blank for no restriction. If a larger image is uploaded, it will be resized to reflect the given width and height. Resizing images on upload will cause the loss of <a href=\"http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format\">EXIF data</a> in the image.','','none'),(7883,'The Language module allows you to configure the languages used on your site, and provides information for the <a href=\":content\">Content Translation</a>, <a href=\":interface\">Interface Translation</a>, and <a href=\":configuration\">Configuration Translation</a> modules, if they are enabled. For more information, see the <a href=\":doc_url\">online documentation for the Language module</a>.','','none'),(7884,'The domain names to use for these languages. <strong>Modifying this value may break existing URLs. Use with caution in a production environment.</strong> Example: Specifying \"de.example.com\" as language domain for German will result in a URL like \"http://de.example.com/contact\".','','none'),(7885,'URL query key value pairs','','none'),(7886,'URL fragment','','none'),(7887,'Operation stopped by request','','none'),(7888,'Operation on @migration failed','','none'),(7889,'Operation on @migration skipped due to unfulfilled dependencies','','none'),(7890,'Currently upgrading @migration (@current of @max total tasks)','','none'),(7891,'Upgrade process not completed','','none'),(7892,'Congratulations, you upgraded Drupal!','','none'),(7893,'Review the detailed upgrade log','','none'),(7894,'Source ID @source_id: @message','','none'),(7895,'Completed 1 upgrade task successfullyCompleted @count upgrade tasks successfully','','none'),(7896,'1 upgrade failed@count upgrades failed','','none'),(7897,'Put this site into <a href=\":url\">maintenance mode</a>.','','none'),(7898,'Source database','','none'),(7899,'Provide credentials for the database of the Drupal site you want to upgrade.','','none'),(7900,'Source files','','none'),(7901,'Review upgrade','','none'),(7902,'Perform upgrade','','none'),(7903,'Running upgrade','','none'),(7904,'Control which roles can \"View the administration theme\" on the <a href=\":permissions\">Permissions page</a>.','','8.9.18'),(7905,'Create and manage fields, forms, and display settings for your content.','','8.9.18'),(7906,'The language code of the URL alias.','','none'),(7907,'The Syslog module logs events by sending messages to the logging facility of your web server\'s operating system. Syslog is an operating system administrative logging tool that provides valuable information for use in system management and security auditing. Most suited to medium and large sites, Syslog provides filtering tools that allow messages to be routed by type and severity. For more information, see the <a href=\":syslog\">online documentation for the Syslog module</a>, as well as PHP\'s documentation pages for the <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.openlog.php\">openlog</a> and <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/function.syslog.php\">syslog</a> functions.','','none'),(7908,'Experimental modules found: %module_list. <a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),(7909,'PHP OPcode caching can improve your site\'s performance considerably. It is <strong>highly recommended</strong> to have <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/opcache.installation.php\" target=\"_blank\">OPcache</a> installed on your server.','','none'),(7910,'Protection disabled','','none'),(7911,'Experimental modules','','none'),(7912,'Are you sure you wish to enable experimental modules?','','none'),(7913,'<a href=\":url\">Experimental modules</a> are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),(7914,'The following modules are experimental: @modules','','none'),(7915,'The GD Library for PHP is enabled, but was compiled without support for functions used by the rotate and desaturate effects. It was probably compiled using the official GD libraries from http://www.libgd.org instead of the GD library bundled with PHP. You should recompile PHP --with-gd using the bundled GD library. See <a href=\"http://php.net/manual/book.image.php\">the PHP manual</a>.','','none'),(7916,'The vocabulary name.','','none'),(7917,'Name (autocomplete)','','none'),(7918,'The user or author name. Uses an autocomplete widget to find a user name, the actual filter uses the resulting user ID.','','none'),(7919,'When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter value. Do not use this unless with Postgres as it uses case sensitive comparisons.','','none'),(7920,'Specify which display or custom URL this display will link to.','','none'),(7921,'This will add a more link to the bottom of this view, which will link to the page view. If you have more than one page view, the link will point to the display specified in \'Link display\' section under pager. You can override the URL at the link display setting.','','none'),(7922,'When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter value.','','none'),(7923,'This will appear in the URL after the ? to identify this filter. Cannot be blank. Only letters, digits and the dot (\".\"), hyphen (\"-\"), underscore (\"_\"), and tilde (\"~\") characters are allowed.','','none'),(7924,'This identifier has illegal characters.','','none'),(7925,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML URL attribute for each row.','','none'),(7926,'[user:display-name],\n\nYour account on [site:name] has been blocked.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(7927,'workspace','','none'),(7928,'Activate Workspace','','none'),(7929,'Would you like to activate the %workspace workspace?','','none'),(7930,'The workspace name.','','none'),(7931,'The workspace owner.','','none'),(7932,'The time that the workspace was last edited.','','none'),(7933,'The user ID of the user on which the log entry was written.','','none'),(7934,'Bundle assigned to the auto-created entities.','','none'),(7935,'Add a new @entity_type.','','none'),(7936,'There is no @entity_type yet. @add_link','','none'),(7937,'Store new items in','','none'),(7938,'Users with the <em>Administer blocks</em> permission can create and edit custom block types with fields and display settings, from the <a href=\":types\">Block types</a> page in the Custom block library. For more information about managing fields and display settings, see the <a href=\":field-ui\">Field UI module help</a>.','','none'),(7939,'Users with the <em>Administer blocks</em> permission can create, edit, and delete custom blocks of each defined custom block type, from the <a href=\":block-library\">Blocks</a> page in the Custom block library. After creating a block, place it in a region from the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout</a> page; see the <a href=\":block_help\">Block module help</a> for more information about placing blocks.','','none'),(7940,'Blocks in the block library belong to <a href=\":types\">Custom block types</a>, each with its own fields and display settings. After creating a block, place it in a region from the <a href=\":blocks\">Block layout</a> page.','','8.9.18'),(7941,'Each block type has its own fields and display settings. Create blocks of each type on the <a href=\":block-library\">Blocks</a> page in the custom block library.','','8.9.18'),(7942,'Describe this comment type. The text will be displayed on the <em>Comment types</em> administration overview page.','','none'),(7943,'For more information, refer to the help listed on this page or to the <a href=\":docs\">online documentation</a> and <a href=\":support\">support</a> pages at <a href=\":drupal\">drupal.org</a>.','','none'),(7944,'There is currently nothing in this section.','','none'),(7945,'Module overviews','','none'),(7946,'Module overviews are provided by modules. Overviews available for your installed modules:','','none'),(7947,'A serialized array of options to set on the URL, such as a query string or HTML attributes.','','none'),(7948,'Source database does not contain a recognizable Drupal version.','','none'),(7949,'The System module provides pages for managing basic site configuration, including <a href=\":date-time-settings\">Date and time formats</a> and <a href=\":site-info\">Basic site settings</a> (site name, email address to send mail from, home page, and error pages). Additional configuration pages are listed on the main <a href=\":config\">Configuration page</a>.','','none'),(7950,'Basic site settings','','8.9.18'),(7951,'Select and configure themes.','','8.9.18'),(7952,'Configure the location of uploaded files and how they are accessed.','','8.9.18'),(7953,'Configure the site description, the number of items per feed, and whether feeds should be titles/teasers/full-text.','','8.9.18'),(7954,'Configure and use development tools.','','8.9.18'),(7955,'Take the site offline for updates and other maintenance tasks.','','8.9.18'),(7956,'Configure caching and bandwidth optimization.','','8.9.18'),(7957,'Configure the display of error messages and database logging.','','8.9.18'),(7958,'Configure regional settings, localization, and translation.','','8.9.18'),(7959,'Configure the locale and timezone settings.','','8.9.18'),(7960,'Configure how dates and times are displayed.','','8.9.18'),(7961,'Configure site search, metadata, and search engine optimization.','','8.9.18'),(7962,'Configure basic site settings, actions, and cron.','','8.9.18'),(7963,'Configure the administrative user interface.','','8.9.18'),(7964,'Manage the content workflow.','','8.9.18'),(7965,'Configure content formatting and authoring.','','8.9.18'),(7966,'Get a status report about your site\'s operation.','','8.9.18'),(7967,'Tours','','none'),(7968,'Tours guide you through workflows or explain concepts on various user interface pages. The tours with links in this list are on user interface landing pages; the tours without links will show on individual pages (such as when editing a View using the Views UI module). Available tours:','','none'),(7969,'@label (Original translation) - <em>The following translations will be deleted:</em>','','none'),(7970,'Delete @entity_type','','none'),(7971,'View the latest version','','8.9.18'),(7972,'@count @label@count @label entities','Entity type label','none'),(7973,'Changed year + month','','none'),(7974,'Changed year','','none'),(7975,'Changed month','','none'),(7976,'Changed day','','none'),(7977,'Changed week','','none'),(7978,'content items','','none'),(7979,'Create a new workspace','','none'),(7980,'View own workspace','','none'),(7981,'View any workspace','','none'),(7982,'Edit own workspace','','none'),(7983,'Edit any workspace','','none'),(7984,'Delete own workspace','','none'),(7985,'Delete any workspace','','none'),(7986,'Bypass content entity access in own workspace','','none'),(7987,'Allow all Edit/Update/Delete permissions for all content entities in a workspace owned by the user.','','none'),(7988,'Is Latest Revision','','none'),(7989,'Restrict the view to only revisions that are the latest revision of their entity.','','none'),(7990,'Sends pages using the BigPipe technique that allows browsers to show them much faster.','','8.9.18'),(7991,'The Migrate Drupal UI module has been enabled. Proceed to the <a href=\":url\">upgrade form</a>.','','none'),(7992,'Migrate Drupal UI','','none'),(7993,'Provides a user interface for migrating from older Drupal versions.','','8.9.18'),(7994,'Queue thumbnail downloads','','none'),(7995,'Deleted @count media translations.','','none'),(7996,'Save media','','8.9.18'),(7997,'Thumbnail downloader','','none'),(7998,'Parent path','','none'),(7999,'Selected combination of day and month is not valid.','','none'),(8000,'Another user (%other_user) is already logged into the site on this computer, but you tried to use a one-time link for user %resetting_user. Please <a href=\":logout\">log out</a> and try using the link again.','','none'),(8001,'The import failed with the following message: %message','','none'),(8002,'Use multiple @tag tags, each with a single source.','','none'),(8003,'Use multiple sources within a single @tag tag.','','none'),(8004,'Size: %width x %height pixels','','none'),(8005,'Numeric values from the statistics module','','none'),(8006,'The most recent time the node has been viewed','','none'),(8007,'Publish media','','8.9.18'),(8008,'Unpublish media','','8.9.18'),(8009,'The specified file %file could not be moved/copied because no file by that name exists. Please check that you supplied the correct filename.','','none'),(8010,'The specified file %file could not be moved/copied because the destination directory is not properly configured. This may be caused by a problem with file or directory permissions. More information is available in the system log.','','none'),(8011,'The file %file could not be moved/copied because a file by that name already exists in the destination directory.','','none'),(8012,'The specified file %file was not moved/copied because it would overwrite itself.','','none'),(8013,'File %file (%realpath) could not be moved/copied because it does not exist.','','none'),(8014,'File %file could not be moved/copied because it does not exist.','','none'),(8015,'File %file could not be moved/copied because the destination directory %destination is not configured correctly.','','none'),(8016,'File %file could not be moved/copied because a file by that name already exists in the destination directory (%destination)','','none'),(8017,'File %file could not be moved/copied because it would overwrite itself.','','none'),(8018,'Determines if a password needs hashing','','none'),(8019,'There is @count entity with @delta or more values in this field.There are @count entities with @delta or more values in this field.','','none'),(8020,'The upload directory %directory for the file field %name could not be created or is not accessible. A newly uploaded file could not be saved in this directory as a consequence, and the upload was canceled.','','none'),(8021,'Multilingual support.','','none'),(8022,'Lock language.','','none'),(8023,'%type: @message in %function (line %line of %file) @backtrace_string.','','none'),(8024,'Starting execution of @module_cron().','','none'),(8025,'Starting execution of @module_cron(), execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time.','','none'),(8026,'Execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time.','','none'),(8027,'There is content for the entity type: @entity_type. <a href=\":url\">Remove @entity_type_plural</a>.','','8.9.18'),(8028,'Exit Place block mode.','','none'),(8029,'Show regions to Place blocks.','','none'),(8030,'Place Blocks','','none'),(8031,'Page with blocks and place block buttons','','none'),(8032,'The book page node.','','none'),(8033,'Book Parent','','none'),(8034,'Page has Children','','none'),(8035,'Flag indicating whether this book page has children','','none'),(8036,'Has Children','','none'),(8037,'1st parent','','none'),(8038,'2nd parent','','none'),(8039,'3rd parent','','none'),(8040,'4th parent','','none'),(8041,'5th parent','','none'),(8042,'6th parent','','none'),(8043,'7th parent','','none'),(8044,'8th parent','','none'),(8045,'9th parent','','none'),(8046,'The @parent of book node.','','none'),(8047,'Book @parent','','none'),(8048,'Add content and child pages to books and manage their hierarchies.','','none'),(8049,'Top Level Book from current node','','none'),(8050,'Each style must have a unique label.','','none'),(8051,'View display \'@id\': Comment field formatter \'@name\' was disabled because it is using the comment view display \'@display\' (@mode) that was just disabled.','','none'),(8052,'No entity view display updated.','','none'),(8053,'1 entity display updated: @displays.@count entity displays updated: @displays.','','none'),(8054,'The comment entity view mode to be used in this formatter','','none'),(8055,'Comments view mode','','none'),(8056,'Select the view mode used to show the list of comments.','','none'),(8057,'Comment view mode: @mode','','none'),(8058,'Configuration directory: %type','','none'),(8059,'@name: @langcode','','none'),(8060,'The configuration objects have different language codes so they cannot be translated:','','none'),(8061,'Message displayed to user on submission','','none'),(8062,'Redirect path on submission','','none'),(8063,'The message to display to the user after submission of this form. Leave blank for no message.','','8.9.18'),(8064,'Path to redirect the user to after submission of this form. For example, type \"/about\" to redirect to that page. Use a relative path with a slash in front.','','8.9.18'),(8065,'The path should start with /.','','none'),(8066,'Use custom display settings for the following @display_context modes','','8.9.18'),(8067,'Manage form modes','','8.9.18'),(8068,'Storing files','','none'),(8069,'Let scale make images larger than their original size.','','none'),(8070,'To import files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot), or your site address (for example http://example.com).','','none'),(8071,'Use administration theme when editing or creating content','','none'),(8072,'Set as current revision','','none'),(8073,'Specify an alternative path by which this data can be accessed. For example, type \"/about\" when writing an about page.','','8.9.18'),(8074,'Administer REST resource configuration','','8.9.18'),(8075,'Whether the pre Drupal 8.2.x behavior of having permissions for EntityResource is enabled or not.','','none'),(8076,'Supported methods','','none'),(8077,'Supported authentication providers','','none'),(8078,'REST resource config','','none'),(8079,'REST resource config ID','','none'),(8080,'REST resource plugin id','','none'),(8081,'REST resource configuration granularity','','none'),(8082,'REST resource configuration','','8.9.18'),(8083,'Authentication Provider','','none'),(8084,'No authentication is set','','none'),(8085,'The supported authentication methods for this view','','none'),(8086,'Control default display settings for your site, across all themes. Use theme-specific settings to override these defaults.','','none'),(8087,'administration theme','','8.9.18'),(8088,'Are you sure you want to delete all @entity_type_plural?','','none'),(8089,'This action cannot be undone.<br />Make a backup of your database if you want to be able to restore these items.','','none'),(8090,'Delete all @entity_type_plural','','none'),(8091,'There are 0 @entity_type_plural to delete.','','none'),(8092,'Deleting @entity_type_plural','','none'),(8093,'Deleting items... Completed @percentage% (@current of @total).','','none'),(8094,'All @entity_type_plural have been deleted.','','none'),(8095,'And <strong>@count</strong> more @entity_type_singular.And <strong>@count</strong> more @entity_type_plural.','','none'),(8096,'This will delete <strong>@count</strong> @entity_type_singular.This will delete <strong>@count</strong> @entity_type_plural.','','none'),(8097,'Page element display','','8.9.18'),(8098,'Use the logo supplied by the theme','','8.9.18'),(8099,'Your shortcut icon, or favicon, is displayed in the address bar and bookmarks of most browsers.','','8.9.18'),(8100,'Use the favicon supplied by the theme','','8.9.18'),(8101,'Upload favicon image','','8.9.18'),(8102,'Apply to selected items','','8.9.18'),(8103,'Access tours','','8.9.18'),(8104,'Recommendations to make your password stronger:','','8.9.18'),(8105,'Unrecognized username or password. <a href=\":password\">Forgot your password?</a>','','none'),(8106,'Combine multiple fields together and search by them.','','none'),(8107,'Field %field set in %filter is not set in display %display.','','none'),(8108,'%display: %filter can only be used on displays that use fields. Set the style or row format for that display to one using fields to use the combine field filter.','','none'),(8109,'A label is required for the specified operator.','','none'),(8110,'A label is required if the value for this item is defined.','','none'),(8111,'A value is required if the label for this item is defined.','','none'),(8112,'Leave empty to show all pages.','','none'),(8113,'Add the default row classes like @classes to the output. You can use this to quickly reduce the amount of markup the view provides by default, at the cost of making it more difficult to apply CSS.','','none'),(8114,'Views can be created from the <a href=\":list\">Views list page</a> by using the \"Add view\" action. Existing views can be managed from the <a href=\":list\">Views list page</a> by locating the view in the \"Enabled\" or \"Disabled\" list and selecting the desired operation action, for example \"Edit\".','','none'),(8115,'responsive image styles','','none'),(8116,'The Place Blocks module allows you to place blocks from every page. For more information, see the <a href=\":blocks-documentation\">online documentation for the Place Blocks module</a>.','','none'),(8117,'Status listing and form for the entity\'s moderation state.','','none'),(8118,'The username of the entity creator.','','none'),(8119,'The moderation state of the referenced content.','','none'),(8120,'Content entity type ID','','8.9.18'),(8121,'The ID of the content entity type this moderation state is for.','','none'),(8122,'Content entity ID','','8.9.18'),(8123,'The ID of the content entity this moderation state is for.','','none'),(8124,'Content entity revision ID','','8.9.18'),(8125,'The revision ID of the content entity this moderation state is for.','','none'),(8126,'Content moderation state','','8.9.18'),(8127,'content moderation state','','none'),(8128,'content moderation states','','none'),(8129,'Invalid state transition from %from to %to','','none'),(8130,'An automated attempt to create the directory %directory failed, possibly due to a permissions problem. To proceed with the installation, either create the directory and modify its permissions manually or ensure that the installer has the permissions to create it automatically. For more information, see INSTALL.txt or the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online handbook</a>.','','none'),(8131,'The Datetime Range module provides a Date field that stores start dates and times, as well as end dates and times. See the <a href=\":field\">Field module help</a> and the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI module help</a> pages for general information on fields and how to create and manage them. For more information, see the <a href=\":datetime_do\">online documentation for the Datetime Range module</a>.','','none'),(8132,'Datetime Range','','none'),(8133,'Provides the ability to store end dates.','','8.9.18'),(8134,'Date range settings','','none'),(8135,'Default start date type','','none'),(8136,'Default start date value','','none'),(8137,'Default end date type','','none'),(8138,'Default end date value','','none'),(8139,'Date range default display format settings','','none'),(8140,'Date range plain display format settings','','none'),(8141,'Date range custom display format settings','','none'),(8142,'Date range select list display format settings','','none'),(8143,'Date separator','','none'),(8144,'The string to separate the start and end dates','','none'),(8145,'Separator: %separator','','none'),(8146,'Default start date','','none'),(8147,'Set a default value for the start date.','','none'),(8148,'Set a default value for the end date.','','none'),(8149,'The relative start date value entered is invalid.','','none'),(8150,'The relative end date value entered is invalid.','','none'),(8151,'Start date value','','none'),(8152,'Computed start date','','none'),(8153,'The computed start DateTime object.','','none'),(8154,'End date value','','none'),(8155,'Computed end date','','none'),(8156,'The computed end DateTime object.','','none'),(8157,'Create and store date ranges.','','none'),(8158,'Date and time range','','none'),(8159,'The @title end date cannot be before the start date','','none'),(8160,'Log data is corrupted and cannot be unserialized: @message','','none'),(8161,'PHPUnit dependency','','none'),(8162,'- Skip field -','','none'),(8163,'Administrators can add, edit, and delete feeds, and choose how often to check each feed for newly updated items on the <a href=\":feededit\">Aggregator administration page</a>.','','none'),(8164,'Administrators can choose how many items are displayed in the listing pages, which HTML tags are allowed in the content of feed items, and whether they should be trimmed to a maximum number of characters on the <a href=\":settings\">Aggregator settings page</a>.','','none'),(8165,'Administrators can choose whether to discard feed items that are older than a specified period of time on the <a href=\":settings\">Aggregator settings page</a>. This requires a correctly configured cron maintenance task (see below).','','none'),(8166,'<span class=\"visually-hidden\">Place block in the %region region</span>','','none'),(8167,'Settings Tray','','none'),(8168,'Save @block','','none'),(8169,'Specify pages by using their paths. Enter one path per line. The \'*\' character is a wildcard. An example path is %user-wildcard for every user page. %front is the front page.','','8.9.18'),(8170,'Configure Content Moderation permissions','','none'),(8171,'Upgraded @migration (processed 1 item total)Upgraded @migration (processed @count items total)','','none'),(8172,'Continuing with @migration (processed 1 item)Continuing with @migration (processed @count items)','','none'),(8173,'IIS httpoxy protection','','none'),(8174,'Your PHP runtime version is affected by the httpoxy vulnerability.','','none'),(8175,'Either update your PHP runtime version or uncomment the \"Erase HTTP_PROXY\" rule in your web.config file and add HTTP_PROXY to the allowed headers list. See more details in the <a href=\":link\">security advisory</a>.','','none'),(8176,'Provides a way for modules or themes to register layouts.','','8.9.18'),(8177,'Block placement is specific to each theme on your site. This module allows you to place blocks in the context of your content pages.','','none'),(8178,'Error sending auto-reply, missing sender e-mail address in %contact_form','','none'),(8179,'random between -@degrees° and @degrees°','','none'),(8180,'The config object collection.','','none'),(8181,'The config object name.','','none'),(8182,'Serialized configuration object data.','','none'),(8183,'Testing missing dependencies','','none'),(8184,'Minimal profile for running a test when dependencies are listed but missing.','','none'),(8185,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Add languages\" feature, you can continue by:<ul><li>Adding a language</li><li>Adding a custom language</li><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Viewing configured languages</a></li></ul></p>','','8.9.18'),(8186,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Edit language\" feature, you can continue by:<ul><li>Editing a language</li><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Viewing configured languages</a></li></ul></p>','','8.9.18'),(8187,'<p>Now that you have an overview of the \"Languages\" page, you can continue by:<ul><li><a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language/add\">Adding a language</a></li><li>Reordering languages</li><li>Editing a language</li><li>Deleting a language</li></ul></p>','','8.9.18'),(8188,'This page allows you to translate the user interface or modify existing translations. If you have installed your site initially in English, you must first add another language on the <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/language\">Languages page</a>, in order to use this page.','','8.9.18'),(8189,'The translations you have made here will be used on your site\'s user interface. If you want to use them on another site or modify them on an external translation editor, you can <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/translate/export\">export them</a> to a .po file and <a href=\"[site:url]admin/config/regional/translate/import\">import them</a> later.','','8.9.18'),(8190,'Find and manage media.','','8.9.18'),(8191,'Media thumbnail field display format settings','','none'),(8192,'Media source','','none'),(8193,'Region: @region','','none'),(8194,'The field ID.','','none'),(8195,'Last upgrade: @date','','none'),(8196,'Your server is capable of displaying file upload progress, but does not have the required libraries. It is recommended to install the <a href=\"http://pecl.php.net/package/uploadprogress\">PECL uploadprogress library</a>.','','8.9.18'),(8197,'Is front page','','none'),(8198,'A boolean indicating the published state.','','none'),(8199,'Install profile mismatch','','none'),(8200,'The selected profile %profile does not match the install_profile setting, which is %settings_profile. Cannot write updated setting to %settings_file.','','none'),(8201,'Recipient email address','','none'),(8202,'You may also use tokens: [node:author:mail], [comment:author:mail], etc. Separate recipients with a comma.','','none'),(8203,'The Aggregator module requires the <a href=\"https://secure.php.net/manual/en/curl.setup.php\">PHP cURL library</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/requirements/php/curl\">online information on installing the PHP cURL extension</a>.','','none'),(8204,'@label (disabled)','','8.9.18'),(8205,'Are you sure you want to remove the @entity-type %label?','','8.9.18'),(8206,'The @entity-type %label has been removed.','','8.9.18'),(8207,'comment types','','none'),(8208,'Preview sender message','','none'),(8209,'The workflow the moderation state is in.','','none'),(8210,'@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not be directly published.','','none'),(8211,'@bundle @label were skipped as they are under moderation and may not be directly unpublished.','','none'),(8212,'The Field Layout module allows you to arrange fields into regions on forms and displays of entities such as nodes and users.','','none'),(8213,'For more information, see the <a href=\":field-layout-documentation\">online documentation for the Field Layout module</a>.','','none'),(8214,'Field Layout','','none'),(8215,'Per-view-mode field layout settings','','none'),(8216,'Image URL formatter settings','','none'),(8217,'Drop file here or click to upload','','none'),(8218,'Uploading <i>@file</i>…','','none'),(8219,'A server error has occurred.','','none'),(8220,'The destination directory could not be created.','','none'),(8221,'The image failed validation.','','none'),(8222,'Layout Discovery allows modules or themes to register layouts, and for other modules to list the available layouts and render them.','','none'),(8223,'For more information, see the <a href=\":layout-discovery-documentation\">online documentation for the Layout Discovery module</a>.','','none'),(8224,'Layout Discovery cannot be installed because the Layout Plugin module is installed and incompatible.','','none'),(8225,'Layout Discovery','','none'),(8226,'Exited edit mode.','','none'),(8227,'RDF mapping item','','none'),(8228,'RDF mappings items','','none'),(8229,'The fallback image style is typically the smallest size image you expect to appear in this space. Because the responsive images module uses the Picturefill library so that responsive images can work in older browsers, the fallback image should only appear on a site if an error occurs.','','none'),(8230,'While you have the option to provide only one image style per breakpoint, the sizes option allows you to provide more options to browsers as to which image file it can display, even when using multiple breakpoints for art direction. Breakpoints are defined in the configuration files of the theme.','','none'),(8231,'Once the sizes option is selected, you can let the browser know the size of this image in relation to the site layout, using the <em>Sizes</em> field. For a hero image that always fills the entire screen, you could simply enter 100vw, which means 100% of the viewport width. For an image that fills 90% of the screen for small viewports, but only fills 40% of the screen when the viewport is larger than 40em (typically 640px), you could enter \"(min-width: 40em) 40vw, 90vw\" in the Sizes field. The last item in the comma-separated list is the smallest viewport size: other items in the comma-separated list should have a media condition paired with an image width. <em>Media conditions</em> are similar to a media query, often a min-width paired with a viewport width using em or px units: e.g. (min-width: 640px) or (min-width: 40em). This is paired with the <em>image width</em> at that viewport size using px, em or vw units. The vw unit is viewport width and is used instead of a percentage because the percentage always refers to the width of the entire viewport.','','none'),(8232,'These are the supported authentication providers for this view. When this view is requested, the client will be forced to authenticate with one of the selected providers. Make sure you set the appropriate requirements at the <em>Access</em> section since the Authentication System will fallback to the anonymous user if it fails to authenticate. For example: require Access: Role | Authenticated User.','','none'),(8233,'Serialization settings','','none'),(8234,'The testing framework requires the <a href=\"https://secure.php.net/manual/en/curl.setup.php\">PHP cURL library</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/requirements/php/curl\">online information on installing the PHP cURL extension</a>.','','none'),(8235,'Random number generation','','8.9.18'),(8236,'Drupal is unable to generate highly randomized numbers, which means certain security features like password reset URLs are not as secure as they should be. Instead, only a slow, less-secure fallback generator is available. The most likely cause is that open_basedir restrictions are in effect and /dev/urandom is not on the whitelist. See the <a href=\":drupal-php\">system requirements</a> page for more information. %exception_message','','none'),(8237,'Drupal is unable to generate highly randomized numbers, which means certain security features like password reset URLs are not as secure as they should be. Instead, only a slow, less-secure fallback generator is available. See the <a href=\":drupal-php\">system requirements</a> page for more information. %exception_message','','none'),(8238,'Less secure','','none'),(8239,'Detailed cron logging','','8.9.18'),(8240,'Visitors will only see the maintenance mode message. Only users with the \"@permission-label\" <a href=\":permissions-url\">permission</a> will be able to access the site. Authorized users can log in directly via the <a href=\":user-login\">user login</a> page.','','none'),(8241,'Initial visibility level','','none'),(8242,'The menu is only visible if the menu item for the current page is at this level or below it. Use level 1 to always display this menu.','','none'),(8243,'Number of levels to display','','none'),(8244,'This maximum number includes the initial level.','','none'),(8245,'Text editors (like CKEditor) may override this setting.','','8.9.18'),(8246,'Base default argument','','none'),(8247,'Filter by view name, machine name, description, or display path','','8.9.18'),(8248,'Enter a part of the view name, machine name, description, or display path to filter by.','','8.9.18'),(8249,'The Workflows module provides a UI and an API for creating workflows content. This lets site admins define workflows and their states, and then define transitions between those states. For more information, see the <a href=\":workflow\">online documentation for the Workflows module</a>.','','none'),(8250,'Configure workflows.','','8.9.18'),(8251,'Create and edit workflows.','','8.9.18'),(8252,'Edit state','','none'),(8253,'Edit transition','','none'),(8254,'From state IDs','','none'),(8255,'From state ID','','none'),(8256,'To state ID','','none'),(8257,'Created the %label Workflow. In order for the workflow to be enabled there needs to be at least one state.','','none'),(8258,'Workflow %label deleted.','','none'),(8259,'There are no states yet.','','none'),(8260,'This workflow has no states and will be disabled until there is at least one, <a href=\":add-state\">add a new state.</a>','','none'),(8261,'Add a new state','','none'),(8262,'There are no transitions yet.','','none'),(8263,'Add a new transition','','none'),(8264,'Saved the %label Workflow.','','none'),(8265,'Created %label state.','','none'),(8266,'Are you sure you want to delete %state from %workflow?','','none'),(8267,'State %label deleted.','','none'),(8268,'Saved %label state.','','none'),(8269,'The transition from %from to %to already exists.','','none'),(8270,'Created %label transition.','','none'),(8271,'Are you sure you want to delete %transition from %workflow?','','none'),(8272,'%transition transition deleted.','','none'),(8273,'Saved %label transition.','','none'),(8274,'Embed media','','none'),(8275,'Warnings found','','8.9.18'),(8276,'Errors found','','8.9.18'),(8277,'Profile field ID.','','none'),(8278,'Locales target language ID.','','none'),(8279,'Language for this field.','','none'),(8280,'Translation of either the title or explanation.','','none'),(8281,'Windows installation depth','','none'),(8282,'The public files directory path is %depth characters. Paths longer than 120 characters will cause problems on Windows.','','none'),(8283,'General System Information','','8.9.18'),(8284,'Created the %label Workflow.','','none'),(8285,'There are no transitions to or from this state yet.','','none'),(8286,'HAL settings','','none'),(8287,'The Migrate Drupal UI module provides a simple user interface to perform an upgrade from an earlier version of Drupal. For more information, see the <a href=\":migrate\">online documentation for the Migrate Drupal UI module</a>.','','none'),(8288,'Preparing the site','','none'),(8289,'You need to enable all modules on this site that are enabled on the previous site. For example, if you have used the Book module on the previous site then you must enable the Book module on this site for that data to be available on this site.','','none'),(8290,'Performing the upgrade','','none'),(8291,'On the <a href=\":upgrade\">Upgrade</a> page, you are guided through performing the upgrade in several steps.','','none'),(8292,'You need to enter the database credentials of the Drupal site that you want to upgrade. You can also include its files directory in the upgrade.','','none'),(8293,'Lastly, a message is displayed about the number of upgrade tasks that were successful or failed.','','none'),(8294,'Reviewing the upgrade log','','none'),(8295,'You can review a <a href=\":log\">log of upgrade messages</a> by clicking the link in the message provided after the upgrade or by filtering the messages for the type <em>migrate_drupal_ui</em> on the <a href=\":messages\">Recent log messages</a> page.','','none'),(8296,'Rolling back an upgrade','','none'),(8297,'Rolling back an upgrade is not yet supported through the user interface.','','none'),(8298,'Serialized data types','','8.9.18'),(8299,'The Serialization API is configured to output only string values for REST and other applications (instead of integers or Booleans when appropriate). <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/node/2837696\">Disabling this backwards compatibility mode</a> is recommended unless your sites or applications require string output.','','none'),(8300,'The Serialization API is configured with the recommended default and outputs typed values (integers, Booleans, or strings as appropriate) for REST and other applications. If your site or applications require string output, you can <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/node/2837696\">enable backwards compatibility mode</a>.','','8.9.18'),(8301,'The REST API will no longer output all values as strings. Integers/booleans will be used where appropriate. If your site depends on these value being strings, <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/node/2837696\">read the change record to learn how to enable the BC mode.</a>','','none'),(8302,'Whether to retain pre Drupal 8.3 behavior of serializing all primitive items as strings.','','none'),(8303,'An intentionally plain theme with no styling to demonstrate default Drupal’s HTML and CSS. Learn how to build a custom theme from Stark in the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/theming\">Theming Guide</a>.','','8.9.18'),(8304,'A base theme with sensible default CSS classes added. Learn how to use Classy as a base theme in the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/theming\">Drupal 8 Theming Guide</a>.','','none'),(8305,'There are no @label yet.','','8.9.18'),(8306,'Merge content','','none'),(8307,'Upgrade log','','none'),(8308,'Upgrade content and configuration from either a Drupal 6 or a Drupal 7 site.','','none'),(8309,'View the upgrade log.','','none'),(8310,'Quick edit settings','','none'),(8311,'TRACE method settings','','none'),(8312,'OPTIONS method settings','','none'),(8313,'CONNECT method settings','','none'),(8314,'Theme settings variable for a theme.','','none'),(8315,'The theme settings variable value.','','none'),(8316,'Your server does not support updating modules and themes from this interface. Instead, update modules and themes by uploading the new versions directly to the server, as documented in <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal 8</a>.','','none'),(8317,'Your server does not support installing modules and themes from this interface. Instead, install modules and themes by uploading them directly to the server, as documented in <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal 8</a>.','','none'),(8318,'Updating modules and themes requires <strong>@backends access</strong> to your server. See <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal 8</a> for other update methods.Updating modules and themes requires access to your server via one of the following methods: <strong>@backends</strong>. See <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal 8</a> for other update methods.','','none'),(8319,'Installing modules and themes requires <strong>@backends access</strong> to your server. See <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal 8</a> for other installation methods.Installing modules and themes requires access to your server via one of the following methods: <strong>@backends</strong>. See <a href=\":doc_url\">Extending Drupal 8</a> for other installation methods.','','none'),(8320,'The user ID of the author.','','none'),(8321,'Object type for this string','','none'),(8322,'Drupal version of the source site','','none'),(8323,'To import public files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot), or your site address (for example http://example.com).','','none'),(8324,'To import private files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot).','','none'),(8325,'Source database is Drupal version @version but version @selected was selected.','','none'),(8326,'The term language.','','none'),(8327,'Translation ID.','','none'),(8328,'Name of property being translated.','','none'),(8329,'Featured Articles','','none'),(8330,'Advanced block options','','none'),(8331,'The %field date is incomplete.','','none'),(8332,'Include locked languages such as <em>Not specified</em> and <em>Not applicable</em>','','none'),(8333,'Universally Unique Identifier','Validation','none'),(8334,'1 block is available in the modified list.@count blocks are available in the modified list.','','8.9.18'),(8335,'The Custom Block module allows you to create and manage custom <em>block types</em> and <em>content-containing blocks</em> from the <a href=\":block-library\">Custom block library</a> page. Custom block types have fields; see the <a href=\":field-help\">Field module help</a> for more information. Once created, custom blocks can be placed in regions just like blocks provided by other modules; see the <a href=\":blocks\">Block module help</a> page for details. For more information, see the <a href=\":online-help\">online documentation for the Custom Block module</a>.','','none'),(8336,'Book outline.','Validation','none'),(8337,'You can only change the book outline for the <em>published</em> version of this content.','','none'),(8338,'Delete comment configuration','','none'),(8339,'Comment bulk form','','none'),(8340,'Commented entity','','none'),(8341,'Comment operations bulk form','','none'),(8342,'Add a form element that lets you run operations on multiple comments.','','none'),(8343,'Are you sure you want to delete this comment and all its children?Are you sure you want to delete these comments and all their children?','','none'),(8344,'Comment Permalink','','none'),(8345,'The moderation state @state_label is being used, but is not in the source storage.','','none'),(8346,'The workflow @workflow_label is being used, and cannot be deleted.','','none'),(8347,'All @entity_type types','','none'),(8348,'All @entity_type_plural_label','','none'),(8349,'This workflow applies to:','','none'),(8350,'There are no entity types.','','none'),(8351,'@bundle types','','none'),(8352,'State %state does not exist on %workflow workflow','','none'),(8353,'Datetime format valid for datetime type.','Validation','none'),(8354,'The watchdog view has been created.','','none'),(8355,'The watchdog view already exists and was not replaced. To replace the \'Recent log messages\' with a view, rename the watchdog view and uninstall and install the \'Database Log\' module','','none'),(8356,'The field type.','','none'),(8357,'The field status.','','none'),(8358,'The field storage type.','','none'),(8359,'The module that implements the field storage type.','','none'),(8360,'The field storage status.','','none'),(8361,'The field data.','','none'),(8362,'The field instances.','','none'),(8363,'This field cardinality is set to unlimited and cannot be configured.','','none'),(8364,'This field cardinality is set to @cardinality and cannot be configured.','','none'),(8365,'Files that have no remaining usages are no longer deleted by default.','','none'),(8366,'Controls if unused files should be marked temporary','','none'),(8367,'Could not apply @style image style to @uri because the style does not support it.','','none'),(8368,'The Inline Form Errors module makes it easier for users to identify which errors need to be resolved by providing a summary of all errors and by placing the individual error messages next to the form elements themselves. For more information, see the <a href=\":inline_form_error\">online documentation for the Inline Form Errors module</a>.','','none'),(8369,'Displaying error messages','','none'),(8370,'When a form is not filled in correctly (for example, if a required field is left blank), a warning message is displayed at the top of the form. This message links to the affected form elements, and individual error messages are displayed next to each form element.','','none'),(8371,'Displaying error messages in browsers with HTML5 form validation','','none'),(8372,'In browsers that support HTML5 form validation, users will first see the error messages generated by their browser. In this case, the inline form error messages are only displayed after the HTML5 validation errors have been resolved.','','none'),(8373,'Places error messages adjacent to form inputs, for improved usability and accessibility.','','8.9.18'),(8374,'Language format settings','','none'),(8375,'Include locked languages','','none'),(8376,'Creating media items','','none'),(8377,'When a new media item is created, the Media module records basic information about it, including the author, date of creation, and the <a href=\":media-type\">media type</a>. It also manages the <em>publishing options</em>, which define whether or not the item is published. Default settings can be configured for each type of media on your site.','','none'),(8378,'Creating custom media types','','none'),(8379,'The Media module gives users with the <em>Administer media types</em> permission the ability to <a href=\":media-new\">create new media types</a> in addition to the default ones already configured. Each media type has an associated media source (such as the image source) which support thumbnail generation and metadata extraction. Fields managed by the <a href=\":field\">Field module</a> may be added for storing that metadata, such as width and height, as well as any other associated values.','','none'),(8380,'The Media module also enables you to create multiple versions of any media item, and revert to older versions using the <em>Revision information</em> settings.','','none'),(8381,'The Media module makes a number of permissions available, which can be set by role on the <a href=\":permissions\">permissions page</a>.','','none'),(8382,'Add media type','','none'),(8383,'Manage media types.','','none'),(8384,'Administer media types','','none'),(8385,'Update own media','','none'),(8386,'Delete own media','','none'),(8387,'View all media revisions','','none'),(8388,'To view a revision, you also need permission to view the media item.','','none'),(8389,'Full URI to a folder where the media icons will be installed','','none'),(8390,'Whether the thumbnail downloads should be queued','','none'),(8391,'Media source settings','','none'),(8392,'\"File\" media source configuration','','none'),(8393,'\"Image\" media source configuration','','none'),(8394,'Edit %type_label @label','','none'),(8395,'@type %label has been created.','','none'),(8396,'@type %label has been updated.','','none'),(8397,'@type: added %label.','','none'),(8398,'@type: updated %label.','','none'),(8399,'- Create -','','none'),(8400,'Select the field that will store essential information about the media item. If \"Create\" is selected a new field will be automatically created.','','none'),(8401,'%field_type field will be automatically created on this type to store the essential information about the media item.','','none'),(8402,'%field_name field is used to store the essential information about the media item.','','none'),(8403,'The human-readable name of this media type.','','none'),(8404,'A unique machine-readable name for this media type.','','none'),(8405,'Describe this media type. The text will be displayed on the <em>Add new media</em> page.','','none'),(8406,'Media source that is responsible for additional logic related to this media type.','','none'),(8407,'Media sources can provide metadata fields such as title, caption, size information, credits, etc. Media can automatically save this metadata information to entity fields, which can be configured below. Information will only be mapped if the entity field is empty.','','none'),(8408,'Media will be automatically published when created.','','none'),(8409,'Automatically create new revisions. Users with the \"Administer media\" permission will be able to override this option.','','none'),(8410,'Download thumbnails via a queue. When using remote media sources, the thumbnail generation could be a slow process. Using a queue allows for this process to be handled in the background.','','none'),(8411,'The media type %name has been updated.','','none'),(8412,'The media type %name has been added.','','none'),(8413,'Added media type %name.','','none'),(8414,'No media types available. <a href=\":url\">Add media type</a>.','','none'),(8415,'The thumbnail of the media item.','','none'),(8416,'The time the media item was created.','','none'),(8417,'The time the media item was last edited.','','none'),(8418,'media type','','none'),(8419,'media types','','none'),(8420,'Deleted @count media items.','','none'),(8421,'Deleted 1 media item.Deleted @count media items.','','none'),(8422,'%type is used by @count media item on your site. You can not remove this media type until you have removed all of the %type media items.%type is used by @count media items on your site. You can not remove this media type until you have removed all of the %type media items.','','none'),(8423,'Linked to media item','','none'),(8424,'Use local files for reusable media.','','none'),(8425,'Use local images for reusable media.','','none'),(8426,'Menu settings.','Validation','none'),(8427,'You can only change the menu settings for the <em>published</em> version of this content.','','none'),(8428,'To view a revision, you also need permission to view the content item.','','8.9.18'),(8429,'To revert a revision, you also need permission to edit the content item.','','8.9.18'),(8430,'To delete a revision, you also need permission to delete the content item.','','8.9.18'),(8431,'Path alias.','Validation','none'),(8432,'You can only change the URL alias for the <em>published</em> version of this content.','','none'),(8433,'The RESTful Web Services module provides a framework for exposing REST resources on your site. It provides support for content entity types such as the main site content, comments, custom blocks, taxonomy terms, and user accounts, etc. (see the <a href=\":field\">Field module help page</a> for more information about entities). REST support for content items of the Node module is enabled by default, and support for other types of content entities can be enabled. Other modules may add support for other types of REST resources. For more information, see the <a href=\":rest\">online documentation for the RESTful Web Services module</a>.','','none'),(8434,'REST support for content types (provided by the <a href=\":node\">Node</a> module) is enabled by default. To enable support for other content entity types, you can use a <a href=\":config\" target=\"blank\">process based on configuration editing</a> or the contributed <a href=\":restui\">REST UI module</a>.','','none'),(8435,'Whether the pre Drupal 8.4 behavior of returning Unix timestamps instead of RFC3339 timestamps for TimestampItem fields is enabled or not.','','none'),(8436,'Remove tables with the prefix \"test\" followed by digits and temporary directories that are left over from tests that crashed. This is intended for developers when creating tests.','','none'),(8437,'Limited date range','','8.9.18'),(8438,'Your PHP installation has a limited date range.','','8.9.18'),(8439,'You are running on a system where PHP is compiled or limited to using 32-bit integers. This will limit the range of dates and timestamps to the years 1901-2038. Read about the <a href=\":url\">limitations of 32-bit PHP</a>.','','8.9.18'),(8440,'A client error happened','','none'),(8441,'To run cron from outside the site, go to <a href=\":cron\" class=\"system-cron-settings__link\">@cron</a>','','8.9.18'),(8442,'Run times of individual cron jobs will be written to watchdog','','8.9.18'),(8443,'Delete temporary files after','','none'),(8444,'Temporary files are not referenced, but are in the file system and therefore may show up in administrative lists. <strong>Warning:</strong> If enabled, temporary files will be permanently deleted and may not be recoverable.','','none'),(8445,'Automatic updates of Drupal core are not supported at this time.','','none'),(8446,'Enabling the appropriate module may solve this issue. Otherwise, check to see if there is a module update available.','','none'),(8447,'This workflow is in use. You cannot remove this workflow until you have removed all content using it.','','none'),(8448,'Edit %label workflow','','none'),(8449,'This workflow state is in use. You cannot remove this workflow state until you have removed all content using it.','','none'),(8450,'Find and manage comments.','','8.9.18'),(8451,'The approved comments listing.','','8.9.18'),(8452,'Comments published','','8.9.18'),(8453,'The unapproved comments listing.','','8.9.18'),(8454,'Comments unapproved','','8.9.18'),(8455,'{{ message }}','','8.9.18'),(8456,'!!binary MSBwbGFjZQNAY291bnQgcGxhY2Vz','','none'),(8457,'!!binary MQNAY291bnQ=','','none'),(8458,'Entity reference selection handler settings','','none'),(8459,'Default selection handler settings','','none'),(8460,'The field instance ID.','','none'),(8461,'The field instance data.','','none'),(8462,'The field type','','none'),(8463,'The field definition.','','none'),(8464,'The formatter settings.','','none'),(8465,'File selection handler settings','','none'),(8466,'The Media module is not compatible with contrib <a href=\":url\">Media Entity</a> 1.x branch. Please check the 2.x branch of that module for an upgrade path.','','8.9.18'),(8467,'Source module not found for @migration_id.','','none'),(8468,'Destination module not found for @migration_id.','','none'),(8469,'User selection handler settings','','none'),(8470,'Views selection handler settings','','none'),(8471,'Czechia','','8.9.18'),(8472,'%workflow workflow: Use %transition transition.','','8.9.18'),(8473,'Offset must be a number greater than or equal to 0.','','none'),(8474,'A collection of states and transitions between those states.','','none'),(8475,'A particular condition that something is in at a specific time. The usage of the state is determined by a module that harnesses the Workflows module. For example, Content Moderation allows a state to be used for moderation of content by assigning a given state to a content item.','','none'),(8476,'The process of changing from one state to another. A transition can occur from multiple states, but only to one state.','','none'),(8477,'Are you sure you want to remove the %label block?','','none'),(8478,'Select the @entity_type types for the @workflow workflow','','none'),(8479,'Select the @entity_type_plural_label for the @workflow workflow','','none'),(8480,'Make sure that <strong>access to the database</strong> for the old site is available from this new site.','','none'),(8481,'<strong>If the old site has private files</strong>, a copy of its files directory must also be accessible on the host of this new site.','','none'),(8482,'<strong>Do not add any content to the new site</strong> before upgrading. Any existing content is likely to be overwritten by the upgrade process. See <a href=\":url\">the upgrade preparation guide</a>.','','none'),(8483,'The upgrade can take a long time. It is better to upgrade from a local copy of your site instead of directly from your live site.','','none'),(8484,'\"Audio\" media source configuration','','none'),(8485,'Access media overview','','none'),(8486,'Users with this permission can access the media overview page.','','none'),(8487,'\"Video\" media source configuration','','none'),(8488,'Upgrade analysis report','','none'),(8489,'Requires the \"View any unpublished content\" or \"View own unpublished content\" permission','','8.9.18'),(8490,'The %field_name entity reference field (entity_type: %entity_type, bundle: %bundle) no longer has any valid bundle it can reference. The field is not working correctly anymore and has to be adjusted.','','none'),(8491,'Compatible','','8.9.18'),(8492,'Moderation state filter','','none'),(8493,'Response failed validation.\nResponse:\n@data\n\nErrors:\n@errors','','none'),(8494,'Cannot change the install profile from %profile to %new_profile once Drupal is installed.','','none'),(8495,'Disclaimer block','','none'),(8496,'Entity action','','none'),(8497,'Use field label instead of the \"On\" label as the label.','','none'),(8498,'There is no moderated @label yet. Only pending versions of @label, such as drafts, are listed here.','','none'),(8499,'Cannot remove field @field_name because the entity type is unknown: %entity_type','','none'),(8500,'The image file is invalid or the image type is not allowed. Allowed types: %types','','none'),(8501,'The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed dimensions of %dimensions pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are %new_widthx%new_height pixels.','','none'),(8502,'The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed height of %height pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are %new_widthx%new_height pixels.','','none'),(8503,'The image was resized to fit within the maximum allowed width of %width pixels. The new dimensions of the resized image are %new_widthx%new_height pixels.','','none'),(8504,'The resized image is too small. The minimum dimensions are %dimensions pixels and after resizing, the image size will be %widthx%height pixels.','','none'),(8505,'The image is too small. The minimum dimensions are %dimensions pixels and the image size is %widthx%height pixels.','','none'),(8506,'One or more files could not be uploaded.','','none'),(8507,'Media display format settings','','none'),(8508,'Show playback controls','','none'),(8509,'Audio file display format settings','','none'),(8510,'Video file display format settings','','none'),(8511,'Replace the file name by its description when available','','none'),(8512,'Use description as link text','','none'),(8513,'Display the file using an HTML5 audio tag.','','none'),(8514,'Playback controls: %controls','','none'),(8515,'Multiple file display: Multiple HTML tags','','none'),(8516,'Multiple file display: One HTML tag with multiple sources','','none'),(8517,'Display the file using an HTML5 video tag.','','none'),(8518,'Root-relative file URL','','none'),(8519,'An entity field containing a file URI, and a computed root-relative file URL.','','none'),(8520,'Backwards compatibility mode has been enabled for File entities\' HAL normalization of the \"uri\" field. Like before, it will continue to return only the absolute file URL. If you want the new behavior, which returns both the stored URI and a root-relative file URL, <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/node/2925783\">read the change record to learn how to opt in.</a>','','none'),(8521,'Whether to retain pre Drupal 8.5 behavior of normalizing the File entity \"uri\" field value to an absolute URL.','','none'),(8522,'@title field is required if there is @uri input.','','none'),(8523,'The Media module manages the creation, editing, deletion, settings, and display of media. Items are typically images, documents, slideshows, YouTube videos, tweets, Instagram photos, etc. You can reference media items from any other content on your site. For more information, see the <a href=\":media\">online documentation for the Media module</a>.','','none'),(8524,'Listing media items','','none'),(8525,'Media items are listed at the <a href=\":media-collection\">media administration page</a>.','','none'),(8526,'Adding media to other content','','none'),(8527,'Users with permission to administer content types can add media support by adding a media reference field to the content type on the content type administration page. (The same is true of block types, taxonomy terms, user profiles, and other content that supports fields.) A media reference field can refer to any configured media type. It is possible to allow multiple media types in the same field.','','none'),(8528,'Differences between Media, File, and Image reference fields','','none'),(8529,'<em>Media</em> reference fields offer several advantages over basic <em>File</em> and <em>Image</em> references:','','none'),(8530,'Media reference fields can reference multiple media types in the same field.','','none'),(8531,'Fields can also be added to media types themselves, which means that custom metadata like descriptions and taxonomy tags can be added for the referenced media. (Basic file and image fields do not support this.)','','none'),(8532,'Media types for audio and video files are provided by default, so there is no need for additional configuration to upload these media.','','none'),(8533,'Contributed or custom projects can provide additional media sources (such as third-party websites, Twitter, etc.).','','none'),(8534,'Existing media items can be reused on any other content items with a media reference field.','','none'),(8535,'Use <em>Media</em> reference fields for most files, images, audio, videos, and remote media. Use <em>File</em> or <em>Image</em> reference fields when creating your own media types, or for legacy files and images created before enabling the Media module.','','none'),(8536,'For more information, see the <a href=\"@help_url\">Media help page</a>.','','none'),(8537,'Media Name','','none'),(8538,'%type_name: Create new media','','none'),(8539,'%type_name: Edit own media','','none'),(8540,'%type_name: Edit any media','','none'),(8541,'%type_name: Delete own media','','none'),(8542,'%type_name: Delete any media','','none'),(8543,'<em>The media source cannot be changed after the media type is created.</em>','','none'),(8544,'Use audio files for reusable media.','','none'),(8545,'Use video files for reusable media.','','none'),(8546,'The destination system contains data which was not created by a migration.','','none'),(8547,'Migrate Drupal settings','','none'),(8548,'source_module enforcement tags','','none'),(8549,'Old site','','none'),(8550,'The site you want to upgrade.','','none'),(8551,'New site','','none'),(8552,'Preparation steps','','none'),(8553,'WARNING: Content may be overwritten on your new site.','','none'),(8554,'I acknowledge I may lose data. Continue anyway.','','none'),(8555,'There is conflicting content of these types:','','none'),(8556,'There is translated content of these types:','','none'),(8557,'It looks like you are migrating translated content from your old site. Possible ID conflicts for translations are not automatically detected in the current version of Drupal. Refer to the <a target=\"_blank\" href=\":id-conflicts-handbook\">upgrade handbook</a> for instructions on how to avoid ID conflicts with translated content.','','none'),(8558,'On the <a href=\":cache-settings\">Performance page</a>, you can configure how long browsers and proxies may cache pages based on the Cache-Control header; this setting is ignored by the Internal Page Cache module, which caches pages permanently until invalidation, unless they carry an Expires header. There is no other configuration.','','none'),(8559,'The Settings Tray module allows users with the <a href=\":administer_block_permission\">Administer blocks</a> and <a href=\":contextual_permission\">Use contextual links</a> permissions to edit blocks without visiting a separate page. For more information, see the <a href=\":handbook_url\">online documentation for the Settings Tray module</a>.','','none'),(8560,'Editing blocks in place','','none'),(8561,'To edit blocks in place, either click the <strong>Edit</strong> button in the toolbar and then click on the block, or choose \"Quick edit\" from the block\'s contextual link. (See the <a href=\":contextual\">Contextual Links module help</a> for more information about how to use contextual links.)','','none'),(8562,'The Settings Tray for the block will open in a sidebar, with a compact form for configuring what the block shows.','','none'),(8563,'Save the form and the changes will be immediately visible on the page.','','none'),(8564,'The ID of the node to which these statistics apply.','','none'),(8565,'Specify the format of the syslog entry. Available variables are: <dl><dt><code>!base_url</code></dt><dd>Base URL of the site.</dd><dt><code>!timestamp</code></dt><dd>Unix timestamp of the log entry.</dd><dt><code>!type</code></dt><dd>The category to which this message belongs.</dd><dt><code>!ip</code></dt><dd>IP address of the user triggering the message.</dd><dt><code>!request_uri</code></dt><dd>The requested URI.</dd><dt><code>!referer</code></dt><dd>HTTP Referer if available.</dd><dt><code>!severity</code></dt><dd>The severity level of the event; ranges from 0 (Emergency) to 7 (Debug).</dd><dt><code>!uid</code></dt><dd>User ID.</dd><dt><code>!link</code></dt><dd>A link to associate with the message.</dd><dt><code>!message</code></dt><dd>The message to store in the log.</dd></dl>','','none'),(8566,'Either the path \'%path\' is invalid or you do not have access to it.','','none'),(8567,'%capital_name contains the following terms.','','none'),(8568,'%capital_name contains terms grouped under parent terms','','none'),(8569,'%capital_name contains terms with multiple parents.','','none'),(8570,'Access the taxonomy vocabulary overview page','','8.9.18'),(8571,'Get an overview of all taxonomy vocabularies.','','8.9.18'),(8572,'%vocabulary: Create terms','','8.9.18'),(8573,'%vocabulary: Delete terms','','8.9.18'),(8574,'%vocabulary: Edit terms','','8.9.18'),(8575,'Output the URL as text','','none'),(8576,'Output an absolute link','','none'),(8577,'Min placeholder','','none'),(8578,'Max placeholder','','none'),(8579,'Enable this option to output an absolute link. Required if you want to use the path as a link destination.','','none'),(8580,'Enforce a <code>destination</code> parameter in the link to return the user to the original view upon completing the link action. Most operations include a destination by default and this setting is no longer needed.','','none'),(8581,'Hint text that appears inside the Min field when empty.','','none'),(8582,'Hint text that appears inside the Max field when empty.','','none'),(8583,'Hint text that appears inside the field when empty.','','none'),(8584,'There are no workflow types available. In order to create workflows you need to install a module that provides a workflow type. For example, the <a href=\":content-moderation\">Content Moderation</a> module provides a workflow type that enables workflows for content entities.','','none'),(8585,'Transition label','','none'),(8586,'There are no custom blocks available.','','8.9.18'),(8587,'Find and moderate content.','','8.9.18'),(8588,'No moderated content available. Only pending versions of content, such as drafts, are listed here.','','8.9.18'),(8589,'No front page content has been created yet.<br/>Follow the <a target=\"_blank\" href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/index.html\">User Guide</a> to start building your site.','','8.9.18'),(8590,'A locally hosted audio file.','','none'),(8591,'A locally hosted video file.','','none'),(8592,'Workspace name','','none'),(8593,'Name (A-Z)','','none'),(8594,'Name (Z-A)','','none'),(8595,'A flag indicating whether this was a default revision when it was saved.','','none'),(8596,'Entity untranslatable fields','Validation','none'),(8597,'This profile is intended for demonstration purposes only.','','none'),(8598,'The Content Moderation module allows you to expand on Drupal\'s \"unpublished\" and \"published\" states for content. It allows you to have a published version that is live, but have a separate working copy that is undergoing review before it is published. This is achieved by using <a href=\":workflows\">Workflows</a> to apply different states and transitions to entities as needed. For more information, see the <a href=\":content_moderation\">online documentation for the Content Moderation module</a>.','','none'),(8599,'Applying workflows','','none'),(8600,'Content Moderation allows you to apply <a href=\":workflows\">Workflows</a> to content, custom blocks, and other <a href=\":field_help\" title=\"Field module help, with background on content entities\">content entities</a>, to provide more fine-grained publishing options. For example, a Basic page might have states such as Draft and Published, with allowed transitions such as Draft to Published (making the current revision \"live\"), and Published to Draft (making a new draft revision of published content).','','none'),(8601,'Moderating content','','none'),(8602,'You can view a list of content awaiting moderation on the <a href=\":moderated\">moderated content page</a>. This will show any content in an unpublished state, such as Draft or Archived, to help surface content that requires more work from content editors.','','none'),(8603,'Each transition is exposed as a permission. If a user has the permission for a transition, they can use the transition to change the state of the content item, from Draft to Published.','','none'),(8604,'Hide non translatable fields on translation forms','','none'),(8605,'Content translation bundle settings','','none'),(8606,'Bundle settings values','','none'),(8607,'Fields that apply to all languages are hidden to avoid conflicting changes. <a href=\":url\">Edit them on the original language form</a>.','','none'),(8608,'Content translation synchronized fields','Validation','none'),(8609,'Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the current revision.','','none'),(8610,'Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the original language.','','none'),(8611,'The node language.','','none'),(8612,'This layout builder tool allows you to configure the layout of the main content area.','','none'),(8613,'To manage other areas of the page, use the <a href=\"@block-ui\">block administration page</a>.','','none'),(8614,'To manage other areas of the page, use the block administration page.','','none'),(8615,'For more information, see the <a href=\":layout-builder-documentation\">online documentation for the Layout Builder module</a>.','','none'),(8616,'Configure any layout','','none'),(8617,'Configure section','','none'),(8618,'Per-view-mode Layout Builder settings','','none'),(8619,'Allow a customized layout','','none'),(8620,'Layout section','','none'),(8621,'Edit layout for %label','','none'),(8622,'The layout override has been saved.','','none'),(8623,'The changes to the layout have been discarded.','','none'),(8624,'@entity being viewed','','none'),(8625,'@bundle @label','','none'),(8626,'Allow each @entity to have its layout customized.','','none'),(8627,'You must revert all customized layouts of this display before you can disable this option.','','none'),(8628,'Are you sure you want to revert this to defaults?','','none'),(8629,'The layout has been reverted back to defaults.','','none'),(8630,'Layout Section','','none'),(8631,'A layout section','','none'),(8632,'Create your media on the <a href=\":add_page\" target=\"_blank\">media add page</a> (opens a new window), then add it by name to the field below.','','none'),(8633,'Use existing media','','none'),(8634,'Type part of the media name.','','none'),(8635,'See the <a href=\":list_url\" target=\"_blank\">media list</a> (opens a new window) to help locate media.','','none'),(8636,'Allowed media types: %types','','none'),(8637,'Media item','','none'),(8638,'Create new media','','none'),(8639,'The next page provides an overview of the modules that will be upgraded and those that will not be upgraded, before you proceed to perform the upgrade.','','none'),(8640,'Import new configuration and content from old site','','none'),(8641,'Modules that will not be upgraded','','none'),(8642,'Modules that will be upgraded','','none'),(8643,'What will be upgraded?','','none'),(8644,'Module will not be upgradedModules will not be upgraded','','none'),(8645,'Module will be upgradedModules will be upgraded','','none'),(8646,'It is recommended to upgrade to PHP version %recommended or higher for the best ongoing support.  See <a href=\"http://php.net/supported-versions.php\">PHP\'s version support documentation</a> and the <a href=\":php_requirements\">Drupal 8 PHP requirements handbook page</a> for more information.','','none'),(8647,'An existing \"Default revision\" field was found for the @entity_type_label entity type, but no \"revision_default\" revision metadata key was found in its definition.','','none'),(8648,'An existing \"Default revision\" field was found for the @entity_type_label entity type.','','none'),(8649,'Provide text to display if this field contains an empty result. You may include HTML. You may enter data from this view as per the \"Replacement patterns\" in the \"Rewrite Results\" section above.','','none'),(8650,'Experimental installation profile used','','none'),(8651,'Experimental profiles are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk. To start building a new site, reinstall Drupal and choose a non-experimental profile.','','none'),(8652,'Demo: Umami Food Magazine (Experimental)','','none'),(8653,'Install an example site that shows off some of Drupal’s capabilities.','','none'),(8654,'Umami demo: Content','','none'),(8655,'Imports the content for the Umami demo.','','none'),(8656,'Search by keyword, ingredient, dish','','none'),(8657,'Umami','','none'),(8658,'The theme used for the Umami food magazine demonstration site.','','none'),(8659,'Go to the search page','','none'),(8660,'<span class=\"by-author\">by @author_name</span> @created_date','','none'),(8661,'Tell us what you think','','none'),(8662,'Banner block','','none'),(8663,'A banner block contains a title, summary, link to content and a background image. The background image is scaled to fill the browser\'s width.','','none'),(8664,'A disclaimer block contains disclaimer and copyright text.','','none'),(8665,'Footer promo block','','none'),(8666,'A footer promo block contains a title, promo text, and a \"find out more\" link.','','none'),(8667,'Recipe Name','','none'),(8668,'Umami dates','','none'),(8669,'jS F Y','PHP date format','none'),(8670,'Content Link','','none'),(8671,'Find out more link','','none'),(8672,'Promo text','','none'),(8673,'Promo title','','none'),(8674,'List the ingredients required for this recipe, one per item.','','none'),(8675,'Recipe category','','none'),(8676,'Recipe instruction','','none'),(8677,'Provide a short overview of this recipe.','','none'),(8678,'Large 21:9 (1440x620)','','none'),(8679,'Large 21:9 2x (2880x1240)','','none'),(8680,'Large 3:2 2x (1536x1024)','','none'),(8681,'Large 3:2 (768x512)','','none'),(8682,'Medium 21:9 (1024x440)','','none'),(8683,'Medium 3:2 2x (1200x800)','','none'),(8684,'Medium 3:2 (600x400)','','none'),(8685,'Medium 8:7 (266x236)','','none'),(8686,'Scale crop 7:3 large','','none'),(8687,'Small 21:9 (768x330)','','none'),(8688,'Square Large','','none'),(8689,'Square Medium','','none'),(8690,'Square Small','','none'),(8691,'3:2 Image','','none'),(8692,'Hero or Banner','','none'),(8693,'Articles aside','','none'),(8694,'More featured articles','','none'),(8695,'A view to create a list of featured articles from the Umami website.','','none'),(8696,'Promoted Items','','none'),(8697,'A view to list the items promoted to the top of the homepage.','','none'),(8698,'Promoted Items Double','','none'),(8699,'Attachment: Promoted Items Double','','none'),(8700,'Block: Promoted Items - Single','','none'),(8701,'Recipes listing','','none'),(8702,'Umami Recipes Banner','','none'),(8703,'Umami disclaimer','','none'),(8704,'Umami footer promo','','none'),(8705,'Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the current revision.','','none'),(8706,'Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the original language.','','none'),(8707,'Moderated content requires non-translatable fields to be edited in the original language form.','','none'),(8708,'Translations cannot be flagged as outdated when content is moderated.','','none'),(8709,'The \"Delete translation\" action is only available for published translations.','','none'),(8710,'@label (Original translation) - <em>The following @entity_type translations will be deleted:</em>','','none'),(8711,'Are you sure you want to delete this @item?Are you sure you want to delete these @items?','','none'),(8712,'Deleted @count item.Deleted @count items.','','none'),(8713,'@count item has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.@count items have not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.','','none'),(8714,'Insert selected','','none'),(8715,'A color variable for a theme.','','none'),(8716,'The value of a color variable.','','none'),(8717,'The field \"%field\" failed to render with the error of \"%error\".','','none'),(8718,'The @uri field is required when the @title field is specified.','','none'),(8719,'Language for this menu.','','none'),(8720,'Menu link title translation.','','none'),(8721,'Menu link description translation.','','none'),(8722,'Follow-up migration tags','','none'),(8723,'@label (@derivative)','','none'),(8724,'Provide the information to access the Drupal site you want to upgrade. Files can be imported into the upgraded site as well.  See the <a href=\":url\">Upgrade documentation for more detailed instructions</a>.','','none'),(8725,'<h3>Resolve all issues below to continue the upgrade.</h3>','','none'),(8726,'The testing framework requires the PHPUnit package. Please run \'composer install\' to ensure it is present.','','none'),(8727,'Information array','','none'),(8728,'The configuration ID','','none'),(8729,'The target entity type ID','','none'),(8730,'The target bundle','','none'),(8731,'The default language','','none'),(8732,'Whether to show language selector on create and edit pages','','none'),(8733,'Whether to hide non translatable fields on translation forms','','none'),(8734,'Configuration validation','','none'),(8735,'The \"%plugin_id\" was not found','','none'),(8736,'You must have the pdo_sqlite PHP extension installed. See core/INSTALL.sqlite.txt for instructions.','','none'),(8737,'Unable to automatically determine a port. Use the --port to hardcode an available port.','','none'),(8738,'No installation found. Use the \'install\' command.','','none'),(8739,'Error while opening up a one time login URL','','none'),(8740,'Entity has field','Validation','none'),(8741,'The entity must have the %field_name field.','','none'),(8742,'The entity does not support fields.','','none'),(8743,'The selected installation profile %install_profile does not match the profile stored in configuration %config_profile.','','none'),(8744,'Use existing configuration','','none'),(8745,'Install %name using existing configuration.','','none'),(8746,'The configuration from the directory %sync_directory will be used.','','none'),(8747,'An advanced action offers additional configuration options which may be filled out below. Changing the <em>Label</em> field is recommended in order to better identify the precise action taking place.','','none'),(8748,'Aggregator feeds','','none'),(8749,'aggregator feed','','none'),(8750,'aggregator feeds','','none'),(8751,'Aggregator feed items','','none'),(8752,'aggregator feed item','','none'),(8753,'aggregator feed items','','none'),(8754,'The i18n_blocks block numeric identifier.','','none'),(8755,'The default theme.','','none'),(8756,'custom blocks','','none'),(8757,'custom block type','','8.9.18'),(8758,'custom block types','','none'),(8759,'i18n_string table id','','none'),(8760,'Block property','','none'),(8761,'The translation of the value of \"property\".','','none'),(8762,'Block title translation.','','none'),(8763,'Block body.','','none'),(8764,'Block body translation.','','none'),(8765,'Deleted @count comment.Deleted @count comments.','','none'),(8766,'@count comment has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.@count comments have not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.','','none'),(8767,'contact forms','','none'),(8768,'contact message','','none'),(8769,'contact messages','','none'),(8770,'@entity_type_plural_label do not support publishing statuses. For example, even after transitioning from a published workflow state to an unpublished workflow state they will still be visible to site visitors.','','none'),(8771,'@label@column (@argument)','','none'),(8772,'Text Editors','','none'),(8773,'text editor','','none'),(8774,'text editors','','none'),(8775,'Field storages','','none'),(8776,'field storage','','none'),(8777,'field storages','','none'),(8778,'Input data could not be read','','none'),(8779,'Temporary file data for \"%path\" could not be written','','none'),(8780,'Temporary file \"%path\" could not be opened for file upload','','none'),(8781,'image style','','none'),(8782,'image styles','','none'),(8783,'content language setting','','none'),(8784,'content languages settings','','none'),(8785,'It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may allow execution of third-party code. <a href=\":url\">You can specify a different domain for serving oEmbed content here</a>.','','none'),(8786,'Manage media settings.','','none'),(8787,'Domain from which to serve oEmbed content in an iframe','','none'),(8788,'The URL of the oEmbed providers database in JSON format','','none'),(8789,'oEmbed display format settings','','none'),(8790,'oEmbed widget format settings','','none'),(8791,'oEmbed media source configuration','','none'),(8792,'URI of thumbnail storage directory','','none'),(8793,'Allowed oEmbed providers','','none'),(8794,'It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may allow execution of third-party code. <a href=\"https://oembed.com/#section3\" target=\"_blank\">Take a look here for more information</a>.','','none'),(8795,'Displaying media assets from third-party services, such as YouTube or Twitter, can be risky. This is because many of these services return arbitrary HTML to represent those assets, and that HTML may contain executable JavaScript code. If handled improperly, this can increase the risk of your site being compromised.','','none'),(8796,'In order to mitigate the risks, third-party assets are displayed in an iFrame, which effectively sandboxes any executable code running inside it. For even more security, the iFrame can be served from an alternate domain (that also points to your Drupal site), which you can configure on this page. This helps safeguard cookies and other sensitive information.','','none'),(8797,'iFrame domain','','none'),(8798,'Enter a different domain from which to serve oEmbed content, including the <em>http://</em> or <em>https://</em> prefix. This domain needs to point back to this site, or existing oEmbed content may not display correctly, or at all.','','none'),(8799,'Maximum size: %max_width x %max_height pixels','','none'),(8800,'Maximum width: %max_width pixels','','none'),(8801,'Maximum height: %max_height pixels','','none'),(8802,'Could not retrieve the remote URL (@url).','','none'),(8803,'You can link to media from the following services: @providers','','none'),(8804,'oEmbed URL','','none'),(8805,'oEmbed resource','Validation','none'),(8806,'The given URL does not match any known oEmbed providers.','','none'),(8807,'Sorry, the @name provider is not allowed.','','none'),(8808,'The provided URL does not represent a valid oEmbed resource.','','none'),(8809,'An error occurred while trying to retrieve the oEmbed provider database.','','none'),(8810,'The name of the author/owner','','none'),(8811,'The URL of the author/owner','','none'),(8812,'The name of the provider','','none'),(8813,'The URL of the provider','','none'),(8814,'Suggested cache lifetime','','none'),(8815,'Default name of the media item','','none'),(8816,'Local URI of the thumbnail','','none'),(8817,'The source URL of the resource','','none'),(8818,'The width of the resource','','none'),(8819,'The height of the resource','','none'),(8820,'The HTML representation of the resource','','none'),(8821,'It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may allow execution of third-party code. <a href=\":url\" target=\"_blank\">You can specify a different domain for serving oEmbed content here</a> (opens in a new window).','','none'),(8822,'Thumbnails location','','none'),(8823,'Thumbnails will be fetched from the provider for local usage. This is the URI of the directory where they will be placed.','','none'),(8824,'Allowed providers','','none'),(8825,'Optionally select the allowed oEmbed providers for this media type. If left blank, all providers will be allowed.','','none'),(8826,'@type URL','','none'),(8827,'Could not prepare thumbnail destination directory @dir for oEmbed media.','','none'),(8828,'oEmbed source','','none'),(8829,'Use oEmbed URL for reusable media.','','none'),(8830,'Remote video','','none'),(8831,'Use remote video URL for reusable media.','','none'),(8832,'The publishing status entity key has been added to custom menu links.','','none'),(8833,'Custom menu links','','none'),(8834,'custom menu links','','none'),(8835,'Deleted @count content item.Deleted @count content items.','','none'),(8836,'@count content item has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.@count content items have not been deleted because you do not have the necessary permissions.','','none'),(8837,'responsive image style','','none'),(8838,'REST resource configurations','','none'),(8839,'search pages','','none'),(8840,'Shortcut links','','none'),(8841,'shortcut link','','none'),(8842,'shortcut links','','8.9.18'),(8843,'Shortcut sets','','none'),(8844,'shortcut set','','none'),(8845,'shortcut sets','','none'),(8846,'Test discovery','','none'),(8847,'Configuration install','','none'),(8848,'The selected profile has a hook_install() implementation and therefore can not be installed from configuration.','','none'),(8849,'Install profile in settings','','none'),(8850,'Drupal 8 no longer uses the $settings[\'install_profile\'] value in settings.php and it can be removed.','','none'),(8851,'This import does not contain system.site configuration, so has been rejected.','','none'),(8852,'Browser and proxy cache maximum age','','8.9.18'),(8853,'This is used as the value for max-age in Cache-Control headers.','','8.9.18'),(8854,'Drupal provides an <a href=\":module_enable\">Internal Page Cache module</a> that is recommended for small to medium-sized websites.','','none'),(8855,'Taxonomy term hierarchy has been converted to default entity reference storage.','','none'),(8856,'Term language','','none'),(8857,'Views','View entity type','none'),(8858,'view','View entity type','none'),(8859,'views','View entity type','none'),(8860,'workflows','','none'),(8861,'Testing install profile all dependencies','','none'),(8862,'Profile for testing that install profiles can require a module.','','none'),(8863,'Testing install profile dependencies','','none'),(8864,'Testing install profile dependencies BC layer','','none'),(8865,'Profile for testing BC layer for profile dependencies.','','none'),(8866,'[user:display-name],\n\nThank you for registering at [site:name]. Your application for an account is currently pending approval. Once it has been approved, you will receive another email containing information about how to log in, set your password, and other details.\n\n--  [site:name] team','','8.9.18'),(8867,'A remotely hosted video from YouTube or Vimeo.','','none'),(8868,'A boolean indicating whether this block is reusable.','','none'),(8869,'Whether the Layout Builder is enabled for this display','','none'),(8870,'Are you sure you want to disable Layout Builder?','','none'),(8871,'All customizations will be removed. This action cannot be undone.','','none'),(8872,'Layout Builder has been disabled.','','none'),(8873,'Use Layout Builder','','none'),(8874,'Provides a field for selecting media entities in our media library view','','none'),(8875,'Select @label','','none'),(8876,'Zero items selected','','none'),(8877,'All @count items selected','','none'),(8878,'Select all media','','none'),(8879,'Show media item weights','','none'),(8880,'Hide media item weights','','none'),(8881,'A maximum of @count files can be uploaded.','','none'),(8882,'The maximum number of media items have been selected.','','none'),(8883,'Update widget','','none'),(8884,'The media item \"@label\" is not of an accepted type. Allowed types: @types','','none'),(8885,'One media item remaining.@count media items remaining.','','none'),(8886,'Only one item can be selected.Only @count items can be selected.','','none'),(8887,'Allows you to select items from the media library.','','none'),(8888,'The Migrate Drupal Multilingual module is a requirement for migrating translations. It does not provide a user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":migrate_drupal_multilingual\">online documentation for the Migrate Drupal Multilingual module</a>.','','none'),(8889,'Migrate Drupal Multilingual','','none'),(8890,'Provides a requirement for multilingual migrations.','','none'),(8891,'The publishing status field has <strong>not</strong> been added to taxonomy terms. See <a href=\":link\">this page</a> for more information on how to install it.','','none'),(8892,'The publishing status field has been added to taxonomy terms.','','none'),(8893,'The Workspaces module allows workspaces to be defined and switched between. Content is then assigned to the active workspace when created. For more information, see the <a href=\":workspaces\">online documentation for the Workspaces module</a>.','','none'),(8894,'Switch workspace','','none'),(8895,'Workspaces can not be installed when the contributed Workspace module is also installed. See the <a href=\":link\">upgrade path</a> page for more information on how to upgrade.','','none'),(8896,'Deploy Workspace','','none'),(8897,'This form can only be submitted in the default workspace.','','none'),(8898,'Switch to @workspace','','none'),(8899,'Deploy content','','none'),(8900,'Current workspace:','','none'),(8901,'Denied access to view workspace %workspace_label for user %uid','','none'),(8902,'workspaces','','none'),(8903,'Activate the %workspace workspace.','','none'),(8904,'%workspace_label is now the active workspace.','','none'),(8905,'You do not have access to activate the %workspace_label workspace.','','none'),(8906,'The following will also be deleted:','','none'),(8907,'This action cannot be undone, and will also delete all content created in this workspace.','','none'),(8908,'1 @label revision.@count @label revisions.','','none'),(8909,'Deploy %source_label workspace','','none'),(8910,'There are no changes that can be deployed from %source_label to %target_label.','','none'),(8911,'Successful deployment.','','none'),(8912,'Deployment failed. All errors have been logged.','','none'),(8913,'There is @count item that can be deployed from %source_label to %target_labelThere are @count items that can be deployed from %source_label to %target_label','','none'),(8914,'Deploy @count item to @targetDeploy @count items to @target','','none'),(8915,'Select workspace','','none'),(8916,'Deleted workspace','Validation','none'),(8917,'A workspace with this ID has been deleted but data still exists for it.','','none'),(8918,'Entity workspace conflict','Validation','none'),(8919,'The content is being edited in the %label workspace. As a result, your changes cannot be saved.','','none'),(8920,'Drupal system cross profile test','','none'),(8921,'Support module for testing that a module in one profile can be reused in another profile.','','none'),(8922,'Card common','','none'),(8923,'Card common alt','','none'),(8924,'The name of the bundle a mapping applies to.','','none'),(8925,'The serialized mapping of the bundle type and fields to RDF terms.','','none'),(8926,'RDF types.','','none'),(8927,'RDF field mappings.','','none'),(8928,'Inline block','','none'),(8929,'Block revision ID','','none'),(8930,'Serialized block','','none'),(8931,'The view mode in which to render the block.','','none'),(8932,'Inline blocks','','none'),(8933,'The entity type this translation relates to','','none'),(8934,'The entity id this translation relates to','','none'),(8935,'The entity revision id this translation relates to','','none'),(8936,'The target language for this translation.','','none'),(8937,'Boolean indicating whether the translation is published (visible to non-administrators).','','none'),(8938,'Short description of the image used by screen readers and displayed when the image is not loaded. This is important for accessibility.','','none'),(8939,'Short description of the image used by screen readers and displayed when the image is not loaded. Enabling this field is recommended.','','none'),(8940,'Edit {{ name }}','','none'),(8941,'The {node}.language to which this comment is a reply. Site default language is used as a fallback if node does not have a language.','','none'),(8942,'The comment language.','','none'),(8943,'The entity ID this translation relates to','','none'),(8944,'The entity revision ID this translation relates to','','none'),(8945,'Type (article, page, ....)','','none'),(8946,'Option ID.','','none'),(8947,'Integer value of Object ID','','none'),(8948,'The input format used by this string','','none'),(8949,'Translation of the option','','none'),(8950,'Parent lid','','none'),(8951,'Plural index number in case of plural strings','','none'),(8952,'The default language for new terms.','','none'),(8953,'The i18n taxonomy translation setting.','','none'),(8954,'Media selection','','none'),(8955,'Modules could not be listed due to an error: %error','','none'),(8956,'A non-existent config entity name returned by FieldStorageConfigInterface::getBundles(): entity type: %entity_type, bundle: %bundle, field name: %field','','none'),(8957,'Allows users to stage content or preview a full site by using multiple workspaces on a single site.','','8.9.18'),(8958,'Testing requirements','','none'),(8959,'Testing requirements failed requirements.','','none'),(8960,'Profile for testing hook_requirements().','','none'),(8961,'Create @entity_type','','none'),(8962,'JSON:API','','none'),(8963,'Block enabled status','','none'),(8964,'Block weight within region','','none'),(8965,'Theme region within which the block is set','','none'),(8966,'Multilingual mode','','none'),(8967,'Language string ID','','none'),(8968,'A module defined group of translations','','none'),(8969,'Full string ID for quick search: type:objectid:property.','','none'),(8970,'Object property for this string','','none'),(8971,'The {filter_format}.format of the string','','none'),(8972,'Plural index number','','none'),(8973,'@entity fields','','none'),(8974,'Language for this term.','','none'),(8975,'Term name translation.','','none'),(8976,'Term description translation.','','none'),(8977,'Entity Reference Supported New Entities','Validation','none'),(8978,'%collection_label can only be created in the default workspace.','','none'),(8979,'Media type ID','','none'),(8980,'Temporary file \"%path\" could not be opened for file upload.','','none'),(8981,'Remove @label','','none'),(8982,'The time that the workspace was created.','','none'),(8983,'View @node.type.entity.label','','none'),(8984,'Testing site config','','none'),(8985,'Minimal profile for testing with default site config.','','none'),(8986,'The JSON:API module is a fully compliant implementation of the <a href=\":spec\">JSON:API Specification</a>. By following shared conventions, you can increase productivity, take advantage of generalized tooling, and focus on what matters: your application. Clients built around JSON:API are able to take advantage of features like efficient response caching, which can sometimes eliminate network requests entirely. For more information, see the <a href=\":docs\">online documentation for the JSON:API module</a>.','','none'),(8987,'JSON:API is a particular implementation of REST that provides conventions for resource relationships, collections, filters, pagination, and sorting. These conventions help developers build clients faster and encourages reuse of code.','','none'),(8988,'Exposes entities as a JSON:API-specification-compliant web API.','','8.9.18'),(8989,'The %install_profile install profile configured in core.extension is not available.','','none'),(8990,'The %install_profile install profile has been added to the installed module list.','','none'),(8991,'Umami Home Banner','','none'),(8992,'The specified file \'%source\' could not be copied to \'%destination\'.','','none'),(8993,'Failed to unlink file \'%path\'.','','none'),(8994,'Cannot delete \'%path\' because it is a directory. Use deleteRecursive() instead.','','none'),(8995,'The file \'%path\' is not of a recognized type so it was not deleted.','','none'),(8996,'The specified file \'%source\' could not be moved to \'%destination\'.','','none'),(8997,'The source file \'%source\' could not be unlinked after copying to \'%destination\'.','','none'),(8998,'File \'%original_source\' (\'%realpath\') could not be copied because it does not exist.','','none'),(8999,'File \'%original_source\' could not be copied because it does not exist.','','none'),(9000,'The specified file \'%original_source\' could not be copied because the destination directory is not properly configured. This may be caused by a problem with file or directory permissions.','','none'),(9001,'File \'%original_source\' could not be copied because a file by that name already exists in the destination directory (\'%destination\').','','none'),(9002,'Temporary file \'%temp_name\' could not be created.','','none'),(9003,'When checking for updates, anonymous information about your site is sent to <a href=\"@drupal\">Drupal.org</a>.','','8.9.18'),(9004,'Resolve all issues below to continue the installation. For help configuring your database server, see the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/install\">installation handbook</a>, or contact your hosting provider.','','none'),(9005,'If selected and this menu link has children, the menu will always appear expanded. This option may be overridden for the entire menu tree when placing a menu block.','','none'),(9006,'Checked','Examined','8.9.18'),(9007,'This @label is being edited by user @user, and is therefore locked from editing by others. This lock is @age old. Click here to <a href=\":url\">break this lock</a>.','','none'),(9008,'This will also remove 1 placed block instance. This action cannot be undone.This will also remove @count placed block instances. This action cannot be undone.','','8.9.18'),(9009,'Whether to log IP addresses with comments or not.','','none'),(9010,'Select the state that new content will be assigned. This state will appear as the default in content forms and the available target states will be based on the transitions available from this state.','','none'),(9011,'Allows users to configure the display and form display by arranging fields in several columns.','','8.9.18'),(9012,'Forms and links inside the content of the layout builder tool have been disabled.','','none'),(9013,'Layout Builder allows you to use layouts to customize how content, custom blocks, and other <a href=\":field_help\" title=\"Field module help, with background on content entities\">content entities</a> are displayed.','','none'),(9014,'Default layouts','','none'),(9015,'Layout Builder can be selectively enabled on the \"Manage Display\" page in the <a href=\":field_ui\">Field UI</a>. This allows you to control the output of each type of display individually. For example, a \"Basic page\" might have view modes such as Full and Teaser, with each view mode having different layouts selected.','','none'),(9016,'Overridden layouts','','none'),(9017,'If enabled, each individual content item can have a custom layout. Once the layout for an individual content item is overridden, changes to the Default layout will no longer affect it. Overridden layouts may be reverted to return to matching and being synchronized to their Default layout.','','none'),(9018,'Allows users to add and arrange blocks and content fields directly on the content.','','8.9.18'),(9019,'Choose a layout for this section','','none'),(9020,'Column widths','','none'),(9021,'All available blocks are listed.','','none'),(9022,'Are you sure you want to discard your layout changes?','','none'),(9023,'Are you sure you want to remove section @section?','','none'),(9024,'Layout Builder Widget','','none'),(9025,'A field widget for Layout Builder.','','none'),(9026,'Choose the column widths for this layout.','','none'),(9027,'Manually entered paths should start with one of the following characters: / ? #','','none'),(9028,'Manages the creation, configuration, and display of media items.','','8.9.18'),(9029,'Allow media items to be viewed standalone at /media/{id}','','none'),(9030,'Standalone media URL','','none'),(9031,'Allow users to access @media-entities at /media/{id}.','','none'),(9032,'Could not download remote thumbnail from {url}.','','none'),(9033,'Media Library form and view displays have been created for the following media types: @types.','','none'),(9034,'Media Library form and view displays have been created for the %type media type.','','none'),(9035,'Enhances the media list with additional features to more easily find and use existing media items.','','8.9.18'),(9036,'Media library widget settings','','none'),(9037,'Allowed media types, in display order','','none'),(9038,'Loading grid view.','','none'),(9039,'Changed to grid view.','','none'),(9040,'Loading table view.','','none'),(9041,'Changed to table view.','','none'),(9042,'@selected of @count item selected@selected of @count items selected','','none'),(9043,'1 item selected@count items selected','','none'),(9044,'Add or select media','','none'),(9045,'Add fileAdd files','','none'),(9046,'Add @type via URL','','none'),(9047,'Allowed providers: @providers.','','none'),(9048,'Tab order','','none'),(9049,'Tab order: @order','','none'),(9050,'No media items are selected.','','none'),(9051,'Opening media library.','','none'),(9052,'Custom menu links have been converted to be revisionable.','','none'),(9053,'Menu tree hierarchy.','Validation','none'),(9054,'You can only change the hierarchy for the <em>published</em> version of this menu link.','','none'),(9055,'%capital_name contains 1 menu link with pending revisions. Manipulation of a menu tree having links with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable manipulation by getting each menu link to a published state.%capital_name contains @count menu links with pending revisions. Manipulation of a menu tree having links with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable manipulation by getting each menu link to a published state.','','none'),(9056,'Field discovery failed for Drupal core version @core. Did this site have the CCK or Field module installed? Error: @message','','none'),(9057,'Failed to read from @title.','','none'),(9058,'The server reports the following message: %error.','','none'),(9059,'The name of the entity type a mapping applies to (node, user, comment, etc.)','','none'),(9060,'The module providing a search page.','','none'),(9061,'Whether or not this module is enabled for search.','','none'),(9062,'Allows users to directly edit the configuration of blocks on the current page.','','8.9.18'),(9063,'Failed to save file due to error \"%error\"','','none'),(9064,'Expand all items','','none'),(9065,'Expand all menu items','','none'),(9066,'Override the option found on each menu link used for expanding children and instead display the whole menu tree as expanded.','','none'),(9067,'Taxonomy terms have been converted to be revisionable.','','none'),(9068,'The terms with updated parents have been modified by another user, the changes could not be saved.','','none'),(9069,'%capital_name contains 1 term with pending revisions. Drag and drop of terms with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable drag-and-drop support by getting each term to a published state.%capital_name contains @count terms with pending revisions. Drag and drop of terms with pending revisions is not supported, but you can re-enable drag-and-drop support by getting each term to a published state.','','none'),(9070,'Taxonomy term hierarchy.','Validation','none'),(9071,'You can only change the hierarchy for the <em>published</em> version of this term.','','none'),(9072,'Use the toolbar','','8.9.18'),(9073,'Link to display','','none'),(9074,'Displays a link to a path-based display of this view while keeping the filter criteria, sort criteria, pager settings and contextual filters.','','none'),(9075,'The display ID of the view display to link to.','','none'),(9076,'Is Latest Translation Affected Revision','','none'),(9077,'Restrict the view to only revisions that are the latest translation affected revision of their entity.','','none'),(9078,'To make sure the results are the same when switching to the other display, it is recommended to make sure the display:','','none'),(9079,'Has a path.','','none'),(9080,'Has the same filter criteria.','','none'),(9081,'Has the same sort criteria.','','none'),(9082,'Has the same pager settings.','','none'),(9083,'Has the same contextual filters.','','none'),(9084,'There are no path-based displays available.','','none'),(9085,'%current_display: The link in the %area area has no configured display.','','none'),(9086,'%current_display: The link in the %area area points to the %linked_display display which no longer exists.','','none'),(9087,'%current_display: The link in the %area area points to the %linked_display display which does not have a path.','','none'),(9088,'%current_display: The link in the %area area points to the %linked_display display which uses different settings than the %current_display display for: %unequal_options. To make sure users see the exact same result when clicking the link, please check that the settings are the same.','','none'),(9089,'The text to display for this field. You may enter data from this view as per the \"Replacement patterns\" below. You may include <a href=\"@twig_docs\">Twig</a> or the following allowed HTML tags: <code>@tags</code>','','none'),(9090,'The field that is going to be used as the OPML XML URL attribute for each row.','','none'),(9091,'Welcome to the Umami Drupal demo','','none'),(9092,'Drupal is a powerful open source content management system and this demo, based on a fictional food magazine called Umami, will introduce you to some of Drupal\'s concepts and features.','','none'),(9093,'Drupal\'s core capabilities','','none'),(9094,'Drupal provides many of the features you need to start building powerful websites right out-of-the-box. The features presented in this demo are based entirely on Drupal 8\'s core functionality.','','none'),(9095,'This is the main navigation menu for the Umami website. It is simple to create and administer menus and you can create as many menus as your site requires. For example, this site provides this main navigation as well as the user navigation displayed above.','','none'),(9096,'The Umami theme','','none'),(9097,'This website uses the custom Umami theme to style its appearance. This theme has been created using CSS and by customizing Drupal\'s HTML templates that are built using the popular Twig templating system. Themes are also available for download and installation.','','none'),(9098,'Managing content','','none'),(9099,'This example website provides a collection of articles and recipes that demonstrate how content can easily be managed in a flexible and structured way.','','none'),(9100,'Configuring content display','','none'),(9101,'Display modes can be configured to provide different presentations of content. These promoted articles and recipes use the display modes feature to format the images with different ratios.','','none'),(9102,'Displaying content with Views','','none'),(9103,'Drupal makes it simple to create lists of filtered content and control how the content is displayed using the Views feature. This latest recipes example uses a view to fetch the most recent four recipes, displays the view as a block that is positioned on the front page with the block system.','','none'),(9104,'Continue exploring Drupal','','none'),(9105,'The front page tour is now over. Feel free to click around and continue exploring Drupal.','','none'),(9106,'The file %filename could not be uploaded because the name is invalid.','','none'),(9107,'Added media items','','none'),(9108,'Removing @label.','','none'),(9109,'Additional selected media','','none'),(9110,'Select @name','','none'),(9111,'Save and insert','','none'),(9112,'The media item %label has been removed.','','none'),(9113,'The media item has been created but has not yet been saved. Fill in any required fields and save to add it to the media library.The media items have been created but have not yet been saved. Fill in any required fields and save to add them to the media library.','','none'),(9114,'The <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API</a> and <a href=\":rest-docs\">RESTful Web Services</a> modules serve similar purposes. <a href=\":comparison\">Read the comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules</a> to determine the best choice for your site.','','none'),(9115,'Some multilingual features currently do not work well with JSON:API. See the <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API multilingual support documentation</a> for more information on the current status of multilingual support.','','none'),(9116,'Revision support is currently read-only and only for the \"Content\" and \"Media\" entity types in JSON:API. See the <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API revision support documentation</a> for more information on the current status of revision support.','','none'),(9117,'JSON:API multilingual support','','none'),(9118,'JSON:API revision support','','none'),(9119,'Configure whether to allow only read operations or all operations.','','none'),(9120,'JSON:API settings','','none'),(9121,'Restrict JSON:API to only read operations','','none'),(9122,'Allowed operations','','none'),(9123,'Accept only JSON:API read operations.','','none'),(9124,'Accept all JSON:API create, read, update, and delete operations.','','none'),(9125,'Warning: Only enable all operations if the site requires it. <a href=\":docs\">Learn more about securing your site with JSON:API.</a>','','none'),(9126,'Widget (table)','','none'),(9127,'Enter a comma-separated list. For example: Vegetarian, Chocolate brownies, Appetizers','','none'),(9128,'Use this taxonomy to group recipes of the same type together.','','none'),(9129,'Recipe Collections','','none'),(9130,'Recipe collections','','none'),(9131,'\"@block\" block','','none'),(9132,'The Layout Builder module makes a number of permissions available, which can be set by role on the <a href=\":permissions\">permissions page</a>. For more information, see the <a href=\":layout-builder-permissions\">Configuring Layout Builder permissions</a> online documentation.','','none'),(9133,'<strong>Warning</strong>: Layout Builder does not support translating layouts. (<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/8/core/modules/layout-builder/layout-builder-and-content-translation\">online documentation</a>)','','none'),(9134,'Create and edit custom blocks','','none'),(9135,'Manage the single-use blocks within the Layout Builder','','none'),(9136,'Block previews are visible. Block labels are hidden.','','none'),(9137,'Block previews are hidden. Block labels are visible.','','none'),(9138,'%entity_type - %bundle: Configure all layout overrides','','none'),(9139,'Warning: Allows configuring the layout even if the user cannot edit the @entity_type_singular itself.','','none'),(9140,'%entity_type - %bundle: Configure layout overrides for @entity_type_plural that the user can edit','','none'),(9141,'%entity_type: Configure all layout overrides','','none'),(9142,'%entity_type: Configure layout overrides for @entity_type_plural that the user can edit','','none'),(9143,'The field \"%field\" failed to render.','','none'),(9144,'Layout Builder user interface','','none'),(9145,'Placeholder for the @preview_fallback','','none'),(9146,'You are editing the layout template for all @bundle @plural_label.','','none'),(9147,'You are editing the layout template for all @plural_label.','','none'),(9148,'Section: @delta','','none'),(9149,'Blocks in Section: @section, Region: @region','','none'),(9150,'@label (current)','','none'),(9151,'Move the @block_label block','','none'),(9152,'You are editing the layout for this @bundle @singular_label. <a href=\":link\">Edit the template for all @bundle @plural_label instead.</a>','','none'),(9153,'You are editing the layout for this @singular_label. <a href=\":link\">Edit the template for all @plural_label instead.</a>','','none'),(9154,'You are editing the layout for this @bundle @singular_label.','','none'),(9155,'You are editing the layout for this @singular_label.','','none'),(9156,'Show content preview','','none'),(9157,'\"@field\" field','','none'),(9158,'The <a href=\":rest-docs\">RESTful Web Services</a> and <a href=\":jsonapi-docs\">JSON:API</a> modules serve similar purposes. <a href=\":comparison\">Read the comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules</a> to determine the best choice for your site.','','none'),(9159,'Your PHP installation is too old. Drupal requires at least PHP %version. It is recommended to upgrade to PHP version %recommended or higher for the best ongoing support. See <a href=\"http://php.net/supported-versions.php\">PHP\'s version support documentation</a> and the <a href=\":php_requirements\">Drupal 8 PHP requirements handbook page</a> for more information.','','none'),(9160,'\"@view\" views block','','none'),(9161,'Add new @entity-type %label','','8.9.18'),(9162,'There are no allowed media types configured for this field. Please contact the site administrator.','','none'),(9163,'There are no allowed media types configured for this field. Edit the field settings to select the allowed media types.','','none'),(9164,'There are no allowed media types configured for this field. <a href=\":url\">Edit the field settings</a> to select the allowed media types.','','none'),(9165,'Archived','Workflow state label','8.9.18'),(9166,'Draft','Workflow state label','8.9.18'),(9167,'Published','Workflow state label','8.9.18'),(9168,'Archive','Workflow transition label','8.9.18'),(9169,'Restore to Draft','Workflow transition label','8.9.18'),(9170,'Restore','Workflow transition label','8.9.18'),(9171,'Create New Draft','Workflow transition label','8.9.18'),(9172,'Publish','Workflow transition label','8.9.18'),(9173,'Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection did not exist on the filesystem. This could be caused by a missing stream wrapper.','','none'),(9174,'Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection did not exist on the filesystem.','','none'),(9175,'Layout Builder tools','','none'),(9176,'Claro','','none'),(9177,'Claro settings','','none'),(9178,'Tabs display toggle','','none'),(9179,'Comment required fields update','','none'),(9180,'The comment_update_8701() function requires that the %field_1 and %field_2 fields have values for all comment entities. See the <a href=\":change_record\">change record</a> for more information.','','none'),(9181,'The %label image style has been created successfully.','','none'),(9182,'The %view_id view could not be updated automatically while processing an entity schema update for the %entity_type_id entity type.','','none'),(9183,'Commenting settings can be configured by editing the <em>Comments</em> field on the <em>Manage fields page</em> of an entity type if the <em>Field UI module</em> is enabled. Configuration includes the label of the comments field, the number of comments to be displayed, and whether they are shown in threaded list. Commenting can be configured as: <em>Open</em> to allow new comments, <em>Closed</em> to view existing comments, but prevent new comments, or <em>Hidden</em> to hide existing comments and prevent new comments. Changing this configuration for an entity type will not change existing entity items.','','none'),(9184,'The media_library view could not be updated because it has been deleted. The Media Library module needs this view in order to work properly. Uninstall and reinstall the module so the view will be re-created.','','none'),(9185,'<span class=\"visually-hidden\">Show </span>@title<span class=\"visually-hidden\"> media</span><span class=\"active-tab visually-hidden\"> (selected)</span>','','none'),(9186,'Showing @title media.','','none'),(9187,'<span class=\"visually-hidden\">Show </span>@title<span class=\"visually-hidden\"> media</span>','','none'),(9188,'Adding selection.','','none'),(9189,'Added one media item.Added @count media items.','','none'),(9190,'Filter the contents of the %view_title view','','none'),(9191,'This theme is not compatible with Drupal @core_version. Check that the .info.yml file contains a compatible \'core\' or \'core_version_requirement\' value.','','none'),(9192,'Drupal Core (@core_requirement) (<span class=\"admin-missing\">incompatible with</span> version @core_version)','','8.9.18'),(9193,'A clean, accessible, and powerful Drupal administration theme.','','8.9.18'),(9194,'Maximum number of autocomplete suggestions.','','none'),(9195,'Failed to connect to your database server. The server reports the following message: %error.<ul><li>Is the database server running?</li><li>Does the database exist or does the database user have sufficient privileges to create the database?</li><li>Have you entered the correct database name?</li><li>Have you entered the correct username and password?</li><li>Have you entered the correct database hostname and port number?</li></ul>','','none'),(9196,'Failed to connect to your database server. The server reports the following message: %error.<ul><li>Is the database server running?</li><li>Does the database exist, and have you entered the correct database name?</li><li>Have you entered the correct username and password?</li><li>Have you entered the correct database hostname and port number?</li></ul>','','none'),(9197,'Failed to open or create database file %database. The database engine reports the following message when attempting to create the database: %error.','','none'),(9198,'Failed to connect to database. The database engine reports the following message: %error.<ul><li>Does the database file exist?</li><li>Does web server have permission to write to the database file?</li>Does the web server have permission to write to the directory the database file should be created in?</li></ul>','','none'),(9199,'The number of suggestions that will be listed. Use <em>0</em> to remove the limit.','','none'),(9200,'Autocomplete suggestion list size: @size','','none'),(9201,'Bosnia & Herzegovina','','8.9.18'),(9202,'Ceuta & Melilla','','8.9.18'),(9203,'South Georgia & South Sandwich Islands','','8.9.18'),(9204,'Heard & McDonald Islands','','8.9.18'),(9205,'St. Kitts & Nevis','','8.9.18'),(9206,'St. Martin','','8.9.18'),(9207,'North Macedonia','','8.9.18'),(9208,'Macao SAR China','','8.9.18'),(9209,'St. Pierre & Miquelon','','8.9.18'),(9210,'Svalbard & Jan Mayen','','8.9.18'),(9211,'São Tomé & Príncipe','','8.9.18'),(9212,'Eswatini','','8.9.18'),(9213,'Turks & Caicos Islands','','8.9.18'),(9214,'Trinidad & Tobago','','8.9.18'),(9215,'St. Vincent & Grenadines','','8.9.18'),(9216,'Wallis & Futuna','','8.9.18'),(9217,'The path that this alias belongs to.','','8.9.18'),(9218,'The source path has to start with a slash.','','none'),(9219,'An alias used with this path.','','8.9.18'),(9220,'The alias path has to start with a slash.','','none'),(9221,'Unique path alias.','Validation','none'),(9222,'Valid path.','Validation','none'),(9223,'Either the path \'%link_path\' is invalid or you do not have access to it.','','none'),(9224,'The @label workspace can not be published because it contains 1 item in an unpublished moderation state.The @label workspace can not be published because it contains @count items in an unpublished moderation state.','','none'),(9225,'Moderation state sort','','none'),(9226,'Moderation state field','','none'),(9227,'Deprecated: @label moderation state','','none'),(9228,'Full string ID','','none'),(9229,'A boolean indicating whether this translation needs to be updated','','none'),(9230,'JSON:API allowed operations','','none'),(9231,'All (create, read, update, delete)','','none'),(9232,'It is recommended to <a href=\":configure-url\">configure</a> JSON:API to only accept all operations if the site requires it. <a href=\":docs\">Learn more about securing your site with JSON:API.</a>','','none'),(9233,'i18n language','','none'),(9234,'i18n mode','','none'),(9235,'Add section <span class=\"visually-hidden\">at end of layout</span>','','none'),(9236,'Add section <span class=\"visually-hidden\">at start of layout</span>','','none'),(9237,'Add section <span class=\"visually-hidden\">between @first and @second</span>','','none'),(9238,'Add block <span class=\"visually-hidden\">in @section, @region region</span>','','none'),(9239,'@region region in @section','','none'),(9240,'Remove @section','','none'),(9241,'<span class=\"layout-builder__section-label\" aria-hidden=\"true\">@section</span>','','none'),(9242,'Configure @section','','none'),(9243,'@section, Region: @region','','none'),(9244,'Block label','','none'),(9245,'Are you sure you want to remove @section?','','none'),(9246,'This must be an internal path such as %add-node. You can also start typing the title of a piece of content to select it. Enter %front to link to the front page. Enter %nolink to display link text only.','','none'),(9247,'Start typing the title of a piece of content to select it. You can also enter an internal path such as %add-node or an external URL such as %url. Enter %front to link to the front page. Enter %nolink to display link text only.','','none'),(9248,'The %media-embed-filter-label filter requires <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code> among the allowed HTML tags.','','none'),(9249,'The <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code> tag in the allowed HTML tags is missing the following attributes: <code>%list</code>.','','none'),(9250,'The %media-embed-filter-label filter needs to be placed after the %filter filter.The %media-embed-filter-label filter needs to be placed after the following filters: %filters.','','none'),(9251,'If you would like to change this, <a href=\":display\">add an image style to the %field_name field</a>.','','none'),(9252,'The default display for the %type media type is not currently using an image style on the %field_name field. Not using an image style can lead to much larger file downloads. @action_item','','none'),(9253,'The view mode that is used by default','','none'),(9254,'Media types selectable in the Media Library','','none'),(9255,'View modes selectable in the \"Edit media\" dialog','','none'),(9256,'An error occurred while trying to preview the media. Please save your work and reload this page.','','none'),(9257,'Embedded media','','none'),(9258,'Filters out unpublished media if the current user cannot view it.','','none'),(9259,'There is nothing to configure for this media.','','none'),(9260,'@warning <a href=\"@edit_url\">Edit the text format %format</a> to modify the attributes that can be overridden.','','none'),(9261,'The view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in by default. This can be overridden using the <code>data-view-mode</code> attribute.','','none'),(9262,'If none are selected, all will be allowed.','','none'),(9263,'View modes selectable in the \'Edit media\' dialog','','none'),(9264,'If two or more view modes are selected, users will be able to update the view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in after it has been embedded.  If less than two view modes are selected, media will be embedded using the default view mode and no view mode options will appear after a media item has been embedded.','','none'),(9265,'The referenced media source is missing and needs to be re-embedded.','','none'),(9266,'\n      <p>You can embed media items:</p>\n      <ul>\n        <li>Choose which media item to embed: <code>&lt;drupal-media data-entity-uuid=\"07bf3a2e-1941-4a44-9b02-2d1d7a41ec0e\" /&gt;</code></li>\n        <li>Optionally also choose a view mode: <code>data-view-mode=\"tiny_embed\"</code>, otherwise the default view mode is used.</li>\n        <li>The <code>data-entity-type=\"media\"</code> attribute is required for consistency.</li>\n      </ul>','','none'),(9267,'You can embed media items (using the <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code> tag).','','none'),(9268,'During rendering of embedded media: recursive rendering detected for %entity_id. Aborting rendering.','','none'),(9269,'During rendering of embedded media: the media item with UUID \"@uuid\" does not exist.','','none'),(9270,'During rendering of embedded media: the view mode \"@view-mode-id\" does not exist.','','none'),(9271,'Embeds media items using a custom tag, <code>&lt;drupal-media&gt;</code>. If used in conjunction with the \'Align/Caption\' filters, make sure this filter is configured to run after them.','','none'),(9272,'The Media Library module provides a rich, visual interface for managing media, and allows media to be reused in entity reference fields or embedded into text content. It overrides the <a href=\":media-collection\">media administration page</a>, allowing users to toggle between the existing table-style interface and a new grid-style interface for browsing and performing administrative operations on media.','','none'),(9273,'To learn more about media management, begin by reviewing the <a href=\":media-help\">documentation for the Media module</a>. For more information about the media library and related functionality, see the <a href=\":media-library-handbook\">online documentation for the Media Library module</a>.','','none'),(9274,'Selection dialog','','none'),(9275,'When selecting media for an entity reference field or a text editor, Media Library opens a modal dialog to help users easily find and select media. The modal dialog can toggle between a grid-style and table-style interface, and new media items can be uploaded directly into it.','','none'),(9276,'Within the dialog, media items are divided up by type. If more than one media type can be selected by the user, the available types will be displayed as a set of vertical tabs. To users who have appropriate permissions, each media type may also present a short form allowing you to upload or create new media items of that type.','','none'),(9277,'Grid-style vs. table-style interface','','none'),(9278,'The Media Library module provides a new grid-style interface for the media administration page that displays media as thumbnails, with minimal textual information, allowing users to visually browse media in their site. The existing table-style interface is better suited to displaying additional information about media items, in addition to being more accessible to users with assistive technology.','','none'),(9279,'Reusing media in entity reference fields','','none'),(9280,'Any entity reference field that references media can use the media library. To enable, configure the form display for the field to use the \"Media library\" widget.','','none'),(9281,'Embedding media in text content','','none'),(9282,'To use the media library within CKEditor, you must add the \"Insert from Media Library\" button to the CKEditor toolbar, and enable the \"Embed media\" filter in the text format associated with the text editor.','','none'),(9283,'Both the table-style and grid-style interfaces are regular views and can be customized via the Views UI, including sorting and filtering. This is the case for both the administration page and the modal dialog.','','none'),(9284,'The %media-embed-filter-label filter must be enabled to use the %drupal-media-library-button button.','','none'),(9285,'Insert from Media Library','','none'),(9286,'Media Library settings','','none'),(9287,'Manage Media Library settings.','','none'),(9288,'Media library settings','','none'),(9289,'Enable advanced UI','','none'),(9290,'Embed media from the Media Library','','none'),(9291,'The new site is missing modules corresponding to the old site\'s modules. Unless they are installed prior to the upgrade, configuration and/or content needed by them will not be available on your new site. <a href=\':review\'>Read the checklist</a> to help decide what to do.','','none'),(9292,'A path alias set for a specific language will always be used when displaying this page in that language, and takes precedence over path aliases set as <em>- Not specified -</em>.','','8.9.18'),(9293,'No path aliases available. <a href=\":link\">Add URL alias</a>.','','8.9.18'),(9294,'The search page that the form submits to, or Default for the default search page.','','none'),(9295,'Provides a service for (de)serializing data to/from formats such as JSON and XML.','','8.9.18'),(9296,'Experimental themes enabled','','none'),(9297,'Experimental themes found: %theme_list. Experimental themes are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),(9298,'Temporary Directory','','none'),(9299,'You are using deprecated configuration for the temporary files path.','','none'),(9300,'Configuration sync directory','','none'),(9301,'Your %file file must define the %setting setting as a string containing the directory in which configuration files can be found.','','none'),(9302,'The \"path_alias\" entity type has been installed.','','none'),(9303,'Path aliases have been converted to entities.','','none'),(9304,'experimental theme','','8.9.18'),(9305,'A local file system path where temporary files will be stored. This directory should not be accessible over the web. This must be changed in settings.php.','','none'),(9306,'Are you sure you wish to install an experimental theme?','','none'),(9307,'Experimental themes are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk.','','none'),(9308,'The following themes are experimental: @themes','','none'),(9309,'You must enable the @required theme to install @theme.You must enable the @required themes to install @theme.','','none'),(9310,'Internationalization mode.','','none'),(9311,'Language from the taxonomy_vocabulary table.','','none'),(9312,'Translation of either the name or the description.','','none'),(9313,'Language code from locales_target table','','none'),(9314,'Require summary','','8.9.18'),(9315,'Always show summary','','none'),(9316,'The summary will also be visible when marked as required.','','8.9.18'),(9317,'The summary field is required for @name','','none'),(9318,'Always show the summary field','','8.9.18'),(9319,'Summary field will always be visible','','none'),(9320,'Too many password recovery requests from your IP address. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or contact the site administrator.','','none'),(9321,'Too many password recovery requests for this account. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or contact the site administrator.','','none'),(9322,'Limit the available operators','','none'),(9323,'List of available operators','','none'),(9324,'Limit the available operators to be shown on the exposed filter.','','none'),(9325,'Restrict operators to','','none'),(9326,'Selecting none will make all of them available.','','none'),(9327,'You selected the \"@operator\" operator as the default value but is not included in the list of limited operators.','','none'),(9328,'Provides an interface to create workflows with transitions between different states (for example publication or user status) provided by other modules.','','8.9.18'),(9329,'Indicates the workspace that this revision belongs to.','','none'),(9330,'Switch to Live','','none'),(9331,'Would you like to switch to the live version of the site?','','none'),(9332,'Switch to the live version of the site.','','none'),(9333,'You are now viewing the live version of the site.','','none'),(9334,'Nightwatch Testing','','none'),(9335,'Minimal profile for running Nightwatch tests. Includes absolutely required modules only.','','none'),(9336,'Media Library thumbnail (220×220)','','none'),(9337,'Delete {{ name }}','','none'),(9338,'An uploaded file or document, such as a PDF.','','none'),(9339,'The Help Topics module adds module- and theme-provided help topics to the module overviews from the core Help module. If the core Search module is enabled, these topics are also searchable. For more information, see the <a href=\":online\">online documentation for the Help Topics module</a>.','','none'),(9340,'Viewing help topics','','none'),(9341,'The top-level help topics are listed on the main <a href=\":help_page\">Help page</a>. Links to other topics, including non-top-level help topics, can be found under the \"Related\" heading when viewing a topic page.','','none'),(9342,'Providing help topics','','none'),(9343,'Modules and themes can provide help topics as Twig-file-based plugins in a project sub-directory called <em>help_topics</em>; plugin meta-data is provided in YAML front matter within each Twig file. Plugin-based help topics provided by modules and themes will automatically be updated when a module or theme is updated. Use the plugins in <em>core/modules/help_topics/help_topics</em> as a guide when writing and formatting a help topic plugin for your theme or module.','','none'),(9344,'Translating help topics','','none'),(9345,'The title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules and themes are translatable using the <a href=\":locale_help\">Interface Translation module</a>. Topics provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they have been viewed at least once in a non-English language, which triggers putting their translatable text into the translation database.','','none'),(9346,'Configuring help search','','none'),(9347,'To search help, you will need to install the core Search module, configure a search page, and add a search block to the Help page or another administrative page. (A search page is provided automatically, and if you use the core Seven administrative theme, a help search block is shown on the main Help page.) Then users with search permissions, and permission to view help, will be able to search help. See the <a href=\":search_help\">Search module help page</a> for more information.','','none'),(9348,'See the <a href=\":help_page\">Help page</a> for more topics.','','none'),(9349,'Help Topics','','none'),(9350,'Displays help topics provided by themes and modules.','','8.9.18'),(9351,'Help search','','none'),(9352,'Configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a region of a theme.','','none'),(9353,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@layout_url\"><em>Block layout</em></a>.','','none'),(9354,'Click the name of the theme that contains the block.','','none'),(9355,'Optionally, click <em>Demonstrate block regions</em> to see the regions of the theme.','','none'),(9356,'If you only want to change the region where a block is located, or the ordering of blocks within a region, drag blocks to their desired positions and click <em>Save blocks</em>.','','none'),(9357,'If you want to change additional settings, find the region where the block you want to update is currently located, and click <em>Configure</em> in the line of the block description.','','none'),(9358,'Edit the block\'s settings. The available settings vary depending on the module that provides the block, but for all blocks you can change:','','none'),(9359,'<em>Block title</em>: The heading for the block on your site -- for some blocks, you will need to check the <em>Override title</em> checkbox in order to enter a title','','none'),(9360,'<em>Display title</em>: Check the box if you want the title displayed','','none'),(9361,'<em>Visibility</em>: Add conditions for when the block should be displayed','','none'),(9362,'<em>Region</em>: Change the theme region the block is displayed in','','none'),(9363,'Click <em>Save block</em>.','','none'),(9364,'What are blocks?','','none'),(9365,'Blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area, or region, of a web page of your site. Blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme.','','none'),(9366,'What are custom blocks?','','none'),(9367,'Custom blocks are blocks whose content you can edit. You can define one or more <em>custom block types</em>, and attach fields to each custom block type. Custom blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other modules.','','none'),(9368,'What is the block description?','','none'),(9369,'The block description is an identification name for a block, which is shown in the administrative interface. It is not displayed on the site.','','none'),(9370,'What is the block title?','','none'),(9371,'The block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site visitors when the block is placed in a region.','','none'),(9372,'Managing blocks overview','','none'),(9373,'The <em>Block</em> module allows you to place blocks in regions of your installed themes, and configure block settings. The <em>Custom Block</em> module allows you to custom block types and custom blocks. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9374,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/blocks-chapter.html\">Blocks chapter of the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9375,'Place a block into a theme\'s region.','','none'),(9376,'Click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in.','','none'),(9377,'Find the region where you want the block, and click <em>Place block</em> in that region. A modal dialog will pop up.','','none'),(9378,'Find the block you want to place and click <em>Place block</em>. A <em>Configure block</em> modal dialog will pop up.','','none'),(9379,'Create a custom block, which can later be placed on the site.','','none'),(9380,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Block layout</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_url\"><em>Custom block library</em></a>.','','none'),(9381,'Click  <em>Add custom block</em>. If you have more than one custom block type defined on your site, click the name of the type you want to create.','','none'),(9382,'Enter a description of your block (to be shown to administrators) and the body text for your block.','','none'),(9383,'Define a custom block type and its fields.','','none'),(9384,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Block layout</em> &gt; <em>Custom block library</em> &gt; <a href=\"@types_url\"><em>Block types</em></a>.','','none'),(9385,'Click  <em>Add custom block type</em>.','','none'),(9386,'Enter a label for this block type (shown in the administrative interface). Optionally, edit the automatically-generated machine name or the description.','','none'),(9387,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Block types</em> page.','','none'),(9388,'Click <em>Manage fields</em> in the row of your new block type, and add the desired fields to your block type.','','none'),(9389,'Optionally, click <em>Manage form display</em> or <em>Manage display</em> to change the editing form or field display for your block type.','','none'),(9390,'Use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating the administrative menu.','','none'),(9391,'What are contextual links?','','none'),(9392,'<em>Contextual links</em> give users with the <em>Use contextual links</em> permission quick access to administrative tasks related to areas of non-administrative pages. For example, if a page on your site displays a block, the block would have a contextual link that would allow users with permission to configure the block. If the block contains a menu or a view, it would also have a contextual link for editing the menu links or the view. Clicking a contextual link takes you to the related administrative page directly, without needing to navigate through the administrative menu system.','','none'),(9393,'Make sure that the core Contextual Links module is installed, and that you have a role with the <em>Use contextual links</em> permission. Optionally, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','none'),(9394,'Visit a non-administrative page on your site, such as the home page.','','none'),(9395,'Locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or configure.','','none'),(9396,'Make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over that area in the page. In most themes, this button looks like a pencil and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area (upper left for right-to-left languages), and hovering will also temporarily outline the affected area. Alternatively, click the contextual links toggle button on the right end of the toolbar (left end for right-to-left languages), which will make all contextual link buttons on the page visible until it is clicked again.','','none'),(9397,'While the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible, click the button to display the list of links for that area. Click a link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page.','','none'),(9398,'Complete your administrative task and save your settings, or cancel the action. You should be returned to the page you started from.','','none'),(9399,'What are security updates?','','none'),(9400,'Any software occasionally has bugs, and sometimes these bugs have security implications. When security bugs are fixed in the core software, modules, or themes that your site uses, they are released in a <em>security update</em>. You will need to apply security updates in order to keep your site secure.','','none'),(9401,'Security tasks','','none'),(9402,'Overview of accessibility','','none'),(9403,'The core administrative interface has built-in compliance with many accessibility standards, so that most pages are accessible to most users in their default state. However, certain pages become more accessible to some users through the use of a non-default interface. These replacement interfaces include:','','none'),(9404,'The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, including keyboard-only users and users of screen readers and other assistive technology. The drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled <em>Show row weights</em> above the table. The replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights (with increasing numbers) instead of dragging table rows.','','none'),(9405,'Administrative interface overview','','none'),(9406,'The administrative interface has several components:','','none'),(9407,'Accessibility features, to enable all users to perform administrative tasks.','','none'),(9408,'A menu system, which you can navigate to find pages for administrative tasks. The core Toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left side of the page (right side in right-to-left languages). There are also contributed module replacements for the core Toolbar module, with additional features, such as the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/admin_toolbar\">Admin Toolbar module</a>.','','none'),(9409,'The core Shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable list of links to commonly-used tasks.','','none'),(9410,'If you install the core Contextual Links module, non-administrative pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks.','','none'),(9411,'The core Help module displays help topics, and provides a Help block that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of their functionality.','','none'),(9412,'The core Tour module allows modules to provide interactive tours of administrative pages for more detailed help.','','none'),(9413,'See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9414,'Set up your site so that users can search for help.','','none'),(9415,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em><a href=\"@extend_url\">Extend</a></em>. Verify that the Search, Help, Help Topics, and Block modules are installed (or install them if they are not already installed).','','none'),(9416,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Search and metadata</em> &gt; <em>Search pages</em>.','','none'),(9417,'Verify that a Help search page is listed in the <em>Search pages</em> section. If not, add a new page of type <em>Help</em>.','','none'),(9418,'Click the link for your administrative theme (such as the core Seven theme), near the top of the page, and verify that there is already a search block for help located in the Help region. If not, follow the steps in the related topic to place the <em>Search form</em> block in the Help region. When configuring the block, choose <em>Help</em> as the search page, and in the <em>Pages</em> tab under <em>Visibility</em>, enter <em>/admin/help</em> to make the search form only visible on the main <em>Help</em> page.','','none'),(9419,'Create, view, and use a set of shortcuts to access administrative pages.','','none'),(9420,'What are shortcuts?','','none'),(9421,'<em>Shortcuts</em> are quick links to administrative pages; they are managed by the core Shortcut module. A site can have one or more <em>shortcut sets</em>, which can be shared by one or more users (by default, there is only one set shared by all users); each set contains a limited number of shortcuts. Users need <em>Use shortcuts</em> permission to view shortcuts; <em>Edit current shortcut set</em> permission to add, delete, or edit the shortcuts in the set assigned to them; and <em>Select any shortcut set</em> permission to select a different shortcut set when editing their user profile. There is also an <em>Administer shortcuts</em> permission, which allows an administrator to do any of these actions, as well as select shortcut sets for other users.','','none'),(9422,'Make sure that the core Shortcut module is enabled, and that you have a role with <em>Edit current shortcut set</em> or <em>Administer shortcuts</em> permission. Also, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','none'),(9423,'Navigate to an administrative page that you want in your shortcut list.','','none'),(9424,'Click the shortcut link to add the page to your shortcut list -- in the core Seven administrative theme, the link looks like a star, and is displayed next to the page title. However, if the page is already in your shortcut set, clicking the shortcut link will remove it from your shortcut set.','','none'),(9425,'Repeat until all the desired links have been added to your shortcut set.','','none'),(9426,'Click <em>Shortcuts</em> in the toolbar to display your shortcuts, and verify that the list is complete.','','none'),(9427,'Optionally, click <em>Edit shortcuts</em> at the right end of the shortcut list (left end in right-to-left languages), to remove links or change their order.','','none'),(9428,'Click any link in the shortcut bar to go directly to the administrative page.','','none'),(9429,'Configure the basic settings of your site, including the site name, slogan, main email address, default time zone, default country, and the date formats to use.','','none'),(9430,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@information_url\">Basic site settings</a></em>.','','none'),(9431,'Enter the site name, slogan, and main email address for your site.','','none'),(9432,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>. You should see a message indicating that the settings were saved.','','none'),(9433,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@regional_url\">Regional settings</a></em>.','','none'),(9434,'Select the default country and default time zone for your site.','','none'),(9435,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Regional and language</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@datetime_url\">Date and time formats</a></em>.','','none'),(9436,'Look at the <em>Patterns</em> for the Default long, medium, and short date formats. If any of them does not match the date format you want to use on your site, click <em>Edit</em> in that row to edit the format.','','none'),(9437,'Adjust the <em>Format string</em> until the <em>Displayed</em> format matches what you want. (Date format strings are composed of PHP date format codes.)','','none'),(9438,'Click <em>Save format</em>. You should see a message indicating that the format was saved.','','none'),(9439,'Repeat the previous three steps for any other date formats that need to be changed.','','none'),(9440,'<a href=\"https://php.net/manual/function.date.php\">PHP date format codes reference</a>','','none'),(9441,'Set up your site to respond appropriately to site errors, including 403 and 404 page responses.','','none'),(9442,'What are 403 and 404 responses?','','none'),(9443,'When a user visits a web page, the web server sends a response code in addition to the page content. A normal, non-error response has code 200. If the page does not exist on the site, the response code is 404. If the page exists, but the user is not authorized to visit the page, the response code is 403. The core software provides default responses for both 403 and 404 codes, but if you prefer, you can create your own pages for each.','','none'),(9444,'What other errors can occur?','','none'),(9445,'Under some situations, your site can generate error messages. These can be due to user errors (such as entering invalid values in a form, or incorrect configuration), PHP runtime errors, or software bugs. Some errors may result in a <em>white screen of death</em> (a totally blank web page response); less drastic errors will generate error messages. You can configure what happens when an error message is generated.','','none'),(9446,'If desired, create pages to use for 403 and 404 responses. Note the URLs for these pages.','','none'),(9447,'In the <em>Error pages</em> section, enter the URL for your 403/403 pages, starting after the site home page URL. For example, if your site URL is <em>https://example.com</em> and your 404 page is <em>https://example.com/not-found</em>, you would enter <em>/not-found</em>.','','none'),(9448,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@log_settings_url\">Logging and errors</a></em>.','','none'),(9449,'For a production site, select <em>None</em> under <em>Error messages to display</em>. For a site that is in development, select one of the other options, so that you are more aware of the errors the site is generating.','','none'),(9450,'Take a tour of an administrative page.','','none'),(9451,'What are tours?','','none'),(9452,'The core Tour module provides users with <em>tours</em>, which are guided tours of the administrative interface. Each tour starts on a particular administrative page, and consists of one or more <em>tips</em> that highlight elements of the page, guide you through a workflow, or explain key concepts. Users need <em>Access tour</em> permission to view tours, and JavaScript must be enabled in their browsers.','','none'),(9453,'Make sure that the core Tour module is installed, and that you have a role with the <em>Access tour</em> permission. Also, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement).','','none'),(9454,'Visit an administrative page that has a tour, such as the edit view page provided by the core Views UI module.','','none'),(9455,'Click the <em>Tour</em> button at the right end of the toolbar (left end for right-to-left languages). The first tip of the tour should appear.','','none'),(9456,'Click the <em>Next</em> button to advance to the next tip, and <em>End tour</em> at the end to close the tour.','','none'),(9457,'Configure settings related to how user accounts are created and deleted.','','none'),(9458,'What are the settings related to user account creation and deletion?','','none'),(9459,'You can make it possible for new users to register themselves for accounts, with or without email verification or administrative approval. Or, you can make it so only administrators with <em>Administer users</em> permission can register new users.','','none'),(9460,'You can configure what happens to content that a user created, if their account is <em>canceled</em> (deleted).','','none'),(9461,'You can edit the email messages that are sent to users when their accounts are pending, approved, created, blocked, or canceled, or when they request a password reset.','','none'),(9462,'What are variables in email message text?','','none'),(9463,'<em>Variables</em> are short text strings, enclosed in square brackets [], that you can insert into configured email message text. When an individual message is generated, data from your site is substituted for the variables. Some commonly-used variables are:','','none'),(9464,'[site:name]: The name of your web site.','','none'),(9465,'[site:url]: The URL of your web site.','','none'),(9466,'[site:login-url]: The URL where users can log in to your site.','','none'),(9467,'[user:display-name]: The user\'s displayed name.','','none'),(9468,'[user:account-name]: The users\'s account name.','','none'),(9469,'[user:mail]: The user\'s email alias.','','none'),(9470,'[user:one-time-login-url]: An expiring URL that a user can use to log in once, if they need to reset their password.','','none'),(9471,'Select the method you want to use for creating user accounts, and check or uncheck the box that requires email verification, to match the settings you want for your site.','','none'),(9472,'Select the desired option for what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled.','','none'),(9473,'Optionally, edit the text of email messages related to user accounts.','','none'),(9474,'Verify that the other settings are correct.','','none'),(9475,'Topics can be provided by modules or themes. Top-level help topics on your site:','','none'),(9476,'Both the table-style and grid-style interfaces are regular views and can be customized via the <a href=\":views-ui\">Views UI</a>, including sorting and filtering. This is the case for both the administration page and the modal dialog.','','none'),(9477,'In the grid-style interface, the fields that are displayed (including which image style is used for images) can be customized by configuring the \"Media library\" view mode for each of your <a href=\":media-types\">media types</a>. The thumbnail images in the grid-style interface can be customized by configuring the \"Media Library thumbnail (220×220)\" image style.','','none'),(9478,'When adding new media items within the modal dialog, the fields that are displayed can be customized by configuring the \"Media library\" form mode for each of your <a href=\":media-types\">media types</a>.','','none'),(9479,'Provides the API allowing to rename URLs.','','none'),(9480,'Testing (SimpleTest)','','none'),(9481,'The Pathauto module is not compatible with the current version of Drupal core. Update the <a href=\":url\">Pathauto</a> module to 8.x-1.6 or later.','','none'),(9482,'The parent workspace.','','none'),(9483,'Merge workspace','','none'),(9484,'Only top-level workspaces can be published.','','none'),(9485,'Merge into @target_label','','none'),(9486,'The %label workspace can not be deleted because it has child workspaces.','','none'),(9487,'There are no changes that can be merged from %source_label to %target_label.','','none'),(9488,'Would you like to merge the contents of the %source_label workspace into %target_label?','','none'),(9489,'Merge workspace contents.','','none'),(9490,'The contents of the %source_label workspace have been merged into %target_label.','','none'),(9491,'There is @count item that can be merged from %source_label to %target_labelThere are @count items that can be merged from %source_label to %target_label','','none'),(9492,'Workspace selection','','none'),(9493,'Medium 8:7','','none'),(9494,'Responsive 3x2','','none'),(9495,'The field that is going to be used as the RSS item link for each row. This must either be an internal unprocessed path like \"node/123\" or a processed, root-relative URL as produced by fields like \"Link to content\".','','none'),(9496,'Recursive rendering detected when rendering entity %entity_type: %entity_id, using the %field_name field on the %parent_entity_type:%parent_bundle %parent_entity_id entity. Aborting rendering.','','none'),(9497,'The user who created the revision.','','none'),(9498,'Remove the configuration and add the following to <code>settings.php</code>. <code>$settings[\"file_temp_path\"] = \"%temp_path\"</code>','','none'),(9499,'The @drupal installer requires that the %default-file file must not be deleted or modified from the original download.','','none'),(9500,'Configure the block and click <em>Save block</em>; see <a href=\"@configure\">Configuring a previously-placed block</a> for configuration details.','','none'),(9501,'Temporary file could not be created for file upload.','','none'),(9502,'@low_version_number to @high_version_number','','8.9.18'),(9503,'Drupal core security coverage','','8.9.18'),(9504,'Update to a supported minor version soon to continue receiving security updates.','','none'),(9505,'Visit the <a href=\":url\">release cycle overview</a> for more information on supported releases.','','8.9.18'),(9506,'Manage workspace','','none'),(9507,'Other workspaces:','','none'),(9508,'View all workspaces','','none'),(9509,'Not compatible','','8.9.18'),(9510,'Requires Drupal core:','','8.9.18'),(9511,'Covered until @end_version','','none'),(9512,'Coverage has ended','','none'),(9513,'<a href=\":update_status_report\">Update to @next_minor or higher</a> soon to continue receiving security updates.','','none'),(9514,'Covered until @date','','8.9.18'),(9515,'<a href=\":update_status_report\">Update to a supported minor</a> as soon as possible to continue receiving security updates.','','none'),(9516,'Allows configuration of tasks to be executed in response to events.','','8.9.18'),(9517,'Gathers and displays syndicated content (RSS, RDF, and Atom feeds) from external sources.','','8.9.18'),(9518,'Allows administrators to ban visits from specific IP addresses.','','8.9.18'),(9519,'Supplies an HTTP Basic authentication provider.','','8.9.18'),(9520,'Allows the creation of custom blocks and block types.','','8.9.18'),(9521,'Manages breakpoints and breakpoint groups for responsive designs.','','8.9.18'),(9522,'Allows users to change the color scheme of compatible themes.','','8.9.18'),(9523,'Allows users to comment on content.','','8.9.18'),(9524,'Allows administrators to import and export configuration changes.','','8.9.18'),(9525,'Allows users to translate configuration text.','','8.9.18'),(9526,'Provides site-wide contact forms and forms to contact individual users.','','8.9.18'),(9527,'Allows users to translate content.','','8.9.18'),(9528,'Provides contextual links to directly access tasks related to page elements.','','8.9.18'),(9529,'Logs system events in the database.','','8.9.18'),(9530,'Caches pages, including those with dynamic content, for all users.','','8.9.18'),(9531,'Provides a user interface for the Field module.','','8.9.18'),(9532,'Defines a field type for files.','','8.9.18'),(9533,'Defines a field type for image media and provides display configuration tools.','','8.9.18'),(9534,'Allows users to configure available languages.','','8.9.18'),(9535,'Allows users to create menu links.','','8.9.18'),(9536,'Users with sufficient access rights will be able to override these options.','','8.9.18'),(9537,'Caches pages for anonymous users and can be used when external page cache is not available.','','8.9.18'),(9538,'Allows users to create search pages based on plugins provided by other modules.','','8.9.18'),(9539,'PHP APCu caching','','8.9.18'),(9540,'Enabled (@size)','','none'),(9541,'Depending on your configuration, Drupal can run with a @apcu_size APCu limit. However, a @apcu_default_size APCu limit (the default) or above is recommended, especially if your site uses additional custom or contributed modules.','','none'),(9542,'Memory available: @available.','','none'),(9543,'PHP APCu caching can improve your site\'s performance considerably. It is <strong>highly recommended</strong> to have <a href=\"https://www.php.net/manual/apcu.installation.php\" target=\"_blank\">APCu</a> installed on your server.','','8.9.18'),(9544,'Unsupported schema version: @module','','none'),(9545,'The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. Update to an intermediate version first (last removed version: @last_removed_version, installed version: @installed_version).','','none'),(9546,'Displays guided tours of the site interface.','','8.9.18'),(9547,'Provides a user interface for creating and managing views.','','8.9.18'),(9548,'<p class=\"text-align-center\">Explore recipes across every type of occasion, ingredient, and skill level.</p>','','none'),(9549,'<p class=\"text-align-center\">Explore recipes across every type of occasion, ingredient, and skill level</p>','','none'),(9550,'Required by the theme: @theme_namesRequired by the themes: @theme_names','','none'),(9551,'The Migrate Drupal Multilingual module is deprecated and should not be installed.','','none'),(9552,'@theme','','none'),(9553,'@theme (theme) (<span class=\"admin-disabled\">disabled</span>)','','none'),(9554,'This theme requires the listed modules to operate correctly.','','none'),(9555,'This theme requires the listed modules to operate correctly. They must first be enabled by a user with permissions to do so.','','none'),(9556,'This theme requires the listed modules to operate correctly. They must first be enabled via the <a href=\":modules_url\">Extend page</a>.','','none'),(9557,'Review the <a href=\":url\"> suggestions for resolving this incompatibility</a> to repair your installation, and then re-run update.php.','','none'),(9558,'Missing updates for: @module','','none'),(9559,'The following module is installed, but it is incompatible with Drupal @version:The following modules are installed, but they are incompatible with Drupal @version:','','none'),(9560,'Incompatible moduleIncompatible modules','','none'),(9561,'The following theme is installed, but it is incompatible with Drupal @version:The following themes are installed, but they are incompatible with Drupal @version:','','none'),(9562,'Incompatible themeIncompatible themes','','none'),(9563,'The following module is installed, but it is incompatible with PHP @version:The following modules are installed, but they are incompatible with PHP @version:','','none'),(9564,'The following theme is installed, but it is incompatible with PHP @version:The following themes are installed, but they are incompatible with PHP @version:','','none'),(9565,'The following module is marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but it is missing:The following modules are marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but they are missing:','','none'),(9566,'Missing or invalid moduleMissing or invalid modules','','none'),(9567,'The following theme is marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but it is missing:The following themes are marked as installed in the core.extension configuration, but they are missing:','','none'),(9568,'Missing or invalid themeMissing or invalid themes','','none'),(9569,'The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. Update to a version prior to @versions first (missing updates: @missing_updates).The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. Update first to a version prior to all of the following: @versions (missing updates: @missing_updates).','','none'),(9570,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-missing\">missing</span>)','','8.9.18'),(9571,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-missing\">incompatible with</span> this version of Drupal core)','','none'),(9572,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-missing\">incompatible with</span> version @version)','','none'),(9573,'@module_name (<span class=\"admin-disabled\">disabled</span>)','','none'),(9574,'Unable to install @theme due to missing module dependencies.','','none'),(9575,'Empty version','','none'),(9576,'Invalid version: @existing_version','','none'),(9577,'Ban visitors from one or more IP addresses from accessing and viewing your site.','','none'),(9578,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@ban\"><em>IP address bans</em></a>','','none'),(9579,'Enter an <em>IP address</em> and click <em>Add</em>.','','none'),(9580,'You should see the IP address you entered listed under <em>Banned IP addresses</em>. Repeat the above steps to ban additional IP addresses.','','none'),(9581,'What types of data does a site have?','','none'),(9582,'What is a content entity?','','none'),(9583,'A <em>content entity</em> (or more commonly, <em>entity</em>) is an item of content data, which can consist of text, HTML markup, images, attached files, and other data. Content entities are grouped into <em>entity types</em>, which have different purposes and are displayed in very different ways on the site. Most entity types are also divided into <em>entity sub-types</em>, which are divisions within an entity type to allow for smaller variations in how the entities are used and displayed. For example, the <em>Content item</em> entity type that stores page-level content is divided into <em>content type</em> sub-types; the <em>Custom block</em> entity type has <em>custom block types</em>; but the <em>User</em> entity type (for user profile information) does not have sub-types.','','none'),(9584,'What is a field?','','none'),(9585,'Within entity items, the data is stored in individual <em>fields</em>, each of which holds one type of data, such as formatted or plain text, images or other files, or dates. Fields can be added by an administrator on entity sub-types, so that all entity items of a given entity sub-type have the same collection of fields available, and they can be single-valued or multiple-valued. When you create or edit entity items, you are specifying the values for the fields on the entity item.','','none'),(9586,'What is a reference field?','','none'),(9587,'A <em>reference field</em> is a field that stores a relationship between an entity and one or more other entities, which may belong to the same or different entity type. For example, a <em>Content reference</em> field on a content type stores a relationship between one content item and one or more other content items.','','none'),(9588,'What field types are available?','','none'),(9589,'The following field types are provided by the core system and core modules (many more are provided by contributed modules):','','none'),(9590,'Boolean, Number (provided by the core system): Stores true/false values and numbers','','none'),(9591,'Comment (provided by the core Comment module): Allows users to add comments to an entity','','none'),(9592,'Date, Timestamp (Datetime module): Stores dates and times','','none'),(9593,'Date range (Datetime range module): Stores time/date periods with a start and and an end','','none'),(9594,'Email (core system): Stores email addresses','','none'),(9595,'Link (Link module): Stores URLs and link text','','none'),(9596,'Telephone (Telephone module): Stores telephone numbers','','none'),(9597,'What is a formatter?','','none'),(9598,'A <em>formatter</em> is a way to display a field; most field types offer several types of formatters, and most formatters have settings that further define how the field is displayed. It is also possible to completely hide a field from display, and you have the option of showing or hiding the field\'s label when it is displayed.','','none'),(9599,'What is a widget?','','none'),(9600,'A <em>widget</em> is a way to edit a field. Some field types, such as plain text single-line fields, have only one widget available (in this case, a single-line text input field). Other field types offer choices for the widget; for example, single-valued <em>List</em> fields can use a <em>Select</em> or <em>Radio button</em> widget for editing. Many widget types have settings that further define how the field can be edited.','','none'),(9601,'Managing content structure overview','','none'),(9602,'The core Node, Comment, Custom Block, Custom Menu Links, User, File, Image, Media, Taxonomy, Contact, and Aggregator modules all provide content entity types.','','none'),(9603,'Depending on the core and contributed modules that you currently have installed on your site, the related topics below, and other topics listed on the main <a href=\"@help_url\">Help page</a>, will help you with tasks related to content structure.','','none'),(9604,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/understanding-data.html\">Concept: Types of Data topic in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9605,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/planning-chapter.html\">Planning your Site chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9606,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/structure-reference-fields.html\">Concept: Reference Fields topic in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9607,'Configure your system so that cron will run automatically.','','none'),(9608,'What are cron tasks?','','none'),(9609,'To ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well, a group of administrative operations should be run periodically. These operations are called <em>cron</em> tasks, and running the tasks is known as <em>running cron</em>. Depending on how often content is updated on your site, you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well.','','none'),(9610,'What options are available for running cron?','','none'),(9611,'If the core Automated Cron module is installed, your site will run cron periodically, on a schedule you can configure.','','none'),(9612,'You can set up a task on your web server to visit the <em> cron URL</em>, which is unique to your site, on a schedule.','','none'),(9613,'You can also run cron manually, but this is not the recommended way to make sure it is run periodically.','','none'),(9614,'In the <em>Manage</em> administration menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>System</em> &gt; <a href=\"@cron\"><em>Cron</em></a>. Note the <em>Last run</em> time on the page.','','none'),(9615,'If you want to run cron right now, click <em>Run cron</em> and wait for cron to finish.','','none'),(9616,'If you have a way to configure tasks on your web server, copy the link where it says <em>To run cron from outside the site, go to</em>. Set up a task to visit that URL on your desired cron schedule, such as once an hour or once a week. (On Linux-like servers, you can use the <em>wget</em> command to visit a URL.) If you configure an outside task, you should uninstall the Automated Cron module.','','none'),(9617,'If you are not configuring an outside task, and you have the core Automated Cron module installed, select a schedule for automated cron runs in <em>Cron settings</em> &gt; <em>Run cron every</em>. Click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','none'),(9618,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-cron-concept.html\">Concept: Cron in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9619,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-cron.html\">Configuring Cron Maintenance Tasks in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9620,'What is a module?','','none'),(9621,'A <em>module</em> is a set of PHP, JavaScript, and/or CSS files that extends site features and adds functionality. A set of <em>Core modules</em> is distributed as part of the core software download. Additional <em>Contributed modules</em> can be downloaded separately from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_module\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>.','','none'),(9622,'What is an Experimental module?','','none'),(9623,'An <em>Experimental</em> module is a module that is still in development and is not yet stable. Using Experimental modules on production sites is not recommended.','','none'),(9624,'What are installing and uninstalling?','','none'),(9625,'Installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it on, so that you can use its features and functionality. Uninstalling means turning it off and removing all of its configuration. A module cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it, or if you have created content on your site using the module -- you would need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first.','','none'),(9626,'Extending overview','','none'),(9627,'See the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related to extending the functionality of your site.','','none'),(9628,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/understanding-modules.html\">Concept: Modules topic in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9629,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/extend-chapter.html\">Extending and customizing your site chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9630,'Maintaining and troubleshooting overview','','none'),(9631,'Here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site, and troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site. See the related topics below for more information.','','none'),(9632,'When performing maintenance, such as installing, uninstalling, or upgrading a module, put your site in maintenance mode.','','none'),(9633,'Configure your site so that cron runs periodically.','','none'),(9634,'If your site is not behaving as expected, clear the cache before trying to diagnose the problem.','','none'),(9635,'There are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems with your site. There are also two core modules that can be used for error logging: Database Logging and Syslog.','','none'),(9636,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/prevent-chapter.html\">Preventing and Fixing Problems chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9637,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-chapter.html\">Security and Maintenance chapter in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9638,'Navigate to the page for managing the entity sub-type you want to add the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_types\"><em>Content types</em></a>.','','none'),(9639,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to add the field to, and click <em>Manage fields</em>.','','none'),(9640,'Click <em>Add field</em>.','','none'),(9641,'In <em>Add a new field</em>, select the type of field you want to add; see <a href=\"@content_structure\">Managing content structure</a> for an overview of field types.','','none'),(9642,'The <em>Label</em> field should now be visible; enter a label for the field, which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display.','','none'),(9643,'Click <em>Save and continue</em>.','','none'),(9644,'On the next screen, enter a value for <em>Allowed number of values</em>. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click <em>Save field settings</em>.','','none'),(9645,'On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for the field, which vary depending on what field type you are creating. For all fields, you can edit the <em>Label</em>, <em>Help text</em> (text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page), and <em>Required field</em> (to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing). You can also configure a default value for the field.','','none'),(9646,'Navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@content_types\"><em>Content types</em></a>.','','none'),(9647,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the display of, and click <em>Manage display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9648,'Use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order.','','none'),(9649,'Drag any fields that you do not wish to see in the display to the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),(9650,'In the <em>Format</em> column, select the formatter for displaying each field.','','none'),(9651,'After selecting the desired formatters, click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the formatter.','','none'),(9652,'When you are done making changes, click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9653,'Test the display for your entity sub-type by viewing an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the display.','','none'),(9654,'Configure the <em>widgets</em> used to edit the fields of an entity sub-type, their order on the form, and the widget settings. See <a href=\"@content_structure\">Managing content structure</a> for background information.','','none'),(9655,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the editing form for, and click <em>Manage form display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9656,'Drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the <em>Disabled</em> section.','','none'),(9657,'In the <em>Widget</em> column, select the widget for editing each field.','','none'),(9658,'After selecting the desired widgets, click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the widget.','','none'),(9659,'Test the editing form for your entity sub-type by editing or creating an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the form.','','none'),(9660,'Add an entity reference field to an entity sub-type; see <a href=\"@content_structure\">Managing content structure</a> for more information on entities and reference fields.','','none'),(9661,'In <em>Add a new field</em>, select the type of reference field you want to add. The <em>Reference</em> section of the select list shows the most common types of reference field; choose <em>Other...</em> if the entity type you want to reference is not listed.','','none'),(9662,'On the next screen, verify that the type of entity you want to reference is shown in <em>Type of item to reference</em>, or select it if not. Enter a value for <em>Allowed number of values</em>. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click <em>Save field settings</em>.','','none'),(9663,'On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for <em>Label</em>, <em>Help text</em> (text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page), and <em>Required field</em> (to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing).','','none'),(9664,'In the <em>Reference type</em> section, you will usually want to limit the entity sub-types that can be referenced; for example, if you are creating a <em>Content</em> reference, you can check one or two <em>Content type</em> choices. The choices will be easier for content editors to scan if you also choose a sort value (normally the entity title or label field).','','none'),(9665,'Check the indexing status of the Help search page. If it is not fully indexed, <a href=\"@cron_help\">run Cron</a> until indexing is complete.','','none'),(9666,'In the future, you can click <em>Rebuild search index</em> on this page, or <a href=\"@cache_help\">clear the site cache</a>, in order to force help topic text to be reindexed for searching. This should be done whenever a module, theme, language, or string translation is updated.','','none'),(9667,'Clear the data in the site cache.','','none'),(9668,'What is the cache?','','none'),(9669,'Some of the calculations that are done when your site loads a page take a long time to run. To save time when these calculations would need to be done again, their results can be <em>cached</em> in your site\'s database. There are internal mechanisms to <em>clear</em> cached data when the conditions or assumptions that went into the calculation have changed, but you can also clear cached data manually. When your site is misbehaving, a good first step is to clear the cache and see if the problem goes away.','','none'),(9670,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@performance_url\"><em>Performance</em></a></em>.','','none'),(9671,'Click <em>Clear all caches</em>. Your site\'s cached data will be cleared.','','none'),(9672,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/prevent-cache.html\">Concept: Cache in the User Guide</a>','','none'),(9673,'Put your site in maintenance mode to perform maintenance operations, and then return to normal mode when finished.','','none'),(9674,'What is maintenance mode?','','none'),(9675,'When your site is in maintenance mode, most site visitors will see a simple maintenance mode message page, rather than being able to use the full functionality of the site. Users with <em>Use the site in maintenance mode</em> permission who are already logged in will be able to use the full site, and the log in page at <em>/user</em> will also be accessible to anyone.','','none'),(9676,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <a href=\"@maintenance_url\"><em>Maintenance mode</em></a>.','','none'),(9677,'Check <em>Put site into maintenance mode</em>, optionally change the <em>Message to display when in maintenance mode</em>, and click <em>Save configuration</em>. Your site will be in maintenance mode.','','none'),(9678,'Perform your maintenance operations.','','none'),(9679,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em><a href=\"@maintenance_url\">Maintenance mode</a></em>.','','none'),(9680,'Uncheck <em>Put site into maintenance mode</em> and click <em>Save configuration</em>. Your site will be back in normal operation mode.','','none'),(9681,'Clear the site cache. See <a href=\"@cache_help\">Clearing the site cache</a> for instructions.','','none'),(9682,'Install a core module, or a contributed module that has already been downloaded.','','none'),(9683,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@extend_url\"><em>Extend</em></a>.','','none'),(9684,'Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to install.','','none'),(9685,'Check the box next to the name of the module you want to install; you can also check more than one box to install multiple modules at the same time. If the checkbox is disabled for the module you are trying to install, expand the information to see why -- you may need to download an additional module that your module requires.','','none'),(9686,'Click <em>Install</em> at the bottom of the page. If you chose to install a module with dependencies that were not already installed, or if you chose an Experimental module, confirm your choice on the next page.','','none'),(9687,'Wait for the module (or modules) to be installed. You should be returned to the <em>Extend</em> page with a message saying the module or modules were installed.','','none'),(9688,'Uninstall a module. Your site should be in <a href=\"@maintenance_topic\">maintenance mode</a> when you uninstall modules.','','none'),(9689,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Extend</em> &gt; <a href=\"@uninstall_url\"><em>Uninstall</em></a>.','','none'),(9690,'Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to uninstall.','','none'),(9691,'In the <em>Description</em> column, see if there are reasons that this module cannot be uninstalled. For example, you may have created content using this module (which you would need to delete first), or there may be another module installed that requires this module to be installed (you would need to uninstall the other module first).','','none'),(9692,'If there are no reasons listed, the module can be uninstalled. Check the box in the <em>Uninstall</em> column, next to the module\'s name.','','none'),(9693,'Click <em>Uninstall</em> at the bottom of the page. Verify the list of modules to be uninstalled and configuration to be deleted on the confirmation page, and click <em>Uninstall</em>.','','none'),(9694,'Wait for the module to be uninstalled. You should be returned to the <em>Uninstall</em> page with a message saying the module was uninstalled.','','none'),(9695,'Run reports to learn about the status and health of your site.','','none'),(9696,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <a href=\"@status_url\"><em>Status report</em></a> to see a report that summarizes the health and status of your site. If there are any warnings or errors, you will need to fix them.','','none'),(9697,'If you have the core Database Logging module installed, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>Recent log messages</em> to see a report of the error and informational messages your site has generated. You can filter the report by <em>Severity</em> to see only the most critical messages, if desired.','','none'),(9698,'If you have the core Update Manager module installed, in the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Reports</em> &gt; <em>Available updates</em> to see a report of the updates that are available for your site software. If <em>Last checked</em> is far in the past, click <em>Check manually</em> to update the report. Scan the report; if Drupal core or any modules or themes have security updates available, you should update them as soon as possible.','','none'),(9699,'<a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/docs/user_guide/en/security-chapter.html\">Security and Maintenance chapter in the User Guide</a>, which includes information on how to update your site\'s core software, modules, and themes','','none'),(9700,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@people_url\"><em>People</em></a>.','','none'),(9701,'Click <em>Add user</em>.','','none'),(9702,'Enter the <em>Email address</em>, <em>Username</em>, and <em>Password</em> (twice) for the new user.','','none'),(9703,'Verify that the <em>Roles</em> checked for the new user are correct.','','none'),(9704,'If you want the new user to receive an email message notifying them of the new account, check <em>Notify user of new account</em>.','','none'),(9705,'Optionally, change other settings on the form.','','none'),(9706,'Click <em>Create new account</em>.','','none'),(9707,'You will be left on the <em>Add user</em> page; repeat these steps if you have more user accounts to create.','','none'),(9708,'Create a new role.','','none'),(9709,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@roles_url\"><em>Roles</em></a>.','','none'),(9710,'Click <em>Add role</em>.','','none'),(9711,'Enter the desired <em>Role name</em>. If desired, click <em>Edit</em> to change the <em>Machine name</em> for the role.','','none'),(9712,'Click <em>Save</em>. You should be returned to the <em>Roles</em> page and your new role should be in the role list.','','none'),(9713,'What is a user?','','none'),(9714,'A user is anyone accessing or viewing your site. <em>Anonymous</em> users are users who are not logged in, and <em>Authenticated</em> users are users who are logged in.','','none'),(9715,'What is a role?','','none'),(9716,'<em>Roles</em> are used to group and classify users; each user can be assigned one or more roles. There are also special roles for all anonymous and all authenticated users.','','none'),(9717,'What is a permission?','','none'),(9718,'Granting a <em>permission</em> to a role allows users who have been assigned that role to perform an action on the site, such as viewing content, editing or creating  a particular type of content, administering settings for a particular module, or using a particular function of the site (such as search).','','none'),(9719,'Overview of managing user accounts and visitors','','none'),(9720,'The core User module allows users to register, log in, and log out, and administrators to manage user roles and permissions. The core Ban module allows administrators to ban certain IP addresses from accessing the site. Depending on which modules you have installed on your site, the related topics below will help you with tasks related to managing user accounts and visitors.','','none'),(9721,'Modify the permissions for an existing role.','','none'),(9722,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@permissions_url\"><em>Permissions</em></a>.','','none'),(9723,'Review the permissions for the role, paying particular attention to the permissions marked with <em>Warning: Give to trusted roles only; this permission has security implications.</em> Uncheck permissions that this role should not have, in the row of the permission and the column of the role; check permissions that this role should have.','','none'),(9724,'Click <em>Save permissions</em>.','','none'),(9725,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>People</em> &gt; <a href=\"@account_settings_url\"><em>Account settings</em></a>.','','none'),(9726,'Update or delete an existing user account.','','none'),(9727,'Enter all or part of the user name or email address of the user account you want to update or delete, and click <em>Filter</em>. A short list of user accounts, including the account of interest, should be shown in the table; if not, modify the filter text until you can find the account of interest.','','none'),(9728,'Click <em>Edit</em> in the <em>Operations</em> area of the account of interest.','','none'),(9729,'To delete the user account, scroll to the bottom and click <em>Cancel account</em>. Select what you want to happen to the user\'s content on the next screen, and click <em>Cancel account</em>.','','none'),(9730,'To update the user account, enter new values in the form and click <em>Save</em>.','','none'),(9731,'Schema information for module %module was missing from the database. You should manually review the module updates and your database to check if any updates have been skipped up to, and including, %last_update_hook.','','none'),(9732,'Path: @uri. %type: @message in %function (line %line of %file).','','none'),(9733,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>.','','none'),(9734,'Click <em>Save settings</em>. You should be returned to the <em>Manage fields</em> page, with your new field in the list.','','none'),(9735,'Whether to force the output to be an absolute link (beginning with http: or https:)','','none'),(9736,'Whether to force this URL to point to a secure location (beginning with https:)','','none'),(9737,'Checked %langcode translation for %project.','','none'),(9738,'Downloaded %langcode translation for %project.','','none'),(9739,'Imported %langcode translation for %project.','','8.9.18'),(9740,'It looks like you have content on your new site which <strong>may be overwritten</strong> if you continue to run this upgrade. The upgrade should be performed on a clean Drupal @version installation. For more information see the <a target=\"_blank\" href=\":id-conflicts-handbook\">upgrade handbook</a>.','','none'),(9741,'An upgrade has already been performed on this site. To perform a new migration, create a clean and empty new install of Drupal @version. Rollbacks are not yet supported through the user interface. For more information, see the <a href=\":url\">upgrading handbook</a>.','','none'),(9742,'Upgrade a site by importing its files and the data from its database into a clean and empty new install of Drupal @version. See the <a href=\":url\">Drupal site upgrades handbook</a> for more information.','','none'),(9743,'This empty Drupal @version installation you will import the old site to.','','none'),(9744,'<strong>Enable all modules on this new site</strong> that are enabled on the old site. For example, if the old site uses the Book module, then enable the Book module on this new site so that the existing data can be imported to it.','','none'),(9745,'The menu name (= set name) for this shortcut link.','','none'),(9746,'Display machine name must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, or underscores.','','none'),(9747,'Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but is missing from your site. <a href=\":url\">More information about this error</a>.','','none'),(9748,'Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but is not installed. <a href=\":url\">More information about this error</a>.','','none'),(9749,'Missing required data for configuration: %config','','none'),(9750,'What is a book?','','none'),(9751,'A book is a structured group of content pages, arranged in a hierarchical structure called a <em>book outline</em>. A book hierarchy can be up to nine levels deep, and a book can include <em>Book page</em> content items or other content items. Every book has a default book-specific navigation block, which contains links that lead to the previous and next pages in the book and to the level above the current page in the book\'s structure.','','none'),(9752,'What are the permissions for books?','','none'),(9753,'The following permissions are needed to create and manage books; see <a href=\"@user_topic\">Managing user accounts and site visitors</a> and its related topics for more about permissions.','','none'),(9754,'Allows users to add new books to the site.','','none'),(9755,'Add content and child pages to books and manage their hierarchies','','none'),(9756,'Allows users to add configured types of content to existing books.','','none'),(9757,'Allows users to add <em>any</em> type of content to a book, use the book overview administration page, and rearrange the pages of a book from the book outline page.','','none'),(9758,'Administer site configuration (in the System module section)','','none'),(9759,'Allows users to do many site configuration tasks, including configuring books. This permission has security implications.','','none'),(9760,'Allows users to click the <em>printer-friendly version</em> link to generate a printer-friendly display of the page, which includes pages below it in the book outline.','','none'),(9761,'<em>Book page</em> content permissions (in the Node module section)','','none'),(9762,'Like other content types, the <em>Book page</em> content type has separate permissions for creating, editing, and deleting a user\'s own and any content items of this type.','','none'),(9763,'Managing books','','none'),(9764,'Book management is handled by the core Book module. The topics listed below will help you create, edit, and configure books.','','none'),(9765,'Add a page to an existing book.','','none'),(9766,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Content</em> &gt; <a href=\"@node_add\"><em>Add content</em></a> &gt; <em>Book page</em>. If you have configured additional content types that can be added to books, you can substitute a different content type for <em>Book page</em> (see the <a href=\"@config\">Configuring books</a> topic for more information).','','none'),(9767,'Enter a title for the page and some text for the body of the page.','','none'),(9768,'In the vertical tabs area, click <em>Book Outline</em>. Select the book you want to add the page to in the <em>Book</em> select list. If you want to insert this page into the book hierarchy, also select the desired parent page in the <em>Parent item</em> select list.','','none'),(9769,'Select the desired weight for the page in the <em>Weight</em> select list (pages with the same parent item are ordered from lowest to highest weight).','','none'),(9770,'Click <em>Save</em> to add the page to the book.','','none'),(9771,'Configure settings related to books.','','none'),(9772,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <em>Books</em> &gt; <a href=\"@settings\"><em>Settings</em></a>.','','none'),(9773,'Check all of the content types that you would like to use as book pages in the <em>Content types allowed in book outlines</em> field.','','none'),(9774,'In the <em>Content type for the Add child page link</em> field, select the content type that will be created from the <em>Add child page</em> link on a book page.','','none'),(9775,'Create a new book.','','none'),(9776,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Content</em> &gt; <em>Add content</em> &gt; <em>Book page</em>. If you have configured additional content types that can be added to books, you can substitute a different content type for <em>Book page</em>.','','none'),(9777,'Enter a title for the book, and if desired, some text for the body of the book\'s title page.','','none'),(9778,'In the vertical tabs area, click <em>Book Outline</em>. Select <em>- Create a new book -</em> from the <em>Book</em> select list.','','none'),(9779,'Click <em>Save</em> to create the book.','','none'),(9780,'Change the order and titles of pages within a book.','','none'),(9781,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <em>Structure</em> &gt; <a href=\"@overview\"><em>Books</em></a>.','','none'),(9782,'Click <em>Edit order and titles</em> for the book you would like to change.','','none'),(9783,'Drag the book pages to the desired order.','','none'),(9784,'If desired, enter new text for one or more of the page titles within the book.','','none'),(9785,'Click <em>Save book pages</em>.','','none'),(9786,'What are breakpoints?','','none'),(9787,'Breakpoints are the point at which your site\'s content will respond to provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the information. A breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports (screens, printers, and other media output types) into steps. For instance, a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps: one for widths up to 40em and one for widths above 40em. Breakpoints can be used to define when layouts should shift from one form to another, when images should be resized, and other changes that need to respond to changes in viewport height or width.','','none'),(9788,'What are media queries?','','none'),(9789,'Media  queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints. For instance, a width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query \"(min-width: 40em)\". Breakpoints are really just media queries with some additional meta-data, such as a name and multiplier information.','','none'),(9790,'What are resolution multipliers?','','none'),(9791,'What is a breakpoint group?','','none'),(9792,'Managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview','','none'),(9793,'The <em>Breakpoint</em> module allows you to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups in YAML files. Modules and themes can use the API provided by the <em>Breakpoint</em> module to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups, and to assign resolution multipliers to breakpoints.','','none'),(9794,'Working with breakpoints in Drupal 8','','none'),(9795,'W3C standards for media queries','','none'),(9796,'Change the colors for links, backgrounds, and text in a theme that supports the Color module. Color-specific stylesheets will be generated and saved; you will need to follow these steps again to regenerate the stylesheets if you make any changes to the base stylesheets of your theme.','','none'),(9797,'In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@appearance\">Appearance</a>.','','none'),(9798,'Click the <em>Settings</em> link for the theme you want to change the colors of.','','none'),(9799,'In the <em>Color scheme</em> section, choose new colors for the backgrounds, text, and links that your theme defines colors for. However, if you do not see color settings, then your theme does not support the Color module.','','none'),(9800,'Click <em>Save configuration</em>. Color-specific stylesheets will be generated and saved in the file system.','','none'),(9801,'What is a theme?','','none'),(9802,'A <em>theme</em> is a set of files that define the visual look and feel of your site. The core software and modules that run on your site determine which content (including HTML text and other data stored in the database, uploaded images, and any other asset files) is displayed on the pages of your site. The theme determines the HTML markup and CSS styling that wraps the content. Several basic themes are supplied with the core software; additional <em>contributed themes</em> can be downloaded separately from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_theme\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>, or you can create your own theme.','','none'),(9803,'What is a base theme?','','none'),(9804,'A base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a site, but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes. The core Classy theme is one example; other base themes can be downloaded from the <a href=\"https://www.drupal.org/project/project_theme\">Download &amp; Extend page on drupal.org</a>.','','none'),(9805,'What is a layout?','','none'),(9806,'A <em>layout</em> is a template that defines where blocks and other pieces of content should be displayed. The core Layout Discovery module allows modules and themes to register layouts, and the core Layout Builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields and blocks in layouts for entity sub-types and individual entity items (see <a href=\"@entities\">Managing content structure</a> for more on entities and fields).','','none'),(9807,'Changing site appearance overview','','none'),(9808,'The main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to switch the default theme. You can also change the color palette of some themes, if the core Color module is installed and the theme supports it; some themes also have other settings. The core Layout Builder and Layout Discovery modules allow you to define layouts for your site\'s content, and the core Breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for different-sized devices. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks.','','none'),(9809,'Extending and Customizing Your Site chapter in the User Guide','','none'),(9810,'Theming Drupal 8','','none'),(9811,'The core Field UI module provides a user interface for managing fields and their display on entities.','','none'),(9812,'The core Layout Builder module provides a more flexible user interface for configuring the display of entities.','','none'),(9813,'The core Filter, RDF, Responsive Image, and Path modules provide settings and display options for entities and fields.','','none'),(9814,'What is site performance?','','none'),(9815,'Site performance, in this context, refers to speed factors such as the page load time and the response time after a user action on a page.','','none'),(9816,'What is caching?','','none'),(9817,'Caching is saving already-rendered HTML output and other calculated data for later use the first time it is needed. This saves time, because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly retrieved instead of recalculated. Automatic caching systems also include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no longer valid when the underlying data changes. To facilitate that, cached data has a <em>lifetime</em>, which is the maximum time before the data will be deleted from the cache (forcing recalculation).','','none'),(9818,'What is file aggregation?','','none'),(9819,'Aggregation is when CSS and JavaScript files are merged together and compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original. This allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end.','','none'),(9820,'What can I do to improve my site\'s performance?','','none'),(9821,'The following Drupal core modules and mechanisms can improve your site\'s performance:','','none'),(9822,'Internal Page Cache module','','none'),(9823,'Caches pages requested by users who are not logged in (anonymous users). Do not use if your site needs to send different output to different anonymous users.','','none'),(9824,'Internal Dynamic Page Cache module','','none'),(9825,'Caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users, with non-cacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and calculated when the page is requested.','','none'),(9826,'Big Pipe module','','none'),(9827,'Changes the way pages are sent to users, so that cacheable parts are sent out first with placeholders, and the uncacheable or personalized parts of the page are streamed afterwards. This allows the browser to render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later.','','none'),(9828,'Performance page settings','','none'),(9829,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, if you navigate to <em>Configuration</em> &gt; <em>Development</em> &gt; <em>Performance</em>, you will find a setting for the maximum cache lifetime, as well as the ability to turn on CSS and JavaScript file aggregation.','','none'),(9830,'Online documentation for the Internal Page Cache module','','none'),(9831,'Online documentation for the Internal Dynamic Page Cache module','','none'),(9832,'Online documentation for the BigPipe module','','none'),(9833,'Configure an entity sub-type to have its fields displayed using a layout (see <a href=\"@entities\">Managing content structure</a> for more on entities and fields).','','none'),(9834,'What are the parts of a layout?','','none'),(9835,'A layout consists of one or more <em>sections</em>. Each section can have from one to four <em>columns</em>. You can place blocks, including special blocks for the fields on the entity sub-type, in each column of each section (see <a href=\"@blocks\">Managing blocks</a> for more on blocks).','','none'),(9836,'Find the particular sub-type that you want to create a layout for, and click <em>Manage display</em> in the <em>Operations</em> list.','','none'),(9837,'Under <em>Layout options</em>, check <em>Use Layout Builder</em>. You can also check the box below to allow each entity item to have its layout individually customized (if it is left unchecked, the site will use the same layout for all items of this entity sub-type).','','none'),(9838,'Click <em>Save</em>. You will be returned to the <em>Manage display</em> page, but you will no longer see the table of fields of the classic display manager.','','none'),(9839,'Click <em>Manage layout</em> to enter layout management view. A default layout will be set up for you, with a single one-column section containing the fields on your entity sub-type.','','none'),(9840,'To remove the default section and start from an empty layout, find and click the <em>Remove</em> button for the default section, which looks like an X. Confirm by clicking <em>Remove</em> in the pop-up dialog.','','none'),(9841,'Add new sections, each with one to four columns, to your layout. For instance, you might want a one-column section at the top, a two-column section in the middle, and then a one-column section at the bottom. To add a section, click <em>Add section</em> and click the desired number of columns. For multi-column sections, set the column width percentages and click <em>Add section</em> in the pop-up dialog.','','none'),(9842,'In each section, click <em>Add block</em> to add a block. You will see a list of the blocks available on your site, plus a section called <em>Content fields</em> with a block for each field on your content item. Each block can be configured, if desired, with a <em>Title</em>, and for content field blocks, you can also configure the field formatter. Continue to add blocks to your sections until all the desired blocks and fields are displayed.','','none'),(9843,'Verify your layout. You can check <em>Show content preview</em> to show a preview of what your layout will look like, or uncheck it to see the names of the fields and blocks in each section.','','none'),(9844,'If needed, reorder the blocks by dragging them to new locations. If you hover over a block, a contextual menu will appear that will let you change the configuration of the block, remove the block, or <em>Move</em> blocks within the section using a more compact interface.','','none'),(9845,'When you are satisfied with your layout, click <em>Save layout</em>.','','none'),(9846,'Creating layout defaults','','none'),(9847,'Building Layouts Using the Layout Builder UI','','none'),(9848,'Install a core theme, or a contributed theme that has already been downloaded. Choose the default themes to use for the site and for administrative pages.','','none'),(9849,'In the <em>Manage</em> administrative menu, navigate to <a href=\"@themes_url\"><em>Appearance</em></a>.','','none'),(9850,'Locate the themes that you want to use as the site default theme and for administrative pages.','','none'),(9851,'For each of these themes, if the theme is in the <em>Uninstalled themes</em> section, click the <em>Install</em> link to install the theme. Wait for the theme to be installed (translations might be downloaded). You should be returned to the <em>Appearance</em> page.','','none'),(9852,'Locate the theme that you want to be your default theme, which should now be in the <em>Installed themes</em> section. If it is not already labeled as the <em>default theme</em>, click the <em>Set as default</em> link.','','none'),(9853,'At the bottom of the page, select the <em>Administration theme</em> that you want to use on administrative pages. Click <em>Save configuration</em> if you selected a new theme.','','none'),(9854,'If you changed the default theme for your site, visit the site home page or another page on the non-administration part of your site and verify that the site is using the new theme. If you changed the administration theme, verify that the new theme is used on administrative pages.','','none'),(9855,'Uninstall a theme that was previously installed, but is no longer being used on the site.','','none'),(9856,'Locate the theme that you want to uninstall, in the <em>Installed themes</em> section.','','none'),(9857,'Click the <em>Uninstall</em> link to install the theme. If there is not an <em>Uninstall</em> link, the theme cannot be uninstalled because it is either being used as the site default theme, being used as the <em>Administration theme</em>, or is the base theme for another installed theme.','','none'),(9858,'The form has become outdated. Press the back button, copy any unsaved work in the form, and then reload the page.','','none'),(9859,'Document root for files','','none'),(9860,'Document root for public files','','none'),(9861,'Document root for private files','','none'),(9862,'Content has been marked for re-indexing for all active search pages. Searching will continue to work, but new content won\'t be indexed until all existing content has been re-indexed.','','none'),(9863,'Configuring a previously-placed block','','none'),(9864,'Managing blocks','','none'),(9865,'Placing a block','','none'),(9866,'Creating a custom block','','none'),(9867,'Defining a custom block type','','none'),(9868,'Adding content to a book','','none'),(9869,'Configuring books','','none'),(9870,'Creating a book','','none'),(9871,'Changing the outline of a book','','none'),(9872,'Managing height, width, and resolution breakpoints','','none'),(9873,'Changing the color palette of a theme','','none'),(9874,'Using contextual links','','none'),(9875,'Changing the appearance of your site','','none'),(9876,'Managing content structure','','none'),(9877,'Running and configuring cron','','none'),(9878,'Extending and modifying your site functionality','','none'),(9879,'Maintaining and troubleshooting your site','','none'),(9880,'Optimizing site performance','','none'),(9881,'Making your site secure','','none'),(9882,'Accessibility of the administrative interface','','none'),(9883,'Using the administrative interface','','none'),(9884,'Adding a field to an entity sub-type','','none'),(9885,'Configuring field display for an entity sub-type','','none'),(9886,'Configuring the edit form for an entity sub-type','','none'),(9887,'Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type','','none'),(9888,'Changing the layout for an entity','','none'),(9889,'Creating and using shortcut administrative links','','none'),(9890,'Clearing the site cache','','none'),(9891,'Changing basic site settings','','none'),(9892,'Configuring error responses, including 403/404 pages','','none'),(9893,'Enabling and disabling maintenance mode','','none'),(9894,'Installing a module','','none'),(9895,'Uninstalling a module','','none'),(9896,'Running reports on your site','','none'),(9897,'Installing a theme and setting default themes','','none'),(9898,'Uninstalling an unused theme','','none'),(9899,'Taking tours of administrative pages','','none'),(9900,'Creating a user account','','none'),(9901,'Adding a new role','','none'),(9902,'Managing user accounts and site visitors','','none'),(9903,'Modifying the permissions for a role','','none'),(9904,'Configuring how user accounts are created and deleted','','none'),(9905,'Modifying or deleting a user account','','none'),(9906,'Migration failed with source plugin exception: @e in @file line @line','','none'),(9907,'Display %display has set node/% as path. This will not produce what you want. If you want to have multiple versions of the node view, use Layout Builder.','','none'),(9908,'For security reasons, your upload has been rejected.','','none'),(9909,'The label of the link.','','none'),(9910,'Pre-header','','none'),(9911,'Banner Top','','none'),(9912,'St. Barthélemy','','8.9.18'),(9913,'Germany','','8.9.18'),(9914,'Africa/Abidjan','','8.9.18'),(9915,'Africa/Accra','','8.9.18'),(9916,'Africa/Addis Ababa','','8.9.18'),(9917,'Africa/Algiers','','8.9.18'),(9918,'Africa/Asmara','','8.9.18'),(9919,'Africa/Bamako','','8.9.18'),(9920,'Africa/Bangui','','8.9.18'),(9921,'Africa/Banjul','','8.9.18'),(9922,'Africa/Bissau','','8.9.18'),(9923,'Africa/Blantyre','','8.9.18'),(9924,'Africa/Brazzaville','','8.9.18'),(9925,'Africa/Bujumbura','','8.9.18'),(9926,'Africa/Cairo','','8.9.18'),(9927,'Africa/Casablanca','','8.9.18'),(9928,'Africa/Ceuta','','8.9.18'),(9929,'Africa/Conakry','','8.9.18'),(9930,'Africa/Dakar','','8.9.18'),(9931,'Africa/Dar es Salaam','','8.9.18'),(9932,'Africa/Djibouti','','8.9.18'),(9933,'Africa/Douala','','8.9.18'),(9934,'Africa/El Aaiun','','8.9.18'),(9935,'Africa/Freetown','','8.9.18'),(9936,'Africa/Gaborone','','8.9.18'),(9937,'Africa/Harare','','8.9.18'),(9938,'Africa/Johannesburg','','8.9.18'),(9939,'Africa/Juba','','8.9.18'),(9940,'Africa/Kampala','','8.9.18'),(9941,'Africa/Khartoum','','8.9.18'),(9942,'Africa/Kigali','','8.9.18'),(9943,'Africa/Kinshasa','','8.9.18'),(9944,'Africa/Lagos','','8.9.18'),(9945,'Africa/Libreville','','8.9.18'),(9946,'Africa/Lome','','8.9.18'),(9947,'Africa/Luanda','','8.9.18'),(9948,'Africa/Lubumbashi','','8.9.18'),(9949,'Africa/Lusaka','','8.9.18'),(9950,'Africa/Malabo','','8.9.18'),(9951,'Africa/Maputo','','8.9.18'),(9952,'Africa/Maseru','','8.9.18'),(9953,'Africa/Mbabane','','8.9.18'),(9954,'Africa/Mogadishu','','8.9.18'),(9955,'Africa/Monrovia','','8.9.18'),(9956,'Africa/Nairobi','','8.9.18'),(9957,'Africa/Ndjamena','','8.9.18'),(9958,'Africa/Niamey','','8.9.18'),(9959,'Africa/Nouakchott','','8.9.18'),(9960,'Africa/Ouagadougou','','8.9.18'),(9961,'Africa/Porto-Novo','','8.9.18'),(9962,'Africa/Sao Tome','','8.9.18'),(9963,'Africa/Tripoli','','8.9.18'),(9964,'Africa/Tunis','','8.9.18'),(9965,'Africa/Windhoek','','8.9.18'),(9966,'America/Adak','','8.9.18'),(9967,'America/Anchorage','','8.9.18'),(9968,'America/Anguilla','','8.9.18'),(9969,'America/Antigua','','8.9.18'),(9970,'America/Araguaina','','8.9.18'),(9971,'America/Argentina/Buenos Aires','','8.9.18'),(9972,'America/Argentina/Catamarca','','8.9.18'),(9973,'America/Argentina/Cordoba','','8.9.18'),(9974,'America/Argentina/Jujuy','','8.9.18'),(9975,'America/Argentina/La Rioja','','8.9.18'),(9976,'America/Argentina/Mendoza','','8.9.18'),(9977,'America/Argentina/Rio Gallegos','','8.9.18'),(9978,'America/Argentina/Salta','','8.9.18'),(9979,'America/Argentina/San Juan','','8.9.18'),(9980,'America/Argentina/San Luis','','8.9.18'),(9981,'America/Argentina/Tucuman','','8.9.18'),(9982,'America/Argentina/Ushuaia','','8.9.18'),(9983,'America/Aruba','','8.9.18'),(9984,'America/Asuncion','','8.9.18'),(9985,'America/Atikokan','','8.9.18'),(9986,'America/Bahia','','8.9.18'),(9987,'America/Bahia Banderas','','8.9.18'),(9988,'America/Barbados','','8.9.18'),(9989,'America/Belem','','8.9.18'),(9990,'America/Belize','','8.9.18'),(9991,'America/Blanc-Sablon','','8.9.18'),(9992,'America/Boa Vista','','8.9.18'),(9993,'America/Bogota','','8.9.18'),(9994,'America/Boise','','8.9.18'),(9995,'America/Cambridge Bay','','8.9.18'),(9996,'America/Campo Grande','','8.9.18'),(9997,'America/Cancun','','8.9.18'),(9998,'America/Caracas','','8.9.18'),(9999,'America/Cayenne','','8.9.18'),(10000,'America/Cayman','','8.9.18'),(10001,'America/Chicago','','8.9.18'),(10002,'America/Chihuahua','','8.9.18'),(10003,'America/Costa Rica','','8.9.18'),(10004,'America/Creston','','8.9.18'),(10005,'America/Cuiaba','','8.9.18'),(10006,'America/Curacao','','8.9.18'),(10007,'America/Danmarkshavn','','8.9.18'),(10008,'America/Dawson','','8.9.18'),(10009,'America/Dawson Creek','','8.9.18'),(10010,'America/Denver','','8.9.18'),(10011,'America/Detroit','','8.9.18'),(10012,'America/Dominica','','8.9.18'),(10013,'America/Edmonton','','8.9.18'),(10014,'America/Eirunepe','','8.9.18'),(10015,'America/El Salvador','','8.9.18'),(10016,'America/Fort Nelson','','8.9.18'),(10017,'America/Fortaleza','','8.9.18'),(10018,'America/Glace Bay','','8.9.18'),(10019,'America/Goose Bay','','8.9.18'),(10020,'America/Grand Turk','','8.9.18'),(10021,'America/Grenada','','8.9.18'),(10022,'America/Guadeloupe','','8.9.18'),(10023,'America/Guatemala','','8.9.18'),(10024,'America/Guayaquil','','8.9.18'),(10025,'America/Guyana','','8.9.18'),(10026,'America/Halifax','','8.9.18'),(10027,'America/Havana','','8.9.18'),(10028,'America/Hermosillo','','8.9.18'),(10029,'America/Indiana/Indianapolis','','8.9.18'),(10030,'America/Indiana/Knox','','8.9.18'),(10031,'America/Indiana/Marengo','','8.9.18'),(10032,'America/Indiana/Petersburg','','8.9.18'),(10033,'America/Indiana/Tell City','','8.9.18'),(10034,'America/Indiana/Vevay','','8.9.18'),(10035,'America/Indiana/Vincennes','','8.9.18'),(10036,'America/Indiana/Winamac','','8.9.18'),(10037,'America/Inuvik','','8.9.18'),(10038,'America/Iqaluit','','8.9.18'),(10039,'America/Jamaica','','8.9.18'),(10040,'America/Juneau','','8.9.18'),(10041,'America/Kentucky/Louisville','','8.9.18'),(10042,'America/Kentucky/Monticello','','8.9.18'),(10043,'America/Kralendijk','','8.9.18'),(10044,'America/La Paz','','8.9.18'),(10045,'America/Lima','','8.9.18'),(10046,'America/Los Angeles','','8.9.18'),(10047,'America/Lower Princes','','8.9.18'),(10048,'America/Maceio','','8.9.18'),(10049,'America/Managua','','8.9.18'),(10050,'America/Manaus','','8.9.18'),(10051,'America/Marigot','','8.9.18'),(10052,'America/Martinique','','8.9.18'),(10053,'America/Matamoros','','8.9.18'),(10054,'America/Mazatlan','','8.9.18'),(10055,'America/Menominee','','8.9.18'),(10056,'America/Merida','','8.9.18'),(10057,'America/Metlakatla','','8.9.18'),(10058,'America/Mexico City','','8.9.18'),(10059,'America/Miquelon','','8.9.18'),(10060,'America/Moncton','','8.9.18'),(10061,'America/Monterrey','','8.9.18'),(10062,'America/Montevideo','','8.9.18'),(10063,'America/Montserrat','','8.9.18'),(10064,'America/Nassau','','8.9.18'),(10065,'America/New York','','8.9.18'),(10066,'America/Nipigon','','8.9.18'),(10067,'America/Nome','','8.9.18'),(10068,'America/Noronha','','8.9.18'),(10069,'America/North Dakota/Beulah','','8.9.18'),(10070,'America/North Dakota/Center','','8.9.18'),(10071,'America/North Dakota/New Salem','','8.9.18'),(10072,'America/Nuuk','','8.9.18'),(10073,'America/Ojinaga','','8.9.18'),(10074,'America/Panama','','8.9.18'),(10075,'America/Pangnirtung','','8.9.18'),(10076,'America/Paramaribo','','8.9.18'),(10077,'America/Phoenix','','8.9.18'),(10078,'America/Port of Spain','','8.9.18'),(10079,'America/Port-au-Prince','','8.9.18'),(10080,'America/Porto Velho','','8.9.18'),(10081,'America/Puerto Rico','','8.9.18'),(10082,'America/Punta Arenas','','8.9.18'),(10083,'America/Rainy River','','8.9.18'),(10084,'America/Rankin Inlet','','8.9.18'),(10085,'America/Recife','','8.9.18'),(10086,'America/Regina','','8.9.18'),(10087,'America/Resolute','','8.9.18'),(10088,'America/Rio Branco','','8.9.18'),(10089,'America/Santarem','','8.9.18'),(10090,'America/Santiago','','8.9.18'),(10091,'America/Santo Domingo','','8.9.18'),(10092,'America/Sao Paulo','','8.9.18'),(10093,'America/Scoresbysund','','8.9.18'),(10094,'America/Sitka','','8.9.18'),(10095,'America/St Barthelemy','','8.9.18'),(10096,'America/St Johns','','8.9.18'),(10097,'America/St Kitts','','8.9.18'),(10098,'America/St Lucia','','8.9.18'),(10099,'America/St Thomas','','8.9.18'),(10100,'America/St Vincent','','8.9.18'),(10101,'America/Swift Current','','8.9.18'),(10102,'America/Tegucigalpa','','8.9.18'),(10103,'America/Thule','','8.9.18'),(10104,'America/Thunder Bay','','8.9.18'),(10105,'America/Tijuana','','8.9.18'),(10106,'America/Toronto','','8.9.18'),(10107,'America/Tortola','','8.9.18'),(10108,'America/Vancouver','','8.9.18'),(10109,'America/Whitehorse','','8.9.18'),(10110,'America/Winnipeg','','8.9.18'),(10111,'America/Yakutat','','8.9.18'),(10112,'America/Yellowknife','','8.9.18'),(10113,'Antarctica/Casey','','8.9.18'),(10114,'Antarctica/Davis','','8.9.18'),(10115,'Antarctica/DumontDUrville','','8.9.18'),(10116,'Antarctica/Macquarie','','8.9.18'),(10117,'Antarctica/Mawson','','8.9.18'),(10118,'Antarctica/McMurdo','','8.9.18'),(10119,'Antarctica/Palmer','','8.9.18'),(10120,'Antarctica/Rothera','','8.9.18'),(10121,'Antarctica/Syowa','','8.9.18'),(10122,'Antarctica/Troll','','8.9.18'),(10123,'Antarctica/Vostok','','8.9.18'),(10124,'Arctic/Longyearbyen','','8.9.18'),(10125,'Asia/Aden','','8.9.18'),(10126,'Asia/Almaty','','8.9.18'),(10127,'Asia/Amman','','8.9.18'),(10128,'Asia/Anadyr','','8.9.18'),(10129,'Asia/Aqtau','','8.9.18'),(10130,'Asia/Aqtobe','','8.9.18'),(10131,'Asia/Ashgabat','','8.9.18'),(10132,'Asia/Atyrau','','8.9.18'),(10133,'Asia/Baghdad','','8.9.18'),(10134,'Asia/Bahrain','','8.9.18'),(10135,'Asia/Baku','','8.9.18'),(10136,'Asia/Bangkok','','8.9.18'),(10137,'Asia/Barnaul','','8.9.18'),(10138,'Asia/Beirut','','8.9.18'),(10139,'Asia/Bishkek','','8.9.18'),(10140,'Asia/Brunei','','8.9.18'),(10141,'Asia/Chita','','8.9.18'),(10142,'Asia/Choibalsan','','8.9.18'),(10143,'Asia/Colombo','','8.9.18'),(10144,'Asia/Damascus','','8.9.18'),(10145,'Asia/Dhaka','','8.9.18'),(10146,'Asia/Dili','','8.9.18'),(10147,'Asia/Dubai','','8.9.18'),(10148,'Asia/Dushanbe','','8.9.18'),(10149,'Asia/Famagusta','','8.9.18'),(10150,'Asia/Gaza','','8.9.18'),(10151,'Asia/Hebron','','8.9.18'),(10152,'Asia/Ho Chi Minh','','8.9.18'),(10153,'Asia/Hong Kong','','8.9.18'),(10154,'Asia/Hovd','','8.9.18'),(10155,'Asia/Irkutsk','','8.9.18'),(10156,'Asia/Jakarta','','8.9.18'),(10157,'Asia/Jayapura','','8.9.18'),(10158,'Asia/Jerusalem','','8.9.18'),(10159,'Asia/Kabul','','8.9.18'),(10160,'Asia/Kamchatka','','8.9.18'),(10161,'Asia/Karachi','','8.9.18'),(10162,'Asia/Kathmandu','','8.9.18'),(10163,'Asia/Khandyga','','8.9.18'),(10164,'Asia/Kolkata','','8.9.18'),(10165,'Asia/Krasnoyarsk','','8.9.18'),(10166,'Asia/Kuala Lumpur','','8.9.18'),(10167,'Asia/Kuching','','8.9.18'),(10168,'Asia/Kuwait','','8.9.18'),(10169,'Asia/Macau','','8.9.18'),(10170,'Asia/Magadan','','8.9.18'),(10171,'Asia/Makassar','','8.9.18'),(10172,'Asia/Manila','','8.9.18'),(10173,'Asia/Muscat','','8.9.18'),(10174,'Asia/Nicosia','','8.9.18'),(10175,'Asia/Novokuznetsk','','8.9.18'),(10176,'Asia/Novosibirsk','','8.9.18'),(10177,'Asia/Omsk','','8.9.18'),(10178,'Asia/Oral','','8.9.18'),(10179,'Asia/Phnom Penh','','8.9.18'),(10180,'Asia/Pontianak','','8.9.18'),(10181,'Asia/Pyongyang','','8.9.18'),(10182,'Asia/Qatar','','8.9.18'),(10183,'Asia/Qostanay','','8.9.18'),(10184,'Asia/Qyzylorda','','8.9.18'),(10185,'Asia/Riyadh','','8.9.18'),(10186,'Asia/Sakhalin','','8.9.18'),(10187,'Asia/Samarkand','','8.9.18'),(10188,'Asia/Seoul','','8.9.18'),(10189,'Asia/Shanghai','','8.9.18'),(10190,'Asia/Singapore','','8.9.18'),(10191,'Asia/Srednekolymsk','','8.9.18'),(10192,'Asia/Taipei','','8.9.18'),(10193,'Asia/Tashkent','','8.9.18'),(10194,'Asia/Tbilisi','','8.9.18'),(10195,'Asia/Tehran','','8.9.18'),(10196,'Asia/Thimphu','','8.9.18'),(10197,'Asia/Tokyo','','8.9.18'),(10198,'Asia/Tomsk','','8.9.18'),(10199,'Asia/Ulaanbaatar','','8.9.18'),(10200,'Asia/Urumqi','','8.9.18'),(10201,'Asia/Ust-Nera','','8.9.18'),(10202,'Asia/Vientiane','','8.9.18'),(10203,'Asia/Vladivostok','','8.9.18'),(10204,'Asia/Yakutsk','','8.9.18'),(10205,'Asia/Yangon','','8.9.18'),(10206,'Asia/Yekaterinburg','','8.9.18'),(10207,'Asia/Yerevan','','8.9.18'),(10208,'Atlantic/Azores','','8.9.18'),(10209,'Atlantic/Bermuda','','8.9.18'),(10210,'Atlantic/Canary','','8.9.18'),(10211,'Atlantic/Cape Verde','','8.9.18'),(10212,'Atlantic/Faroe','','8.9.18'),(10213,'Atlantic/Madeira','','8.9.18'),(10214,'Atlantic/Reykjavik','','8.9.18'),(10215,'Atlantic/South Georgia','','8.9.18'),(10216,'Atlantic/St Helena','','8.9.18'),(10217,'Atlantic/Stanley','','8.9.18'),(10218,'Australia/Adelaide','','8.9.18'),(10219,'Australia/Brisbane','','8.9.18'),(10220,'Australia/Broken Hill','','8.9.18'),(10221,'Australia/Currie','','8.9.18'),(10222,'Australia/Darwin','','8.9.18'),(10223,'Australia/Eucla','','8.9.18'),(10224,'Australia/Hobart','','8.9.18'),(10225,'Australia/Lindeman','','8.9.18'),(10226,'Australia/Lord Howe','','8.9.18'),(10227,'Australia/Melbourne','','8.9.18'),(10228,'Australia/Perth','','8.9.18'),(10229,'Australia/Sydney','','8.9.18'),(10230,'Europe/Amsterdam','','8.9.18'),(10231,'Europe/Andorra','','8.9.18'),(10232,'Europe/Astrakhan','','8.9.18'),(10233,'Europe/Athens','','8.9.18'),(10234,'Europe/Belgrade','','8.9.18'),(10235,'Europe/Berlin','','8.9.18'),(10236,'Europe/Bratislava','','8.9.18'),(10237,'Europe/Brussels','','8.9.18'),(10238,'Europe/Bucharest','','8.9.18'),(10239,'Europe/Budapest','','8.9.18'),(10240,'Europe/Busingen','','8.9.18'),(10241,'Europe/Chisinau','','8.9.18'),(10242,'Europe/Copenhagen','','8.9.18'),(10243,'Europe/Dublin','','8.9.18'),(10244,'Europe/Gibraltar','','8.9.18'),(10245,'Europe/Guernsey','','8.9.18'),(10246,'Europe/Helsinki','','8.9.18'),(10247,'Europe/Isle of Man','','8.9.18'),(10248,'Europe/Istanbul','','8.9.18'),(10249,'Europe/Jersey','','8.9.18'),(10250,'Europe/Kaliningrad','','8.9.18'),(10251,'Europe/Kiev','','8.9.18'),(10252,'Europe/Kirov','','8.9.18'),(10253,'Europe/Lisbon','','8.9.18'),(10254,'Europe/Ljubljana','','8.9.18'),(10255,'Europe/London','','8.9.18'),(10256,'Europe/Luxembourg','','8.9.18'),(10257,'Europe/Madrid','','8.9.18'),(10258,'Europe/Malta','','8.9.18'),(10259,'Europe/Mariehamn','','8.9.18'),(10260,'Europe/Minsk','','8.9.18'),(10261,'Europe/Monaco','','8.9.18'),(10262,'Europe/Moscow','','8.9.18'),(10263,'Europe/Oslo','','8.9.18'),(10264,'Europe/Paris','','8.9.18'),(10265,'Europe/Podgorica','','8.9.18'),(10266,'Europe/Prague','','8.9.18'),(10267,'Europe/Riga','','8.9.18'),(10268,'Europe/Rome','','8.9.18'),(10269,'Europe/Samara','','8.9.18'),(10270,'Europe/San Marino','','8.9.18'),(10271,'Europe/Sarajevo','','8.9.18'),(10272,'Europe/Saratov','','8.9.18'),(10273,'Europe/Simferopol','','8.9.18'),(10274,'Europe/Skopje','','8.9.18'),(10275,'Europe/Sofia','','8.9.18'),(10276,'Europe/Stockholm','','8.9.18'),(10277,'Europe/Tallinn','','8.9.18'),(10278,'Europe/Tirane','','8.9.18'),(10279,'Europe/Ulyanovsk','','8.9.18'),(10280,'Europe/Uzhgorod','','8.9.18'),(10281,'Europe/Vaduz','','8.9.18'),(10282,'Europe/Vatican','','8.9.18'),(10283,'Europe/Vienna','','8.9.18'),(10284,'Europe/Vilnius','','8.9.18'),(10285,'Europe/Volgograd','','8.9.18'),(10286,'Europe/Warsaw','','8.9.18'),(10287,'Europe/Zagreb','','8.9.18'),(10288,'Europe/Zaporozhye','','8.9.18'),(10289,'Europe/Zurich','','8.9.18'),(10290,'Indian/Antananarivo','','8.9.18'),(10291,'Indian/Chagos','','8.9.18'),(10292,'Indian/Christmas','','8.9.18'),(10293,'Indian/Cocos','','8.9.18'),(10294,'Indian/Comoro','','8.9.18'),(10295,'Indian/Kerguelen','','8.9.18'),(10296,'Indian/Mahe','','8.9.18'),(10297,'Indian/Maldives','','8.9.18'),(10298,'Indian/Mauritius','','8.9.18'),(10299,'Indian/Mayotte','','8.9.18'),(10300,'Indian/Reunion','','8.9.18'),(10301,'Pacific/Apia','','8.9.18'),(10302,'Pacific/Auckland','','8.9.18'),(10303,'Pacific/Bougainville','','8.9.18'),(10304,'Pacific/Chatham','','8.9.18'),(10305,'Pacific/Chuuk','','8.9.18'),(10306,'Pacific/Easter','','8.9.18'),(10307,'Pacific/Efate','','8.9.18'),(10308,'Pacific/Enderbury','','8.9.18'),(10309,'Pacific/Fakaofo','','8.9.18'),(10310,'Pacific/Fiji','','8.9.18'),(10311,'Pacific/Funafuti','','8.9.18'),(10312,'Pacific/Galapagos','','8.9.18'),(10313,'Pacific/Gambier','','8.9.18'),(10314,'Pacific/Guadalcanal','','8.9.18'),(10315,'Pacific/Guam','','8.9.18'),(10316,'Pacific/Honolulu','','8.9.18'),(10317,'Pacific/Kiritimati','','8.9.18'),(10318,'Pacific/Kosrae','','8.9.18'),(10319,'Pacific/Kwajalein','','8.9.18'),(10320,'Pacific/Majuro','','8.9.18'),(10321,'Pacific/Marquesas','','8.9.18'),(10322,'Pacific/Midway','','8.9.18'),(10323,'Pacific/Nauru','','8.9.18'),(10324,'Pacific/Niue','','8.9.18'),(10325,'Pacific/Norfolk','','8.9.18'),(10326,'Pacific/Noumea','','8.9.18'),(10327,'Pacific/Pago Pago','','8.9.18'),(10328,'Pacific/Palau','','8.9.18'),(10329,'Pacific/Pitcairn','','8.9.18'),(10330,'Pacific/Pohnpei','','8.9.18'),(10331,'Pacific/Port Moresby','','8.9.18'),(10332,'Pacific/Rarotonga','','8.9.18'),(10333,'Pacific/Saipan','','8.9.18'),(10334,'Pacific/Tahiti','','8.9.18'),(10335,'Pacific/Tarawa','','8.9.18'),(10336,'Pacific/Tongatapu','','8.9.18'),(10337,'Pacific/Wake','','8.9.18'),(10338,'Pacific/Wallis','','8.9.18'),(10339,'UTC','','8.9.18'),(10340,'Save and continue','','8.9.18'),(10341,'1 place@count places','','8.9.18'),(10342,'1@count','','8.9.18'),(10343,'Regional and language','','8.9.18'),(10344,'Cron maintenance tasks','','8.9.18'),(10345,'Edit the welcome email messages sent to new members upon registering, when no administrator approval is required.','','8.9.18'),(10346,'Region','','8.9.18'),(10347,'Actif','','8.9.18'),(10348,'Bloqué','','8.9.18'),(10349,'ErreurErreurs','','8.9.18'),(10350,'AvertissementAvertissements','','8.9.18'),(10351,'VérifiéVérifié','','8.9.18'),(10352,'Publié','','8.9.18'),(10353,'Non publié','','8.9.18'),(10354,'Provides moderation states for content.','','8.9.18'),(10355,'Field API to add fields to entities like nodes and users.','','8.9.18'),(10356,'Provides an improved drop-down menu interface to the site Toolbar.','','8.9.18'),(10357,'Adds menu links like Flush cache, Run cron, Run updates, and Logout under Drupal icon.','','8.9.18'),(10358,'Provides a workaround for the common problem that users with \'Use the administration pages and help\' permission see menu links they don\'t have access permission for. Once the issue <a href=\'https://www.drupal.org/node/296693\'>https://www.drupal.org/node/296693</a> be solved, this module will be deprecated.','','8.9.18'),(10359,'Provides search of Admin Toolbar items.','','8.9.18'),(10360,'Install new theme','','8.9.18'),(10361,'Uninstall module','','8.9.18'),(10362,'Admin Toolbar Tools','','8.9.18'),(10363,'Flush CSS and JavaScript','','8.9.18'),(10364,'Flush plugins cache','','8.9.18'),(10365,'Flush static cache','','8.9.18'),(10366,'Flush routing and links cache','','8.9.18'),(10367,'Flush twig cache','','8.9.18'),(10368,'Flush render cache','','8.9.18'),(10369,'Rebuild theme registry','','8.9.18'),(10370,'Flush views cache','','8.9.18'),(10371,'Flush all caches','','8.9.18'),(10372,'Logout','','8.9.18'),(10373,'Configure the Admin Toolbar Tools module.','','8.9.18'),(10374,'Render cache','','none'),(10375,'Reinstall modules','','none'),(10376,'Session viewer','','none'),(10377,'Devel','','none'),(10378,'All types','','none'),(10379,'Rebuild menu','','none'),(10380,'Execute PHP Code','','none'),(10381,'Theme registry','','none'),(10382,'Devel settings','','none'),(10383,'Entity info','','none'),(10384,'All caches cleared.','','8.9.18'),(10385,'Admin Toolbar','','none'),(10386,'Static caches','','none'),(10387,'Flush Css and Javascript','','none'),(10388,'CSS and JavaScript cache cleared.','','none'),(10389,'Admin Toolbar Extra Tools','','none'),(10390,'Config editor','','none'),(10391,'State editor','','none'),(10392,'Webprofiler settings','','none'),(10393,'Flush CSS and Javascript','','none'),(10394,'Plugins cache cleared.','','none'),(10395,'Static cache cleared.','','none'),(10396,'Routing and links cache cleared.','','none'),(10397,'Render cache cleared.','','none'),(10398,'@entity_type > @bundle','','none'),(10399,'All menus','','none'),(10400,'Locks the screen and adds a progress icon to indicate progress when a page takes a long time to reload.','','8.9.18'),(10401,'.page-load-progress-submit','','8.9.18'),(10402,'Page Load Progress','','8.9.18'),(10403,'Manage the behavior of Page Load Progress.','','8.9.18'),(10404,'Administer Page Load Progress','','8.9.18'),(10405,'Use Page Load Progress','','8.9.18'),(10406,'Personnes','','8.9.18'),(10407,'Built to use Bootstrap, a sleek, intuitive, and powerful front-end framework for faster and easier web development.','','8.9.18'),(10408,'Navbar','','8.9.18'),(10409,'Region Wells','','8.9.18'),(10410,'Tables','','8.9.18'),(10411,'Images','','8.9.18'),(10412,'JavaScript','','8.9.18'),(10413,'Popovers','','8.9.18'),(10414,'Modals','','8.9.18'),(10415,'Tooltips','','8.9.18'),(10416,'CDN (Content Delivery Network)','','8.9.18'),(10417,'Custom URLs','','8.9.18'),(10418,'Advanced Cache','','8.9.18'),(10419,'Toggle navigation','','8.9.18'),(10420,'Write','','8.9.18'),(10421,'Download feature','','8.9.18'),(10422,'Add and configure','','8.9.18'),(10423,'Save and add','','8.9.18'),(10424,'Update style','','8.9.18'),(10425,'Restore','','8.9.18'),(10426,'Rebuild','','8.9.18'),(10427,'Override Global Settings','','8.9.18'),(10428,'Bootstrap Settings','','8.9.18'),(10429,'Adds classes to buttons based on their text value.','','8.9.18'),(10430,'hook_bootstrap_colorize_text_alter()','','8.9.18'),(10431,'See also:','','8.9.18'),(10432,'Adds icons to buttons based on the text value','','8.9.18'),(10433,'hook_bootstrap_iconize_text_alter()','','8.9.18'),(10434,'Defines the Bootstrap Buttons specific size','','8.9.18'),(10435,'Uses the <code>.container-fluid</code> class instead of <code>.container</code>.','','8.9.18'),(10436,'Fluid container','','8.9.18'),(10437,'If an element has a <code>.has-error</code> class attached to it, enabling this will automatically remove that class when a value is entered.','','8.9.18'),(10438,'If an element in a form is required, enabling this will always display the element with a <code>.has-error</code> class. This turns the element red and helps in usability for determining which form elements are required to submit the form.','','8.9.18'),(10439,'Convert descriptions into tooltips (must be enabled) automatically based on certain criteria. This helps reduce the, sometimes unnecessary, amount of noise on a page full of form elements.','','8.9.18'),(10440,'Prevents descriptions from becoming tooltips by checking for HTML not in the list above (i.e. links). Separate by commas. To disable this filtering criteria, leave an empty value.','','8.9.18'),(10441,'Prevents descriptions from becoming tooltips by checking the character length of the description (HTML is not counted towards this limit). To disable this filtering criteria, leave an empty value.','','8.9.18'),(10442,'Images in Bootstrap 3 can be made responsive-friendly via the addition of the <code>.img-responsive</code> class. This applies <code>max-width: 100%;</code> and <code>height: auto;</code> to the image so that it scales nicely to the parent element.','','8.9.18'),(10443,'Add classes to an <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> element to easily style images in any project.','','8.9.18'),(10444,'Image Shapes','','8.9.18'),(10445,'Add borders on all sides of the table and cells.','','8.9.18'),(10446,'Make tables more compact by cutting cell padding in half.','','8.9.18'),(10447,'Enable a hover state on table rows.','','8.9.18'),(10448,'Add zebra-striping to any table row within the <code>&lt;tbody&gt;</code>.','','8.9.18'),(10449,'Wraps tables with <code>.table-responsive</code> to make them horizontally scroll when viewing them on devices under 768px. When viewing on devices larger than 768px, you will not see a difference in the presentational aspect of these tables. The <code>Automatic</code> option will only apply this setting for front-end facing tables, not the tables in administrative areas.','','8.9.18'),(10450,'Show or hide the Breadcrumbs','','8.9.18'),(10451,'If your site has a module dedicated to handling breadcrumbs already, ensure this setting is enabled.','','8.9.18'),(10452,'If your site has a module dedicated to handling breadcrumbs already, ensure this setting is disabled.','','8.9.18'),(10453,'Select if you want the inverse navbar style.','','8.9.18'),(10454,'Determines where the navbar is positioned on the page.','','8.9.18'),(10455,'Enable the <code>.well</code>, <code>.well-sm</code> or <code>.well-lg</code> classes for specified regions.','','8.9.18'),(10456,'Bootstrap Wells','','8.9.18'),(10457,'Enabling this replaces the core/jquery.ui.dialog dependency in the core/drupal.dialog library with a jQuery UI Dialog widget bridge. This bridge adds support to Bootstrap Modals so that it may interpret jQuery UI Dialog functionality.','','8.9.18'),(10458,'Apply a CSS fade transition to modals.','','8.9.18'),(10459,'Includes a modal-backdrop element. Alternatively, specify <code>static</code> for a backdrop which doesn\'t close the modal on click.','','8.9.18'),(10460,'Enabling this focuses on the first available and visible input found in the modal after it\'s opened. If no element is found, the close button (if visible) is focused instead.','','8.9.18'),(10461,'Closes the modal when escape key is pressed.','','8.9.18'),(10462,'Enabling this selects the text of the first available and visible input found after it has been focused.','','8.9.18'),(10463,'Shows the modal when initialized.','','8.9.18'),(10464,'Defines the modal size between the default, <code>modal-sm</code> and <code>modal-lg</code>.','','8.9.18'),(10465,'Elements that have the <code>data-toggle=&quot;popover&quot;</code> attribute set will automatically initialize the popover upon page load. <div class=\'alert alert-warning alert-sm\'><strong>WARNING:</strong> This feature can sometimes impact performance. Disable if pages appear to hang after load.</div>','','8.9.18'),(10466,'Apply a CSS fade transition to the popover.','','8.9.18'),(10467,'If enabled, the active popover will automatically close when it loses focus, when a click occurs anywhere in the DOM (outside the popover), the escape key (ESC) is pressed or when another popover is opened.','','8.9.18'),(10468,'Appends the popover to a specific element. Example: <code>body</code>. This option is particularly useful in that it allows you to position the popover in the flow of the document near the triggering element - which will prevent the popover from floating away from the triggering element during a window resize.','','8.9.18'),(10469,'Default content value if <code>data-content</code> or <code>data-target</code> attributes are not present.','','8.9.18'),(10470,'The amount of time to delay showing and hiding the popover (in milliseconds). Does not apply to manual trigger type.','','8.9.18'),(10471,'Insert HTML into the popover. If false, jQuery\'s text method will be used to insert content into the DOM. Use text if you\'re worried about XSS attacks.','','8.9.18'),(10472,'Where to position the popover. When <code>auto</code> is specified, it will dynamically reorient the popover. For example, if placement is <code>auto left</code>, the popover will display to the left when possible, otherwise it will display right.','','8.9.18'),(10473,'If a selector is provided, tooltip objects will be delegated to the specified targets. In practice, this is used to enable dynamic HTML content to have popovers added.','','8.9.18'),(10474,'Issue #4215','','8.9.18'),(10475,'JSFiddle Example','','8.9.18'),(10476,'Default title value if <code>title</code> attribute isn\'t present.','','8.9.18'),(10477,'How a popover is triggered.','','8.9.18'),(10478,'Elements that have the <code>data-toggle=&quot;tooltip&quot;</code> attribute set will automatically initialize the tooltip upon page load. <div class=\'alert alert-warning alert-sm\'><strong>WARNING:</strong> This feature can sometimes impact performance. Disable if pages appear to &quot;hang&quot; after load.</div>','','8.9.18'),(10479,'Apply a CSS fade transition to the tooltip.','','8.9.18'),(10480,'Appends the tooltip to a specific element. Example: <code>body</code>.','','8.9.18'),(10481,'The amount of time to delay showing and hiding the tooltip (in milliseconds). Does not apply to manual trigger type.','','8.9.18'),(10482,'Insert HTML into the tooltip. If false, jQuery\'s text method will be used to insert content into the DOM. Use text if you\'re worried about XSS attacks.','','8.9.18'),(10483,'Where to position the tooltip. When <code>auto</code> is specified, it will dynamically reorient the tooltip. For example, if placement is <code>auto left</code>, the tooltip will display to the left when possible, otherwise it will display right.','','8.9.18'),(10484,'If a selector is provided, tooltip objects will be delegated to the specified targets.','','8.9.18'),(10485,'How a tooltip is triggered.','','8.9.18'),(10486,'Choose the CDN Provider used to load Bootstrap resources.','','8.9.18'),(10487,'<a href=:jsdelivr target=_blank>jsDelivr</a> is a free multi-CDN infrastructure that uses <a href=:maxcdn target=_blank>MaxCDN</a>, <a href=:cloudflare target=_blank>Cloudflare</a> and many others to combine their powers for the good of the open source community... <a href=:read_more target=_blank>read more</a>','','8.9.18'),(10488,'The length of time to cache the CDN verions before requesting them from the API again.','','8.9.18'),(10489,'Forever','','8.9.18'),(10490,'The length of time to cache the CDN themes (if applicable) before requesting them from the API again.','','8.9.18'),(10491,'The length of time to cache the parsing and processing of CDN assets before rebuilding them again. Note: any change to CDN values automatically triggers a new build.','','8.9.18'),(10492,'The length of time to cache the theme\'s library alterations before rebuilding them again. Note: any change to CDN values automatically triggers a new build.','','8.9.18'),(10493,'Save provider data','','8.9.18'),(10494,'Choose a version provided by the CDN Provider.','','8.9.18'),(10495,'Choose a theme provided by the CDN Provider.','','8.9.18'),(10496,'One complete URL per line. All URLs are validated and parsed to determine available version(s) and/or theme(s). A URL can be any file ending in <code>.css</code> or <code>.js</code> (with matching response MIME type). Minified URLs can also be supplied and the will be used automatically.','','8.9.18'),(10497,'Enabling this setting will include any <code>deprecated.php</code> file found in your theme or base themes.','','8.9.18'),(10498,'Enable this setting if you wish to suppress deprecated warning messages.','','8.9.18'),(10499,'Schema','','8.9.18'),(10500,'There are currently no pending updates for this theme.','','8.9.18'),(10501,'Theme Updates','','8.9.18'),(10502,'Colorize Buttons','','8.9.18'),(10503,'Iconize Buttons','','8.9.18'),(10504,'Normal','','8.9.18'),(10505,'Extra Small','','8.9.18'),(10506,'Small','','8.9.18'),(10507,'Large','','8.9.18'),(10508,'Default button size','','8.9.18'),(10509,'Automatically remove error classes when values have been entered','','8.9.18'),(10510,'Make required elements display as an error','','8.9.18'),(10511,'Smart form descriptions (via Tooltips)','','8.9.18'),(10512,'Smart form descriptions allowed (HTML) tags','','8.9.18'),(10513,'Smart form descriptions maximum character limit','','8.9.18'),(10514,'Responsive Images','','8.9.18'),(10515,'Rounded','','8.9.18'),(10516,'Circle','','8.9.18'),(10517,'Default image shape','','8.9.18'),(10518,'Bordered table','','8.9.18'),(10519,'Condensed table','','8.9.18'),(10520,'Hover rows','','8.9.18'),(10521,'Striped rows','','8.9.18'),(10522,'Automatic','','8.9.18'),(10523,'Responsive tables','','8.9.18'),(10524,'Visible','','8.9.18'),(10525,'Only in admin areas','','8.9.18'),(10526,'Breadcrumb visibility','','8.9.18'),(10527,'Show \'Home\' breadcrumb link','','8.9.18'),(10528,'Show current page title at end','','8.9.18'),(10529,'Inverse navbar style','','8.9.18'),(10530,'Static Top','','8.9.18'),(10531,'Fixed Top','','8.9.18'),(10532,'Fixed Bottom','','8.9.18'),(10533,'Navbar Position','','8.9.18'),(10534,'.well (normal)','','8.9.18'),(10535,'.well-sm (small)','','8.9.18'),(10536,'.well-lg (large)','','8.9.18'),(10537,'Navigation (Collapsible)','','8.9.18'),(10538,'Top Bar','','8.9.18'),(10539,'Primary','','8.9.18'),(10540,'Secondary','','8.9.18'),(10541,'Enable Bootstrap Modals','','8.9.18'),(10542,'jQuery UI Dialog Bridge','','8.9.18'),(10543,'<strong>Note:</strong> jQuery UI dialog options will be mapped to Bootstrap modal options whenever possible, however they always take precedent over any global Bootstrap modal options set here for compatibility reasons.','','8.9.18'),(10544,'animation','','8.9.18'),(10545,'Static','','8.9.18'),(10546,'backdrop','','8.9.18'),(10547,'focusInput','','8.9.18'),(10548,'keyboard','','8.9.18'),(10549,'selectText','','8.9.18'),(10550,'show','','8.9.18'),(10551,'Default modal size','','8.9.18'),(10552,'These are global options. Each modal can independently override desired settings by appending the option name to <code>data-</code>. Example: <code>data-backdrop=\"false\"</code>.','','8.9.18'),(10553,'Modals are streamlined, but flexible, dialog prompts with the minimum required functionality and smart defaults. See <a href=\":url\" target=\"_blank\">Bootstrap Modals</a> for more documentation.','','8.9.18'),(10554,'Enable Bootstrap Popovers','','8.9.18'),(10555,'autoClose','','8.9.18'),(10556,'container','','8.9.18'),(10557,'content','','8.9.18'),(10558,'delay','','8.9.18'),(10559,'HTML','','8.9.18'),(10560,'top','','8.9.18'),(10561,'bottom','','8.9.18'),(10562,'left','','8.9.18'),(10563,'right','','8.9.18'),(10564,'auto','','8.9.18'),(10565,'auto top','','8.9.18'),(10566,'auto bottom','','8.9.18'),(10567,'auto left','','8.9.18'),(10568,'auto right','','8.9.18'),(10569,'placement','','8.9.18'),(10570,'selector','','8.9.18'),(10571,'title','','8.9.18'),(10572,'click','','8.9.18'),(10573,'hover','','8.9.18'),(10574,'focus','','8.9.18'),(10575,'manual','','8.9.18'),(10576,'trigger','','8.9.18'),(10577,'These are global options. Each popover can independently override desired settings by appending the option name to <code>data-</code>. Example: <code>data-animation=\"false\"</code>.','','8.9.18'),(10578,'Add small overlays of content, like those on the iPad, to any element for housing secondary information.','','8.9.18'),(10579,'Enable Bootstrap Tooltips','','8.9.18'),(10580,'These are global options. Each tooltip can independently override desired settings by appending the option name to <code>data-</code>. Example: <code>data-animation=\"false\"</code>.','','8.9.18'),(10581,'Inspired by the excellent jQuery.tipsy plugin written by Jason Frame; Tooltips are an updated version, which don\'t rely on images, use CSS3 for animations, and data-attributes for local title storage. See <a href=\":url\" target=\"_blank\">Bootstrap tooltips</a> for more documentation.','','8.9.18'),(10582,'None (compile locally)','','8.9.18'),(10583,'jsDelivr','','8.9.18'),(10584,'CDNJS','','8.9.18'),(10585,'CDN Provider','','8.9.18'),(10586,'These versions are automatically populated by the @provider API.','','8.9.18'),(10587,'Example Theme','','8.9.18'),(10588,'Available Versions','','8.9.18'),(10589,'Available Themes','','8.9.18'),(10590,'Asset Processing','','8.9.18'),(10591,'Theme Library Alterations','','8.9.18'),(10592,'Reset @provider Cache','','8.9.18'),(10593,'All @provider data is intelligently and automatically cached using the various settings below. This allows the @provider data to persist through cache rebuilds. This data will invalidate and rebuild automatically, however a manual reset can be invoked below.','','8.9.18'),(10594,'CDN','','8.9.18'),(10595,'Include <code>deprecated.php</code>','','8.9.18'),(10596,'Suppress deprecated warnings','','8.9.18'),(10597,'Reset HTTP Request Cache','','8.9.18'),(10598,'Cached HTTP requests: @count','','8.9.18'),(10599,'All external HTTP requests initiated by this theme are subject to caching. Cacheability is determined automatically based on a manually passed TTL value by the initiator or if there is a \"max-age\" response header present. These cached requests will persist through cache rebuilds and will only be requested again once they have expired. If you believe there is some request not being properly retrieved, you can manually reset this cache here.','','8.9.18'),(10600,'@size Buttons','','8.9.18'),(10601,'@shape Images','','8.9.18'),(10602,'Responsive Tables','','8.9.18'),(10603,'Inverse','','8.9.18'),(10604,'<p><strong>Warning: Disabling the jQuery UI Dialog bridge may have major consequences.</strong></p>','','8.9.18'),(10605,'<p>If you are unfamiliar with how to properly handle Bootstrap modals and jQuery UI dialogs together, it is highly recommended this remains <strong>enabled</strong>.</p> <p>Are you sure you want to disable this?</p>','','8.9.18'),(10606,'Modals (Bridged)','','8.9.18'),(10607,'Included','','8.9.18'),(10608,'Warnings Suppressed','','8.9.18'),(10609,'Warnings Shown','','8.9.18'),(10610,'Deprecations: @value','','8.9.18'),(10611,'Preview of the Bootstrap theme','','8.9.18'),(10612,'Preview of the @title Bootswatch theme','','8.9.18'),(10613,'1 URL@count URLs','','8.9.18'),(10614,'Drupal Bootstrap 3 sub-theme.','','8.9.18'),(10615,'A simple empty page solution. Assists in creating empty menu callbacks mostly used for pages that only consist of blocks.','','8.9.18'),(10616,'A simple empty page solution. Assists in creating empty menu callbacks mostly used for pages that only consist of blocks.','','8.9.18'),(10617,'Empty Page Callbacks','','8.9.18'),(10618,'Manage Empty Page menu callbacks.','','8.9.18'),(10619,'Changes saved.','','8.9.18'),(10620,'No title','','8.9.18'),(10621,'Internal path','','8.9.18'),(10622,'INTERNAL PATH','','8.9.18'),(10623,'No callbacks exist yet.','','8.9.18'),(10624,'Add Callback','','8.9.18'),(10625,'Create a new callback','','8.9.18'),(10626,'Administer Empty Pages','','8.9.18'),(10627,'View Empty Pages','','8.9.18'),(10628,'Access the empty pages administration pages.','','8.9.18'),(10629,'Access the pages which are created by Empty Page.','','8.9.18'),(10630,'Allow for site emails to be sent through an SMTP server of your choice.','','8.9.18'),(10631,'Provides a user interface for per-module and site-wide mail_system selection.','','8.9.18'),(10632,'Thanks for installing SMTP Authentication Support','','8.9.18'),(10633,'Server settings on <a href=\"@url_settings\">SMTP Authentication Support</a>','','8.9.18'),(10634,'SMTP Authentication Support','','8.9.18'),(10635,'SMTP Authentication','','8.9.18'),(10636,'E-mail from name','','8.9.18'),(10637,'E-mail from address','','8.9.18'),(10638,'Enable debugging','','8.9.18'),(10639,'Timeout','','8.9.18'),(10640,'Use SSL','','8.9.18'),(10641,'Install options','','none'),(10642,'SMTP server settings','','8.9.18'),(10643,'The address of your outgoing SMTP server.','','8.9.18'),(10644,'The address of your outgoing SMTP backup server. If the primary server can\'t be found this one will be tried. This is optional.','','none'),(10645,'SMTP port','','8.9.18'),(10646,'Use TLS','','8.9.18'),(10647,'This allows connection to an SMTP server that requires SSL encryption such as Gmail.','','8.9.18'),(10648,'Use encrypted protocol','','8.9.18'),(10649,'Leave blank if your SMTP server does not require authentication.','','8.9.18'),(10650,'SMTP Username.','','8.9.18'),(10651,'E-mail options','','8.9.18'),(10652,'Turn this module on or off','','none'),(10653,'SMTP server','','8.9.18'),(10654,'SMTP backup server','','8.9.18'),(10655,'The e-mail address that all e-mails will be from.','','8.9.18'),(10656,'Send test e-mail','','8.9.18'),(10657,'E-mail address to send a test e-mail to','','8.9.18'),(10658,'Type in an address to have a test e-mail sent there.','','8.9.18'),(10659,'Checking this box will print SMTP messages from the server for every e-mail that is sent.','','8.9.18'),(10660,'You must enter an SMTP server address.','','none'),(10661,'You must enter an SMTP port number.','','none'),(10662,'Sending mail to: @to','','none'),(10663,'Mail System','','8.9.18'),(10664,'Global Mail System configuration.','','8.9.18'),(10665,'Default settings','','none'),(10666,'Sender','','8.9.18'),(10667,'Domain Theme','','none'),(10668,'Administer Mail System','','8.9.18'),(10669,'- Default -','','8.9.18'),(10670,'SMTP Mailer','','8.9.18'),(10671,'Select the standard plugin for formatting an email before sending it. This plugin implements <a href=\":interface\">@interface</a> and in special the <a href=\":format\">@format</a> function.','','8.9.18'),(10672,'Select the standard plugin for sending an email after formatting it. This plugin implements <a href=\":interface\">@interface</a> and in special the <a href=\":mail\">@mail</a> function.','','8.9.18'),(10673,'Theme to render the emails','','8.9.18'),(10674,'Select the theme that will be used to render emails which are configured for this. This can be either the current theme, the default theme, the domain theme or any active theme.','','8.9.18'),(10675,'Default Mail System','','8.9.18'),(10676,'The key is used to identify specific mails if the module sends more than one. Leave empty to use the configuration for all mails sent by the selected module.','','8.9.18'),(10677,'Formatter plugin','','8.9.18'),(10678,'Sender plugin','','8.9.18'),(10679,'No specific configuration yet.','','8.9.18'),(10680,'Module-specific configuration','','8.9.18'),(10681,'Configure the Mail System','','8.9.18'),(10682,'SMTP module is managed by <a href=\":mailsystem\">the mail system module</a>','','8.9.18'),(10683,'Disabled fields are overridden in site-specific configuration file.','','8.9.18'),(10684,'The address of your outgoing SMTP backup server. If the primary server can\\\'t be found this one will be tried. This is optional.','','8.9.18'),(10685,'The default SMTP port is 25, if that is being blocked try 80. Gmail uses 465. See :url for more information on configuring for use with Gmail.','','8.9.18'),(10686,'Enable TLS encryption automatically','','8.9.18'),(10687,'Whether to enable TLS encryption automatically if a server supports it, even if the protocol is not set to \"tls\".','','8.9.18'),(10688,'Amount of seconds for the SMTP commands to timeout.','','8.9.18'),(10689,'Turn on the SMTP keep alive feature','','8.9.18'),(10690,'Enabling this option will keep the SMTP connection open instead of it being openned and then closed for each mail','','8.9.18'),(10691,'SMTP password. If you have already entered your password before, you should leave this field blank, unless you want to change the stored password. Please note that this password will be stored as plain-text inside Drupal\\\'s core configuration variables.','','8.9.18'),(10692,'The name that all e-mails will be from. If left blank will use a default of: @name . Some providers (such as Office365) may ignore this field. For more information, please check SMTP module documentation and your email provider documentation.','','8.9.18'),(10693,'Allow to send e-mails formatted as HTML','','8.9.18'),(10694,'Checking this box will allow HTML formatted e-mails to be sent with the SMTP protocol.','','8.9.18'),(10695,'The hostname to use in the Message-Id and Received headers, and as the default HELO string. Leave blank for using %server_name.','','8.9.18'),(10696,'HELO','','8.9.18'),(10697,'The SMTP HELO/EHLO of the message. Defaults to hostname (see above).','','8.9.18'),(10698,'SMTP client settings','','8.9.18'),(10699,'Spam control','','8.9.18'),(10700,'Mitigates spam form submissions using the honeypot method.','','8.9.18'),(10701,'Honeypot installed successfully. Please <a href=\":url\">configure Honeypot</a> to protect your forms from spam bots.','','8.9.18'),(10702,'Honeypot','','8.9.18'),(10703,'Congratulations on installing Honeypot on your site! With just a few clicks, you can have your site well-protected against automated spam bots.\r\n\r\nClick Next to be guided through this configuration page.','','8.9.18'),(10704,'Protect all forms','','8.9.18'),(10705,'Protecting all the forms is the easiest way to quickly cut down on spam on your site, but doing this disables Drupal\'s caching for every page where a form is displayed.\r\n\r\nNote: If you have the honeypot time limit enabled, this option may cause issues with Drupal Commerce product forms or similarly-sparse forms that are able to be completed in a very short time.','','8.9.18'),(10706,'Log blocked form submissions','','8.9.18'),(10707,'Check this box to log every form submission using watchdog. If you have Database Logging enabled, you can view these log entries in the Recent log messages page under Reports.','','8.9.18'),(10708,'Honeypot Element Name','','8.9.18'),(10709,'Spam bots typically fill out any field they believe will help get links back to their site, so tempting them with a field named something like \'url\', \'homepage\', or \'link\' makes it hard for them to resist filling in the field—and easy to catch them in the trap and reject their submissions!','','8.9.18'),(10710,'Honeypot Time Limit','','8.9.18'),(10711,'If you enter a positive value, Honeypot will require that all protected forms take at least that many seconds long to fill out. Most forms take at least 5-10 seconds to complete (if you\'re a human), so setting this to a value < 5 will help protect against spam bots. Set to 0 to disable.','','8.9.18'),(10712,'Honeypot form-specific settings','','8.9.18'),(10713,'If you would like to choose particular forms to be protected by Honeypot, check the forms you wish to protect in this section. Most common types of forms are available for protection.','','8.9.18'),(10714,'Honeypot configuration','','8.9.18'),(10715,'Configure Honeypot spam prevention and the forms on which Honeypot will be used.','','8.9.18'),(10716,'Expiration','','none'),(10717,'seconds','','8.9.18'),(10718,'Contact Forms','','8.9.18'),(10719,'@name comment form','','8.9.18'),(10720,'Honeypot Configuration','','8.9.18'),(10721,'Protect all forms with Honeypot','','8.9.18'),(10722,'Honeypot element name','','8.9.18'),(10723,'Honeypot time limit','','8.9.18'),(10724,'Minimum time required before form should be considered entered by a human instead of a bot. Set to 0 to disable.','','8.9.18'),(10725,'Honeypot Enabled Forms','','8.9.18'),(10726,'Check the boxes next to individual forms on which you\'d like Honeypot protection enabled.','','8.9.18'),(10727,'User Registration form','','8.9.18'),(10728,'The time limit must be a positive integer or 0.','','none'),(10729,'Leave this field blank','','none'),(10730,'There was a problem with your form submission. Please refresh the page and try again.','','none'),(10731,'Administer Honeypot','','8.9.18'),(10732,'Bypass Honeypot protection','','8.9.18'),(10733,'Bypass Honeypot form protection.','','8.9.18'),(10734,'There was a problem with your form submission. Please wait @limit seconds and try again.','','none'),(10735,'General Forms','','8.9.18'),(10736,'User Password Reset form','','8.9.18'),(10737,'Node Forms','','none'),(10738,'@name node form','','none'),(10739,'Comment Forms','','8.9.18'),(10740,'Log submissions that are blocked due to Honeypot protection.','','8.9.18'),(10741,'submission of a value in the honeypot field','','none'),(10742,'Blocked submission of %form due to @cause.','','none'),(10743,'The element name cannot contain spaces or other special characters.','','none'),(10744,'Enable Honeypot protection for ALL forms on this site (it is best to only enable Honeypot for the forms you need below).','','8.9.18'),(10745,'<strong>Page caching will be disabled on any page where a form is present if the Honeypot time limit is not set to 0.</strong>','','8.9.18'),(10746,'Administer Honeypot-protected forms and settings.','','8.9.18'),(10747,'Unprotected forms','','none'),(10748,'Unprotected form','','none'),(10749,'The element name must start with a letter.','','none'),(10750,'Configuring Honeypot','','none'),(10751,'Setting up Honeypot in your own forms','','none'),(10752,'<strong>Page caching will be disabled if there is a form protected by time limit on the page.</strong>','','8.9.18'),(10753,'The name of the Honeypot form field. It\'s usually most effective to use a generic name like email, homepage, or link, but this should be changed if it interferes with fields that are already in your forms. Must not contain spaces or special characters.','','8.9.18'),(10754,'Administer SMTP Authentication Support module','','8.9.18'),(10755,'Chaos tool suite','','8.9.18'),(10756,'Chaos tool suite (Experimental)','','8.9.18'),(10757,'Allows an entity type to borrow the fields and display configuration of another entity type.','','8.9.18'),(10758,'Provides a mechanism for modules to automatically generate aliases for the content they manage.','','8.9.18'),(10759,'Provides a user interface for the Token API and some missing core tokens.','','8.9.18'),(10760,'Allows token values to be used as filters.','','8.9.18'),(10761,'Provides a number of utility and helper APIs for Drupal developers and site builders.','','8.9.18'),(10762,'Provides improvements to blocks that will one day be added to Drupal core.','','8.9.18'),(10763,'A set of improvements to the core Views code that allows for greater control over Blocks.','','8.9.18'),(10764,'Token','','8.9.18'),(10765,'Update URL alias','','8.9.18'),(10766,'Previous','','8.9.18'),(10767,'Data Type','','none'),(10768,'Order','','none'),(10769,'Information','','none'),(10770,'Add required context','','none'),(10771,'Finish','','none'),(10772,'Add Relationship','','none'),(10773,'Context type','','none'),(10774,'@description','','none'),(10775,'Add a relationship','','none'),(10776,'Pager offset','','none'),(10777,'@entity','','8.9.18'),(10778,'Hide fields','','none'),(10779,'Context value','','none'),(10780,'Block display variant','','none'),(10781,'Add new context','','none'),(10782,'Plugin Id','','none'),(10783,'Configure Required Context','','none'),(10784,'Are you sure you want to delete the @label condition?','','none'),(10785,'That machine name is in use by another context definition.','','none'),(10786,'No required conditions have been configured.','','none'),(10787,'No required contexts have been configured.','','none'),(10788,'<strong>Label:</strong> @label<br /> <strong>Type:</strong> @type','','none'),(10789,'Are you sure you want to delete the @label context?','','none'),(10790,'Context ID','','none'),(10791,'No contexts or relationships have been added.','','none'),(10792,'Configure Relationship','','none'),(10793,'Context label','','none'),(10794,'Are you sure you want to delete the @label relationship?','','none'),(10795,'@bundle_type is @bundles or @last','','none'),(10796,'@bundle_type is @bundle','','none'),(10797,'Add Condition','','none'),(10798,'Reorder fields','','none'),(10799,'Disable filters','','none'),(10800,'Configure sorts','','none'),(10801,'Inherit from view','','none'),(10802,'@label bundle','','none'),(10803,'Description of the context','','none'),(10804,'Set a context value','','none'),(10805,'No relationships have been added.','','none'),(10806,'Chaos Tools','','none'),(10807,'Chaos Tools Blocks','','none'),(10808,'The @entity-type %label has been updated.','','none'),(10809,'The @entity-type %label has been added.','','none'),(10810,'Updated @entity-type %label.','','none'),(10811,'Added @entity-type %label.','','none'),(10812,'Parents','','8.9.18'),(10813,'format','','8.9.18'),(10814,'The name of the menu.','','8.9.18'),(10815,'Last','','8.9.18'),(10816,'Root','','8.9.18'),(10817,'Tokens','','none'),(10818,'Available tokens','','8.9.18'),(10819,'First','','8.9.18'),(10820,'Keys','','8.9.18'),(10821,'Root term','','8.9.18'),(10822,'Menu links','','8.9.18'),(10823,'Array','','8.9.18'),(10824,'Link ID','','8.9.18'),(10825,'Base name','','8.9.18'),(10826,'No tokens available.','','none'),(10827,'Click a token to insert it into the field you\'ve last clicked.','','8.9.18'),(10828,'Translation source node','','8.9.18'),(10829,'Insert this token into your form','','8.9.18'),(10830,'First click a text field to insert your tokens into.','','8.9.18'),(10831,'The explanation of the most recent changes made to the node.','','8.9.18'),(10832,'The title of the current page.','','8.9.18'),(10833,'The URL of the current page.','','8.9.18'),(10834,'The page number of the current page when viewing paged lists.','','8.9.18'),(10835,'The source node for this current node\'s translation set.','','8.9.18'),(10836,'Account cancellation URL','','8.9.18'),(10837,'The URL of the confirm delete page for the user account.','','8.9.18'),(10838,'One-time login URL','','8.9.18'),(10839,'The URL of the one-time login page for the user account.','','8.9.18'),(10840,'Tokens related to menu links.','','8.9.18'),(10841,'The unique ID of the menu link.','','8.9.18'),(10842,'The title of the menu link.','','8.9.18'),(10843,'The URL of the menu link.','','8.9.18'),(10844,'The menu link\'s parent.','','8.9.18'),(10845,'Tokens related to the current page request.','','8.9.18'),(10846,'Page number','','8.9.18'),(10847,'The book page associated with the node.','','none'),(10848,'The menu link for this node.','','8.9.18'),(10849,'The menu link\'s root.','','8.9.18'),(10850,'Tokens related to the current date and time.','','8.9.18'),(10851,'The URL of the @entity.','','8.9.18'),(10852,'The content type of the node.','','8.9.18'),(10853,'Tokens related to content types.','','8.9.18'),(10854,'The name of the content type.','','8.9.18'),(10855,'The unique machine-readable name of the content type.','','8.9.18'),(10856,'The optional description of the content type.','','8.9.18'),(10857,'The number of nodes belonging to the content type.','','8.9.18'),(10858,'The URL of the content type\'s edit page.','','8.9.18'),(10859,'The URL of the taxonomy term\'s edit page.','','8.9.18'),(10860,'The unique machine-readable name of the vocabulary.','','8.9.18'),(10861,'The URL of the vocabulary\'s edit page.','','8.9.18'),(10862,'The specific argument of the current page (e.g. \'arg:1\' on the page \'node/1\' returns \'1\').','','8.9.18'),(10863,'Tokens related to URLs.','','8.9.18'),(10864,'Relative URL','','8.9.18'),(10865,'The relative URL.','','8.9.18'),(10866,'Absolute URL','','8.9.18'),(10867,'The absolute URL.','','8.9.18'),(10868,'Tokens related to menus.','','8.9.18'),(10869,'The unique machine-readable name of the menu.','','8.9.18'),(10870,'The optional description of the menu.','','8.9.18'),(10871,'Menu link count','','8.9.18'),(10872,'The number of menu links belonging to the menu.','','8.9.18'),(10873,'The URL of the menu\'s edit page.','','8.9.18'),(10874,'The menu of the menu link.','','8.9.18'),(10875,'The URL of the menu link\'s edit page.','','8.9.18'),(10876,'The user roles associated with the user account.','','8.9.18'),(10877,'Brief URL','','8.9.18'),(10878,'The URL without the protocol and trailing backslash.','','8.9.18'),(10879,'Tokens related to arrays of strings.','','none'),(10880,'The first element of the array.','','8.9.18'),(10881,'The last element of the array.','','8.9.18'),(10882,'The number of elements in the array.','','8.9.18'),(10883,'The array reversed.','','8.9.18'),(10884,'The array of keys of the array.','','8.9.18'),(10885,'Imploded','','8.9.18'),(10886,'The values of the array joined together with a custom string in-between each value.','','8.9.18'),(10887,'A date in \'@type\' format. (%date)','','8.9.18'),(10888,'The root term of the taxonomy term.','','8.9.18'),(10889,'File byte size','','8.9.18'),(10890,'The size of the file, in bytes.','','8.9.18'),(10891,'Query string value','','8.9.18'),(10892,'The value of a specific query string field of the current page.','','8.9.18'),(10893,'A random number from 0 to @max.','','8.9.18'),(10894,'A random hash. The possible hashing algorithms are: @hash-algos.','','8.9.18'),(10895,'Attempting to perform token replacement for token type %type without required data','','none'),(10896,'@type field.','','8.9.18'),(10897,'No tokens available','','none'),(10898,'Token registry caches cleared.','','none'),(10899,'The path component of the URL.','','8.9.18'),(10900,'Unaliased URL','','8.9.18'),(10901,'The unaliased URL.','','8.9.18'),(10902,'The specific value of the array.','','8.9.18'),(10903,'The list of available tokens that can be used in e-mails is provided below.','','none'),(10904,'An array of all the term\'s parents, starting with the root.','','8.9.18'),(10905,'An array of all the menu link\'s parents, starting with the root.','','8.9.18'),(10906,'Original @entity','','8.9.18'),(10907,'The original @entity data if the @entity is being updated or saved.','','8.9.18'),(10908,'The base name of the file.','','8.9.18'),(10909,'List of @type values','','none'),(10910,'Tokens for lists of @type values.','','none'),(10911,'Browse available tokens.','','8.9.18'),(10912,'@type field. Also known as %labels.','','none'),(10913,'Tokens or token types not defined as arrays','','none'),(10914,'Tokens or token types missing name property','','none'),(10915,'Token types do not have any tokens defined','','none'),(10916,'Token types are not defined but have tokens','','none'),(10917,'Token or token types are defined by multiple modules','','none'),(10918,'Image with image style','','8.9.18'),(10919,'The MIME type (image/png, image/bmp, etc.) of the image.','','8.9.18'),(10920,'The file size of the image.','','8.9.18'),(10921,'The height the image, in pixels.','','8.9.18'),(10922,'The width of the image, in pixels.','','8.9.18'),(10923,'The URI to the image.','','8.9.18'),(10924,'The URL to the image.','','8.9.18'),(10925,'@label tokens.','','none'),(10926,'@type type with delta @delta','','none'),(10927,'Represents the image in the given image style.','','8.9.18'),(10928,'The <a href=\":project\">Token</a> module provides a user interface for the site token system. It also adds some additional tokens that are used extensively during site development. Tokens are specially formatted chunks of text that serve as placeholders for a dynamically generated value. For more information, covering both the token system and the additional tools provided by the Token module, see the <a href=\":online\">online documentation</a>.','','8.9.18'),(10929,'Your website uses a shared token system for exposing and using placeholder tokens and their appropriate replacement values. This allows for any module to provide placeholder tokens for strings without having to reinvent the wheel. It also ensures consistency in the syntax used for tokens, making the system as a whole easier for end users to use.','','8.9.18'),(10930,'The list of the currently available tokens on this site are shown below.','','8.9.18'),(10931,'%name is using the following invalid tokens: @invalid-tokens.','','none'),(10932,'Computed menu link for the node (only available during node saving).','','none'),(10933,'%name must contain at least one token.%name must contain at least @count tokens.','','none'),(10934,'%name must contain at most one token.%name must contain at most @count tokens.','','none'),(10935,'Tokens related to books.','','none'),(10936,'Title of the book.','','none'),(10937,'The author of the book.','','none'),(10938,'Top level of the book.','','none'),(10939,'Parent of the current page.','','none'),(10940,'An array of all the node\'s parents, starting with the root.','','none'),(10941,'This field supports tokens. @browse_tokens_link','','8.9.18'),(10942,'Tokens related to random data.','','8.9.18'),(10943,'The IP address of the current user.','','8.9.18'),(10944,'Conditions','','8.9.18'),(10945,'Verbose','','none'),(10946,'Display alias changes (except during bulk updates).','','none'),(10947,'Replace by separator','','none'),(10948,'Maximum alias length','','none'),(10949,'Maximum component length','','none'),(10950,'Update action','','none'),(10951,'Strings to Remove','','none'),(10952,'Period','','none'),(10953,'Asterisk','','none'),(10954,'The automatically generated alias %original_alias conflicted with an existing alias. Alias changed to %alias.','','none'),(10955,'Delete aliases','','8.9.18'),(10956,'Automatic alias','','none'),(10957,'Character used to separate words in titles. This will replace any spaces and punctuation characters. Using a space or + character can cause unexpected results.','','none'),(10958,'Character case','','none'),(10959,'Do nothing. Leave the old alias intact.','','none'),(10960,'Create a new alias. Leave the existing alias functioning.','','none'),(10961,'Create a new alias. Delete the old alias.','','none'),(10962,'Transliterate prior to creating alias','','none'),(10963,'Filters the new alias to only letters and numbers found in the ASCII-96 set.','','none'),(10964,'No action (do not replace)','','none'),(10965,'Delete all aliases. Number of aliases which will be deleted: %count.','','none'),(10966,'Delete aliases for all @label. Number of aliases which will be deleted: %count.','','none'),(10967,'Delete aliases now!','','none'),(10968,'All of your path aliases have been deleted.','','none'),(10969,'Patterns','','8.9.18'),(10970,'Colon','','none'),(10971,'Path pattern','','8.9.18'),(10972,'Context definitions','','none'),(10973,'Semicolon','','none'),(10974,'Slash','','none'),(10975,'Punctuation','','none'),(10976,'Pathauto Settings','','none'),(10977,'What should Pathauto do when updating an existing content item which already has an alias?','','none'),(10978,'Reduce strings to letters and numbers','','none'),(10979,'Words to strip out of the URL alias, separated by commas. Do not use this to remove punctuation.','','none'),(10980,'Choose aliases to delete','','none'),(10981,'All aliases','','none'),(10982,'Ignoring alias %alias because it is the same as the internal path.','','none'),(10983,'Created new alias %alias for %source, replacing %old_alias.','','none'),(10984,'Created new alias %alias for %source.','','none'),(10985,'Administer pathauto','','8.9.18'),(10986,'Allows a user to configure patterns for automated aliases and bulk delete URL-aliases.','','8.9.18'),(10987,'Notify of Path Changes','','8.9.18'),(10988,'Determines whether or not users are notified.','','8.9.18'),(10989,'Bulk updating URL aliases','','8.9.18'),(10990,'An error occurred while processing @operation with arguments : @args','','none'),(10991,'Generated 1 URL alias.Generated @count URL aliases.','','none'),(10992,'Underscore','','none'),(10993,'No new URL aliases to generate.','','8.9.18'),(10994,'Double quotation marks','','none'),(10995,'Single quotation marks (apostrophe)','','none'),(10996,'Back tick','','none'),(10997,'Hyphen','','none'),(10998,'Vertical bar (pipe)','','none'),(10999,'Left curly bracket','','none'),(11000,'Left square bracket','','none'),(11001,'Right curly bracket','','none'),(11002,'Right square bracket','','none'),(11003,'Plus sign','','none'),(11004,'Equal sign','','none'),(11005,'Percent sign','','none'),(11006,'Caret','','none'),(11007,'Dollar sign','','none'),(11008,'Number sign (pound sign, hash)','','none'),(11009,'At sign','','none'),(11010,'Exclamation mark','','none'),(11011,'Tilde','','none'),(11012,'Left parenthesis','','none'),(11013,'Right parenthesis','','none'),(11014,'Question mark','','none'),(11015,'Less-than sign','','none'),(11016,'Greater-than sign','','none'),(11017,'Backslash','','none'),(11018,'Generate automatic URL alias','','none'),(11019,'Uncheck this to create a custom alias below.','','none'),(11020,'Joined path','','8.9.18'),(11021,'The array values each cleaned by Pathauto and then joined with the slash into a string that resembles an URL.','','8.9.18'),(11022,'Selection criteria','','none'),(11023,'Bulk generate','','8.9.18'),(11024,'Selection logic','','none'),(11025,'Pattern type','','8.9.18'),(11026,'Delete options','','none'),(11027,'All of your %label path aliases have been deleted.','','none'),(11028,'See <a href=\":pathauto-help\">Pathauto help</a> for details.','','none'),(11029,'Maximum length of aliases to generate. 100 is the recommended length. @max is the maximum possible length.','','none'),(11030,'Maximum text length of any component in the alias (e.g., [title]). 100 is the recommended length. @max is the maximum possible length.','','none'),(11031,'The <a href=\":url\">Redirect module settings</a> affect whether a redirect is created when an alias is deleted.','','none'),(11032,'Considering installing the <a href=\":url\">Redirect module</a> to get redirects when your aliases change.','','none'),(11033,'Uncheck this to create a custom alias below. <a href=\"@admin_link\">Configure URL alias patterns.</a>','','none'),(11034,'Selection condition','','none'),(11035,'Entity of type @type was not processed. It defines the following patterns: @patterns','','none'),(11036,'Unrecognized entity bundle @entity:@bundle was not processed. It defines the following patterns: @patterns','','none'),(11037,'Add Pathauto pattern','','8.9.18'),(11038,'Pathauto pattern config','','none'),(11039,'Pathauto state','','none'),(11040,'Whether an automated alias should be created or not.','','none'),(11041,'Pathauto pattern','','8.9.18'),(11042,'Check to which types this pattern should be applied. Leave empty to allow any.','','none'),(11043,'Check to which languages this pattern should be applied. Leave empty to allow any.','','none'),(11044,'@label being aliased','','none'),(11045,'Updated alias for %label @id.','','none'),(11046,'Updated 1 %label URL alias.Updated @count %label URL aliases.','','none'),(11047,'When a pattern includes certain characters (such as those with accents) should Pathauto attempt to transliterate them into the US-ASCII alphabet?','','none'),(11048,'This page provides a list of all patterns on the site and allows you to edit and reorder them.','','8.9.18'),(11049,'The %element-title is using the following invalid characters: @invalid-characters.','','none'),(11050,'Convert token values to lowercase.','','none'),(11051,'Are you sure you want to disable the pattern %label?','','none'),(11052,'Disabled patterns are ignored when generating aliases.','','none'),(11053,'Disabled pattern %label.','','none'),(11054,'Are you sure you want to enable the pattern %label?','','none'),(11055,'Enabled pattern %label.','','none'),(11056,'Update URL alias of an entity','','none'),(11057,'The Pathauto module provides a mechanism to automate the creation of <a href=\"path\">path</a> aliases. This makes URLs more readable and helps search engines index content more effectively.  For more information, see the <a href=\":online\">online documentation for Pathauto</a>.','','none'),(11058,'Pathauto is accessed from the tabs it adds to the list of <a href=\":aliases\">URL aliases</a>.','','none'),(11059,'Creating Pathauto Patterns','','none'),(11060,'The <a href=\":pathauto_pattern\">\"Patterns\"</a> page is used to configure automatic path aliasing.  New patterns are created here using the <a href=\":add_form\">Add Pathauto pattern</a> button which presents a form to simplify pattern creation thru the use of <a href=\"token\">available tokens</a>. The patterns page provides a list of all patterns on the site and allows you to edit and reorder them. An alias is generated for the first pattern that applies.','','none'),(11061,'The <a href=\":settings\">\"Settings\"</a> page is used to customize global Pathauto settings for automated pattern creation.','','none'),(11062,'Bulk Generation','','none'),(11063,'The <a href=\":pathauto_bulk\">\"Bulk Generate\"</a> page allows you to create URL aliases for items that currently have no aliases. This is typically used when installing Pathauto on a site that has existing un-aliased content that needs to be aliased in bulk.','','none'),(11064,'Delete Aliases','','none'),(11065,'The <a href=\":pathauto_delete\">\"Delete Aliases\"</a> page allows you to remove URL aliases from items that have previously been assigned aliases using pathauto.','','none'),(11066,'You need to select a pattern type, then a pattern and filter, and a label. Additional types can be enabled on the <a href=\":settings\">Settings</a> page.','','8.9.18'),(11067,'Enabled entity types','','none'),(11068,'Enable to add a path field and allow to define alias patterns for the given type. Disabled types already define a path field themselves or currently have a pattern.','','none'),(11069,'Broken type','','none'),(11070,'AliasType','','none'),(11071,'Bulk generation can be used to generate URL aliases for items that currently have no aliases. This is typically used when installing Pathauto on a site that has existing un-aliased content that needs to be aliased in bulk.','','8.9.18'),(11072,'It can also be used to regenerate URL aliases for items that have an old alias and for which the Pathauto pattern has been changed.','','8.9.18'),(11073,'Note that this will only affect items which are configured to have their URL alias automatically set. Items whose URL alias is manually set are not affected.','','8.9.18'),(11074,'The %element-title doesn\'t allow the patterns ending with whitespace.','','none'),(11075,'Select the types of paths for which to generate URL aliases','','8.9.18'),(11076,'Select which URL aliases to generate','','8.9.18'),(11077,'Generate a URL alias for un-aliased paths only','','8.9.18'),(11078,'<a href=\":url\">Pathauto settings</a> are set to ignore paths which already have a URL alias. You can only create URL aliases for paths having none.','','none'),(11079,'Update the URL alias for paths having an old URL alias','','8.9.18'),(11080,'Regenerate URL aliases for all paths','','8.9.18'),(11081,'A short name to help you identify this pattern in the patterns list.','','8.9.18'),(11082,'Only delete automatically generated aliases','','none'),(11083,'When checked, aliases which have been manually set are not affected by this mass-deletion.','','none'),(11084,'Bulk deleting URL aliases','','none'),(11085,'All of your automatically generated path aliases have been deleted.','','none'),(11086,'All of your automatically generated %label path aliases have been deleted.','','none'),(11087,'Tokens that are safe to use and do not need to be cleaned.','','none'),(11088,'Safe tokens','','none'),(11089,'List of tokens that are safe to use in alias patterns and do not need to be cleaned. For example urls, aliases, machine names. Separated with a comma.','','none'),(11090,'Pattern %label saved.','','8.9.18'),(11091,'Token browser','','8.9.18'),(11092,'SEO','','8.9.18'),(11093,'Manage meta tags for all entities.','','8.9.18'),(11094,'Adds individual permissions for each meta tag, allowing for fine-grained access to the meta tags. Note: this may nead to performance issues on the permissions admin page, please see the included README.txt file for details.','','8.9.18'),(11095,'Provides support for applinks.org meta tags.','','8.9.18'),(11096,'Provides the fifteen <a href=\"https://dublincore.org/documents/dces/\">Dublin Core Metadata Element Set 1.1</a> meta tags from the <a href=\"https://dublincore.org/\">Dublin Core Metadata Institute</a>.','','8.9.18'),(11097,'Provides forty additional meta tags from the <a href=\"https://dublincore.org/\">Dublin Core Metadata Institute</a>.','','8.9.18'),(11098,'A set of meta tags specially for controlling advanced functionality with Facebook.','','8.9.18'),(11099,'Provides support for many different favicons.','','8.9.18'),(11100,'Provides support for meta tags used for Google Custom Search Engine.','','8.9.18'),(11101,'Provides support for Google\'s Plus meta tags.','','8.9.18'),(11102,'Provides support for the hreflang meta tag with some extra logic to simplify it.','','8.9.18'),(11103,'Provides support for meta tags used to control the mobile browser experience.','','8.9.18'),(11104,'Provides support for Open Graph Protocol meta tags.','','8.9.18'),(11105,'Provides additional Open Graph Protocol meta tags for describing products.','','8.9.18'),(11106,'Provides metatag support for Page Manager variants.','','8.9.18'),(11107,'Provides support for Pinterest\'s custom meta tags.','','8.9.18'),(11108,'Provides support for Twitter\'s Card meta tags.','','8.9.18'),(11109,'Verifies ownership of a site for search engines and other services.','','8.9.18'),(11110,'Provides views integration for metatags.','','8.9.18'),(11111,'403 access denied','','8.9.18'),(11112,'[site:url]','','8.9.18'),(11113,'404 page not found','','8.9.18'),(11114,'[current-page:url]','','8.9.18'),(11115,'[current-page:title] | [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(11116,'[node:title] | [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(11117,'[node:summary]','','8.9.18'),(11118,'[node:url]','','8.9.18'),(11119,'[term:url]','','8.9.18'),(11120,'[term:description]','','8.9.18'),(11121,'[term:name] | [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(11122,'[user:url]','','8.9.18'),(11123,'[site:name]','','8.9.18'),(11124,'[user:display-name] | [site:name]','','8.9.18'),(11125,'Metatag','','8.9.18'),(11126,'Metatag plugins','','8.9.18'),(11127,'Configure Metatag defaults.','','8.9.18'),(11128,'Overview of plugins used in metatag.','','8.9.18'),(11129,'Audience','','none'),(11130,'License','','none'),(11131,'Page URL','','none'),(11132,'Date Created','','none'),(11133,'Date Modified','','none'),(11134,'Id','','none'),(11135,'First name','','none'),(11136,'Last name','','none'),(11137,'Image URL','','none'),(11138,'Expires','','8.9.18'),(11139,'Latitude','','none'),(11140,'Longitude','','none'),(11141,'Fax number','','none'),(11142,'Phone number','','none'),(11143,'Gender','','none'),(11144,'Department','','none'),(11145,'Facebook','','none'),(11146,'Google','','8.9.18'),(11147,'Coverage','','none'),(11148,'See also','','none'),(11149,'Street address','','none'),(11150,'Video width','','none'),(11151,'Video height','','none'),(11152,'Locality','','none'),(11153,'Publisher','','none'),(11154,'Publisher URL','','none'),(11155,'Abstract','','8.9.18'),(11156,'Yandex','','none'),(11157,'ISBN','','none'),(11158,'Series','','none'),(11159,'Generator','','8.9.18'),(11160,'Zoom','','none'),(11161,'Rating','','8.9.18'),(11162,'Creator','','none'),(11163,'Metatags','','8.9.18'),(11164,'Meta tags','','8.9.18'),(11165,'Image height','','none'),(11166,'Image width','','none'),(11167,'Country name','','none'),(11168,'Origin','','8.9.18'),(11169,'Web URL','','none'),(11170,'Relation','','none'),(11171,'Image type','','none'),(11172,'Dublin Core','','none'),(11173,'Extent','','none'),(11174,'Release date','','none'),(11175,'Application name','','none'),(11176,'References','','none'),(11177,'Canonical URL','','8.9.18'),(11178,'Book author','','none'),(11179,'Robots','','8.9.18'),(11180,'Site verification','','none'),(11181,'Bing','','none'),(11182,'Date Available','','none'),(11183,'Facebook App ID','','none'),(11184,'Document status','','none'),(11185,'Default shortcut icon','','none'),(11186,'Access Rights','','none'),(11187,'Release Date','','none'),(11188,'Rights','','8.9.18'),(11189,'Contributor','','none'),(11190,'Image alternative text','','none'),(11191,'Open Graph','','none'),(11192,'Facebook Application ID','','none'),(11193,'Theme Color','','none'),(11194,'Shortlink URL','','8.9.18'),(11195,'Add default meta tags','','8.9.18'),(11196,'Provides search engines with specific directions for what to do when this page is indexed.','','8.9.18'),(11197,'Describes the name and version number of the software or publishing tool used to create the page.','','8.9.18'),(11198,'Using defaults','','8.9.18'),(11199,'Select the type of default meta tags you would like to add.','','none'),(11200,'Pinterest','','none'),(11201,'Set Cookie','','none'),(11202,'Standout','','8.9.18'),(11203,'Dublin Core: Contributor','','none'),(11204,'Dublin Core: Creator','','none'),(11205,'Dublin Core: Date','','none'),(11206,'Dublin Core: Description','','none'),(11207,'Dublin Core: Publisher','','none'),